2020 GC-11

SINCE 1914
https://www.goal-lock.com
Yokoso Rainbow Tower 10F, 3-20-20 Kaigan, Minato-ku, Tokyo
GC-11
GC-11
(Printed on Nov. 2020, in Japan)

▼ Information Precautions for Use and Handling of Locks
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list Please observe the following points so that the locks can be used correctly for a long period of time.
Basic information
1 Be sure to check that the deadbolt is fully 9 The use of a copied key that is not a
Cylinders extended when locked. manufacturer genuine key may adversely affect
Keying
movement of the cylinder. Use a genuine GOAL
systems 2 Dust or dirt in the notches on the key ridge may
key whenever possible.
adversely affect movement of the lock. If the key
▼ Locks is dirty, be sure to use a toothbrush or other 10 Do not open or close the door with the deadbolt
means to remove the dust or dirt. extended.
Push-pull 3 Do not insert any foreign object into the cylinder 11 Do not label the key in any way that indicates
locks
keyhole. where the key is used.
4 If the screws which fasten the lock, strike plate, 12 Be careful not to scratch the lock and in particular
Lever handle, knob, or other part become loose, the surface of the handle.
handle
locks retighten them.
5 Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the lock. <Inside> <Outside>
Strike plate
Mortise 6 Locks without waterproof specifications must be Front
locks
installed in a location not exposed to direct Thumbturn Cylinder
contact with rainwater or other water droplets.
Integral
locks 7 If the lock no longer moves smoothly due to
Cylindrical warpage or sagging of the door as it ages, the
locks
door itself must be repaired by a door specialist.
If this occurs, immediately notify the building
Deadbolt
Rim dead superintendent, contractor, or the door Lever handle
locks
manufacturer. (or knob) Latch bolt
* There are also latches that
Dead locks 8 If a protective sheet is applied to the lock front or Lip include an anti-friction latch bolt.
Cremon strike plate, be sure to remove it.
locks Precautions: A range of strike plate lip sizes are available. Choose the optimal size
Glass door so that the strike plate does not protrude excessively from the frame.
locks
Emergency
locks With an electric lock, pay particular attention to the following points.
Cup handle
locks
1 Do not drop an electric Front 5 Avoid storing the lock
Sliding
lock, strike it with a in a location that is
door locks hammer, or otherwise exposed to high
subject it to impact. temperature, high
▼ Electric locks In particular, never humidity, or contact
Security systems
strike the front part. with rainwater.
A product that does
Ten-key
pads
not have waterproof
specifications must be
2 Do not attempt to
used indoors in a
Key switches disassemble an
Interlock / location not exposed
electric lock.
emergency to direct sunlight or
door
systems wind and rain.
Also be careful that
Hotel card water does not contact
locks
3 Do not suspend the the electric lock when
lock by holding the cleaning it.
lead wire, and do not
Electric
bend or damage the 6 Do not use silicon-
locks
lead wire. based lubricants.
These may adversely
Electrical
conductors,
affect the internal
Control switches or other Silicon-
based
boxes 4 Connect the connector parts and result in

securely. An incomplete malfunction.
connection may result
in operating failure.
Dimensions
2
Maintenance of Locks ▼ Information
Precautions
■ Please perform the following maintenance so that the locks can always be used correctly and beautifully. Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
1 If there is resistance when inserting and removing the key or when turning the lock
If there is resistance when inserting and removing the key or Cylinders

Keying
when turning the lock, insert pencil (soft lead) powder systems
(graphite powder) into the keyhole. Caution
Never inject machine oil, anti-rust agent, lubricant, ▼ Locks
or similar substance into the cylinder keyhole.
Doing so may result in operating failure.
Push-pull
Cylinder locks
keyhole
Lever
handle
locks000
000
( Use powder from
the lead of a pencil. )
Mortise
Machine oil or Anti-rust agent or locks
similar substance lubricant
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
2 Periodically wipe the lock handle and other parts with a dry cloth.
Periodically (once every 1~2 months) wipe the handle and other parts on the surface of the lock with a soft, dry cloth. Rim dead
If dirt, dust, or other substance is left on the lock, it can cause discoloration and corrosion. Locations in coastal areas and locks
close to heavily trafficked roads are particularly susceptible to contamination by salt and exhaust gases. Take particular
care with maintenance in such locations. Dead locks
When performing maintenance, do not clean using paint thinner or other organic solvent, acid, alkali, chlorine, or other Cremon
locks
chemical. Also do not allow water to directly contact the lock. Glass door
locks
Emergency
1. Dry wiping 2. Wet wiping 3. Using a neutral detergent locks
Cup handle
locks
● Wipe periodically with a soft, dry cloth. ● If dry wiping does not remove the dirt, ● If wiping with a damp cloth does not
wipe with a damp cloth. remove the dirt, use a neutral detergent.
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
Neutral systems
detergent
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Dry wiping Wet wiping
* After wiping with a damp Electrical

cloth, be sure to wipe conductors,
again with a dry cloth. Control
boxes
Dry wiping
* After using a neutral detergent, be sure

to wipe with a damp cloth and finally
with a dry cloth.
Dimensions
(Caution) Do not scrub the lock or handle with a hard brush. Also never use paint thinner or other organic solvent to remove dirt.
3
Contents and List of Products <Locks>
▼ Information 1. Push-pull locks, passage latches P.17~24
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
Cylinders
Keying
systems
PXK-GON, GOP PXK-GOQ PX, PXK-GSA PXK-GOE PZK, PZ PL, PLK PVKU PXY PY-GOM, GOU PYS
▼ Locks (P.21) (P.21) (P.21) (P.21) (P.22) (P.22) (P.23) (P.23) (P.24) (P.24)
2. Lever handle locks, partition locks, passage latches P.25~35 3. Mortise locks P.36~39
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
(LGUL is the UL
certified product.)
Mortise AHL, AHLP (Anti-panic type) AH, AHP (Anti-panic type)
LGK LGF, LG, LGT, LX LH, HL, HLT, HLP AXF AS HS, HST, HSP
locks AHL-9 (Hotel lock) (P.32) (P.32~34) (P.34, 35) AH-9 (Hotel lock) (P.38) (P.38) (P.39)
(P.30, 31) (P.37)
Integral
locks
4. Integral locks, cylindrical locks P.40~43 5. Rim dead locks P.44 6. Dead locks P.45
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks UC G UH, US ULW MH MDU LDK HD
Glass door (P.40) (P.41) (P.42, 43) (P.43) (P.44) (P.44) (P.45) (P.45)
locks
Emergency
locks 6. Dead locks, cremon locks, sliding hung door locks, cam locks P.46~50
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks
(KMC includes a cover.)

▼ Electric locks
Security systems
1502, 1503 CGT LXD, AHD AD HN CMM TSA KM, KMC

(P.46) (P.47) (P.47) (P.48) (P.48) (P.49) (P.50) (P.50)
Ten-key
pads
7. Glass door locks P.51, 52 8. Emergency locks, automatic locking locks for auxiliary doors P.53~55
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
LGH (A, B)
2510, HDT CG BGU ASH (A, B) SXH (A, B) AHLH, others HDH, AHDH LDHPA KT-2U
(P.51) (P.52) (P.52) (P.53) (P.53) (P.54) (P.54) (P.54) (P.55)
Electric
locks
9. Cup handle locks P.56, 57 10. Sliding door locks P.58, 59

Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
AHC, ASC HSC, HSTC UCC GC SX, PSS SAK SN
(P.56) (P.56) (P.57) (P.57) (P.58) (P.59) (P.59)
4
<Electric locks and security systems: Devices>
(Examples of use: Buildings, hotels, residences, etc. P.60~73)
Numeric keypad
1. systems P.60 2. Key switches P.61 3. Interlock door systems, emergency door systems P.61 4. Hotel card locks* P.62~66 ▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
Cylinders
Keying
systems
(Example of installation on
BTKLX KS-3 collective entrance unit) EU series JCLM (NW, NS) JCLM2
(P.67) (P.63) (P.63)
(P.60)
▼ Locks
5. Electric locks (various types) P.67~71 6. Electrical conductors, control boxes,

operation panels P.72, 73
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
EU series ELSF, ELM ESSF, ESM EMV series SXEV series RCL-21, 27 RCB RSP locks
(P.67) (P.69) (P.69) (P.70) (P.71) (P.72) (P.73) (P.73)
* Be sure to inquire before ordering.

Integral
locks
<Cylinders and thumbturns>

Cylindrical
locks
List of GOAL lock cylinders

Rim dead
Dimple key reversible pin cylinders Pin cylinders locks
Cylinder name [symbol] GP cylinder V18 cylinder GV cylinder 6-pin cylinders 7-pin cylinders
［GP］［V］［GV］［P］(Note 1) [Z] (Note 1)
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Cylinder front Glass door
locks
(See P.9 for details.) (See P.10 for details.) (See P.10 for details.) (See P.9 for details.) (See P.9 for details.)
Emergency
locks
Key shape
Cup handle
locks
Theoretical number of keys 12 billion 12 billion 1,000 trillion and 280 billion 1 million 18 million
Sliding
door locks
(Options) Master key system ○ ○ ○ ○ (Note 1) ○ (Note 1)
Grand master key system ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Great grand master key system ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Reverse master key system ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Available Ten-key
key pads
Keyed alike system ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
systems
(See Construction key system ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Key switches

P.11∼15.) Interlock /
Double construction key system × ○ ○ × × emergency
door
Key change system △ ○ ○ × × systems
(Master key only) (Note 2)
Universal Key System × × ○ × ×

Hotel card
Note 1: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. locks
2: The number of possible changes for a GP cylinder master key change system is 1. (Key changes for change keys are not possible.)
List of GOAL lock security thumbturns Electric

locks
TM thumbturn TME security thumbturn TMB security thumbturn TMK security thumbturn * A variety of other types such as
cover types (TMC security
thumbturns) are also available.
Please contact GOAL for more
Electrical
information.
conductors,
* Be aware that use with some Control
models may not be possible. boxes
● his simple type features normal

T ● In normal mode, operates easily ● his thumbturn is an always free-
T ● his simple type features operation
T
operation that is the same as a in the same way as a TM turning type, preventing nearly all that is the same as an ordinary
conventional thumbturn. A thumbturn while preventing illegal methods of unlocking. thumbturn when in normal mode.
special mechanism prevents it illegal unlocking. ● To operate the lock, press in the ● It can be changed to free-turning
from turning when an eccentric ● Can be changed to free-turning clutch switch before operating. mode by using a special key. In
force is applied to prevent illegal mode by operating a switch. In free-turning mode, nearly all Dimensions
unlocking. free-turning mode, nearly all illegal methods of unlocking are
illegal methods of unlocking are impossible.
impossible.
5
▼ Information Names and Functions of Lock Parts
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
(This figure shows V-LG-5NU (B/S 51) with lever handle lock LG Model 5, V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, and backset of 51 mm.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
●
1 Key
▼ Locks ●
2 Cylinder
●
3 Lock case
Push-pull
locks
●
6 Outside lever handle
Lever ●
7 Square core Thumbturn body
●
4 Thumbturn
handle
locks Outside rose
Screw post ●
5 Cylinder fixing screw
●
8 Cylinder fixing pin
Mortise Thumbturn grip
locks Rose
●
9 Deadbolt mounting screw
Strike box
Ｌ
Ｇ
●
10 Latch bolt
Integral Rose
locks
Strike plate
Cylindrical ●
14 Case steady brace
locks ●
12 Front (inside lock case)
Rose cover
Front backing plate
Rim dead ●
15 Lever fastening screw
locks (inside of door)
●
13 Front mounting screw
Inside lever handle
Dead locks ●
11 Lock case mounting screw
Cremon
locks Lip
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks Name Function
Operates the cylinder from the outside of the door to extend and retract the deadbolt ●
●
1 Key
unlocking the lock.
9 , locking and
Sliding
GA-20 P027 (LG plan drawing)

door locks
Operated by the key in order to lock and unlock the lock.
●
2 Cylinder It is fastened firmly to the lock case by a double mechanism consisting of the cylinder fixing pins ❽
▼ Electric locks and cylinder fixing screws ● 5 .
Security systems
/d_tokuyama/LG plan drawing
●
3 Lock case Contains the lock mechanisms. It is mounted onto the door by the lock case mounting screws ●
11.
Ten-key
The grip operated from the inside of the door to extend or retract the deadbolt, locking and unlocking
pads ●
4 Thumbturn
the lock.
Key switches ●
5 Cylinder fixing screw 2 onto the lock case ●
Fixes the cylinder ● 3 .
Interlock /
emergency ●
6 Outside lever handle Used to retract the latch bolt and open the door.
door
systems Fastened to the outside lever handle, this part operates the parts inside the lock case to retract the
●
7 Square core latch.
Hotel card
locks ●
8 Cylinder and thumbturn fixing pin Fixes the cylinder and thumbturn to the lock case.
●
9 Deadbolt Operated by the key and thumbturn, and locks the door.
Electric ●
10 Latch bolt Holding the door closed so that it does not open due to wind pressure or other factor.
locks
●
11 Lock case mounting screw Mounts the lock case onto the door.
Electrical ●
12 Front A covering plate which covers the front of the lock case ●
3 .
conductors,
Control Screw for fix front ●
12 onto the lock case. When fasten below screw, case steady brace ●
14 will work.
boxes ●
13 Front mounting screw In case of LG, please make sure to fasten below screw lastly.
●
14 Case steady brace Fastens the lock case to the door, ensuring stable operation of the lock.
●
15 Lever fastening screw Fastens the square core ●
7 to the inside lever handle.
Dimensions
6
Lock Specifications ▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Backset (Also indicated as B.S or B/S.) Handing Product list
Basic information
This is the horizontal distance (mm) from the front surface of 1) Lock handing (R-type, L-type)
the lock case to the center of the cylinder, lever handle, or Depending on the lock model, there may have handing
Cylinders
knob (center of the mounting hole). (R-type, L-type) according to the direction of the door Keying
(left-hinged or right-hinged, out-swinging or in-swinging). systems
Front Case depth
Backset
<Locks that have handing (R-type, L-type)> ▼ Locks
Cylinder
1. Push-pull locks (Note 2)... PX, PXK, PZ, PZK
2. Hotel locks................. AHL-9, AH-9 Push-pull
Lock case mounting screw pitch
locks
3. Hotel card locks......... JCLM, JCLM2
4. Anti-panic locks.......... AHLP, AHP, HLP, HSP, HLTP, HSTP
Lock case
Front length
Case width
Lever
Spacing
handle
Lever handle ● Corresponding table locks
How to determine lock handing as shown below.
Lock handing Illustration
<Right-hinged, out-swinging> Or <Left-hinged, in-swinging>
Mortise
R-type Inside Inside locks
(UL type)
(Note 2)
Outside Outside
Integral
Select an appropriate backset according to the door type <Left-hinged, out-swinging> Or <Right-hinged, in-swinging> locks
L-type Inside Cylindrical
and conditions. (UR type)
Inside
locks
(Note 2)
Outside Outside
* This figure shows the conditions when looking down from the ceiling towards the floor.
Rim dead
Spacing locks
Note 2: Some push-pull locks also available for in-swinging doors. The in-swinging doors
This is the vertical distance (mm) between the center of the are indicated as UR and UL.
Dead locks
cylinder and the center of the knob. When this distance is In this case, the lock body, handle, and other par ts are special par ts for
Cremon
in-swinging doors.
larger, the key or thumbturn can be operated more easily. locks
( )
Glass door
GOAL lock spacing Lever handle locks LX: 75 mm, LG: 80 mm, locks
mortise locks AH: 95 mm, AS: 80 mm 2) Lever handle handing
Depending on the shape, there may have handing Emergency
locks
(R-type, L-type). How to determine lever handle handing Cup handle
as shown below. locks
Door thickness
Lever handle handing Corresponding table (Illustration)
This is the door thickness dimension where installation is R-type <Right-hinged, out-swinging> <Left-hinged, in-swinging> Sliding
possible. It is ordinarily indicated in units of millimeters Lever fastening screw (Note 3) Lever fastening screw (Note 3) door locks
(mm). Examples: 29~33, 33~43, 43~53 mm. This means ## Inside Inside
mm or more and less than ## mm. When ordering, it is Or ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
necessary to clearly indicate the door thickness dimension. Outside Outside
<Left-hinged, out-swinging> <Right-hinged, in-swinging>

Note 1:
L-type Ten-key
Lever fastening screw (Note 3) Lever fastening screw (Note 3)
Indicate the thickness at the pads
part where the knob rose, Inside Inside
cylinder, thumbturn, and Knob
Or
other parts are installed. As Key switches
shown in the figure at right, Vertical frame Outside
of the door Outside Interlock /
when the vertical frame of the
Rose emergency
door has a different thickness Note 3: F
or security reasons, the lever handle fastening screw must be on the inside. door
at the door end, be sure to
indicate dimension ● B as the
systems
door thickness. A B
Hotel card
Do not use dimension A Dimension B is locks
as the door thickness. the door thickness.
Gap
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Gap Control
boxes
This is the size of the gap between the door end (front end
of the lock) and the edge surface of the frame (end of the
strike plate). Ordinarily, a suitable gap is considered to be
around 3~6 mm. For an automatic locking device, electric
lock, or similar lock, ordinarily a gap of 6 mm or less is Dimensions
prescribed so that the trigger bolt can operate correctly.
7
GOAL Lock Function Numbers / Ordering
▼ Information Information
Precautions
Table of contents / ■ GOAL Lock Function Numbers (* Functions and operations may differ depending on the model, such as for emergency locks. Refer to the model number table for the specific model for more information.)
Product list
Basic information Operation (Applications) Operation (Applications)
Function Number Function Number
Classification Illustration Classification Illustration
Models With This Function Models With This Function
Cylinders
5
Keying (Inside) (Outside) Not equipped with a locking (Inside) (Outside) Equipped with a locked (red) and
1
function. unlocked (blue) indicator. Cannot be
systems unlocked without a key.
(For interior partitions that do not Indicator
(ND)
need to be locked) (For toilet stalls in commercial and
public facilities)
▼ Locks Passage • Lever handle locks, Mortise locks,
latch etc. Cylinder lock • Lever handle locks: LGF, LG, LX
with indicator • Mortise locks: AXF, AS
• Dead locks: HD, LXD
Push-pull Can be locked/unlocked only from inside. • Hook bolt sliding door locks:SX
Cannot be locked/unlocked from outside.
3
locks (For terrace doors, etc.) Can be locked/unlocked from
6 inside/outside with a key.

(For common entrances,
connecting doors, etc.)
Lever Exit lock • Lever handle locks, Mortise locks,
etc. Double-cylinder
handle lock • Lever handle locks, Mortise locks,
locks etc.
Can be locked/unlocked from either side. Cannot be locked/unlocked from inside.
(For interior partitions, Can be locked/unlocked from outside
33 7
meeting rooms, etc.) with a key.
Mortise (For classrooms, hospital rooms,
locks • Lever handle locks: LGF, LG, LX storerooms, etc.)
• Mortise locks: AXF, AS
Double-thumbturn
lock
• Dead locks: HD, LXD
• Hook bolt sliding door locks: SX
Outside • Lever handle locks, Mortise locks,
Integral (* Security thumbturn available as a special specification.) lock etc.
locks Can be locked/unlocked from inside.
4
Without indicator (4) Outside lever handle/knob is always fixed.
Cylindrical With indicator (45) Emergency cylinder can be unlocked Can be opened anytime from inside.
8
locks (Without indicator) from outside. Can be freely opened from inside.
(Children’s rooms, bathrooms,
45
(For hotels, storerooms,
toilet stalls, etc.) equipment rooms, etc.)
Emergency unlock device
(With indicator)
Rim dead
(Emergency cylinder)
• Lever handle locks: LG, LX Storeroom • Lever handle locks: AHL
locks Partition lock • Mortise locks: AXF, AS
• Integral locks: UC, G (*45 only) lock Trigger bolt
• Mortise locks: AH
(With emergency cylinder) • Cylindrical locks: UH, US
• Dead locks, Sliding door locks:
82
HD, AD, SX, etc. Can be locked/unlocked from inside
84 ) Push-button
82 ...
Dead locks with the thumbturn or from outside
Chip key Partition lock with a locking function that 85 ... Turn-button
Cremon can be unlocked with a key during with a key.
84
(For bathroom)
locks construction. After construction, the lock Can also be locked automatically by
Glass door
locks 49 Emergency unlock
device
will be equipped with an emergency
unlock function by inserting the chip key
(Emergency cylinder) to the cylinder. After that, the emergency
85
operating the knob button on the
inside.
(For office entrances, etc.)
Emergency Bathroom lock cylinder can be unlocked by using a coin
Button • Mortise locks: AH only
in emergency situations. Trigger bolt
locks (with construction key) The ULW-49*BL features (For bathroom) Office lock (for automatic locking)
Cup handle mounting screws exposed
outside the room. • Cylindrical locks: ULW
locks Outside lever handle/knob is always
Can be locked/unlocked from inside. fixed. Can be unlocked with a
Can be locked/unlocked from Indicator
key. Can be opened anytime from
5 9
outside with a key. inside. Cannot be unlocked with
Sliding (Cylindrical lock can be locked a maid key when double-locked
door locks using the button. ) (shut out) from inside.
Trigger bolt (For hotel guest rooms, etc.)
Entrance lock (For main entrances, etc.)
Hotel lock Indicator
(Cylinder lock) • Lever handle locks: AHL
▼ Electric locks • Lever handle locks, Mortise locks,
etc. Trigger bolt
• Mortise locks: AH
Security systems • Cylindrical locks: UH
Escutcheon
Ten-key
pads
■ Include the following information when ordering or designating a GOAL lock.
Model Lever handle / knob design, Backset Door thickness Remarks
Hand (mm) (mm) Door type Door material (such as keying system)
Key switches Cylinder symbol(Note) Series Function number finish symbol, escutcheon, etc.
Interlock /
emergency (Examples) Note: When ordering, include the cylinder symbol with the model. (GP: GP cylinder, V: V18 cylinder, GV: GV cylinder, P: 6-pin cylinder, Z: 7-pin cylinder)
door
systems (Ex. 1) LX 1 BU 40A (R4U) 51 30 Single-leaf door Wooden door
BU lever, dull alumite silver BU (R4U rose)

Hotel card LX lever handle with passage latch
locks
With UKS2
(Ex. 2) GV-LG 5 NU11S N5UW 64 36 Single-leaf door Aluminum sash (Universal Key System)
Common strike plate
NU lever, dull stainless steel, N5U escutcheon (both sides)
Electric LG lever handle lock (GV cylinder)
locks
Key change system
(Ex. 3) V-AHP 5 Q11S R 76 40 Double-leaf door Steel door with master key
AHP mortise lock R type (for out-swinging right-hand door or in-swinging left-hand door)
Electrical (Anti-panic lock) (V18 cylinder) Q type knob, dull stainless steel
conductors,
Control ND cylinder,
(Ex. 4) GP-LG 5 NU11S (R4U) R 64 40 Single-leaf door Steel door with master key system
boxes Construction key system
LG lever handle lock NU lever R type (GP-ND cylinder with indicator)
(GP cylinder) Dull stainless steel (R4U rose) (ND cylinder on right side when seen from lock front (door end))
(Ex. 5) GP-EURP 7 CC L 76 36 Double-leaf door Steel door
Dimensions L type (for out-swinging left-hand door or in-swinging right-hand door)

Cup handle on both sides
EURP function-switching electric lock with anti-panic function (GP cylinder)
8
GP
cylinders
GOAL lock pin cylinders
Dimple keys, GP cylinders [Symbol: GP] ▼ Information
Precautions
● Illustration of GP cylinder structure Table of contents /
Product list
Click device
Basic information
Cylinders
Keying
● GP cylinder front ● GP cylinder dimple key systems
MK pin
(stainless steel treated with lubrication coating)
▼ Locks
Upper pin, anti-picking pin Push-pull

(stainless steel)
locks
Bowl-shaped guide hole
Lower pin
(stainless steel treated with lubrication coating)
Lever
handle
locks
18 high-precision pins enable 12 billion key differences.

This is an original security design that is highly resistant to picking Mortise
locks
and other methods of illegal unlocking.
Features Integral
locks
■ 18 high-precision pins are arranged in 3 rows. In addition, ■ The dimple key uses a key form that is easy on the Cylindrical
locks
all of the upper pins are anti-picking pins, making picking fingers. Insertion and removal are extremely smooth, and
nearly impossible. the key is reversible so it can be inserted facing either
way. Rim dead
locks
Upper pin
(Anti-picking pin) Groove in upper pin absorbs torque.
Dead locks
Groove Cremon
Lower pin
locks
Glass door
Inner cylinder locks
Front Back
Emergency
■ The number of key differences is 12 billion. locks
Cup handle
■ CNK, GGMK, GMK, MK and RMK is available. ■ The bowl-shaped guide hole makes it easy to insert the locks
■ The use of MK pins (master key pins) makes these locks key.
compatible with large-scale and complex key systems. ■ Operability is further improved with the use of a click Sliding
■ All pins are made of stainless steel and treated with a device. door locks
special lubrication coating. This provides an impressive ■ Durability has been impressively improved.
increase in strength and durability. An impressive increase in durability was achieved with the dimpled key, ▼ Electric locks
special lubrication coating on all lower pins, the special click device, and Security systems
other improvements.
Ten-key
pads
6-pin, 7-pin 6-pin cylinders [Symbol: P] Key switches
cylinders 7-pin cylinders [Symbol: Z] Interlock /

emergency
door
systems
■ These are high-precision 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders. In
● Illustration of 6-pin cylinder structure
Outer cylinder (cylinder body)
addition, all of the upper pins are anti-picking pins, Hotel card
making picking and other methods of illegal unlocking
Share line (boundary)
Inner cylinder (plug)
Pin spring
● 6-pin cylinder front locks
● 6-pin cylinder key extremely difficult.
Upper pin (anti-picking pin)
Lower pin
Key
■ The maximum number of key differences with a 6-pin

cylinder is 1 million. Electric
locks
■ The maximum number of key differences with a 7-pin
cylinder is 18 million.
Electrical
● Illustration of 7-pin cylinder structure ■ The use of a click device and a special lubrication coating conductors,
Outer cylinder (cylinder body)
on all lower pins allow smooth key insertion and removal. Control
Share line (boundary)
● 7-pin cylinder front
Inner cylinder (plug) boxes
Pin spring
● 7-pin cylinder key
Upper pin (anti-picking pin)
Lower pin
Note: Production of new master key systems for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as
Key of March 2017.
Dimensions
9
V18 GOAL lock pin cylinders GV GOAL lock pin cylinders
▼ Information cylinders Dimple keys, V18 cylinders [Symbol: V] cylinders Dimple keys, GV cylinders [Symbol: GV]
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information ● Illustration of V18 cylinder structure ● Illustration of GRAND V (GV) cylinder structure
(UL mark)
Cylinders Upper pin (anti-picking pin)
Keying (stainless steel treated with
Click ball lubrication coating)
systems (click device)
Lower pin
(stainless steel treated with
▼ Locks Upper pin lubrication coating)
(anti-picking pin)
MK pin
Lower pin
(treated with lubrication coating) (stainless steel treated with
Push-pull lubrication coating)
locks
Section pin
Lever
handle
locks Drilling prevention plate
Drill guard pin
(hard metal)
Click ball
Mortise
locks
● V18 cylinder front ● GV cylinder front

Integral
locks
Cylindrical ● V18 cylinder dimple key ● GV cylinder dimple key
locks
Rim dead
locks
(Awarded the BL Design Award in April 2001.)

Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
18 high-precision pins enable 12 The immense 1,000 trillion and 280 billion
Emergency
locks billion key differences. number of key differences results in an
Cup handle
locks This security design is highly resistant ultra-secure design that makes picking
to picking and other methods of illegal and all other methods of illegal unlocking
Sliding
door locks unlocking. nearly impossible.
▼ Electric locks
Features Features
Security systems
■ Products which have been registered under the U.S. UL ■ The maximum 5 levels and 24 columns of pins produce
security standard (UL437) are also available. an incredible 1,000 trillion and 280 billion number of key
Ten-key
pads ■ 18 high-precision pins produce 12 billion key differences. differences.
■ Various key systems including master key (MK) systems ■ Various key systems including master key (MK) systems
Key switches and construction key (CNK) systems are available. and construction key (CNK) systems are available.
Interlock /
emergency ■ Picking, impression, and other methods of illegal unlock- ■ Picking, impression, and other methods of illegal unlock-
door
ing are nearly impossible. ing are nearly impossible.
systems
■ The robust design prevents drilling. ■ The use of MK pins makes these locks compatible with
large-scale and complex key systems.
Hotel card ■ All pins are made of stainless steel and treated with a
locks
special lubrication coating. This produces an impressive ■ The robust design prevents drilling.
increase in strength and durability. ■ Although the locks use dimple keys, the keyway section
■ The key form is easy on the fingers. Insertion and remov- has a complex shape that makes the insertion of picking
Electric
locks al are extremely smooth, and the key is reversible so it or other tools difficult.
can be inserted facing either way. A bowl-shaped guide ■ All pins are made of stainless steel and treated with a
hole is also provided. special lubrication coating.
Electrical
<Security ID tag>
conductors, ■ Operability is further improved with the use of a click de- ■ The security ID tag system makes
Control
boxes vice. it possible to carefully check for key
■ As an option, a key change (V, GV-KCH) system is also pos- duplication. (Standard specifications)
sible. (See P.14 for details.) ■ The key form is easy on the fingers. Insertion and removal
are extremely smooth, and the key is reversible so it can
be inserted facing either way. A bowl-shaped guide hole is
Dimensions
also provided.
■ Operability is further improved with the use of a click de-
vice.
10
Key systems ▼ Information
Precautions
Increasingly complex and advanced key management systems are required in recent years due in part to increasing building heights. Table of contents /
Product list
In order to satisfy these requirements, a wide range of key systems can be constructed with GOAL pin cylinders, including the following. Basic information
These can be used in combination to create the optimal key management system according to the key system purpose.
<Caution> All keys are important items for protecting the safety and property of the customers. Exercise full caution to avoid losing them. Cylinders
Keying
When lost a key, replace the cylinder. Can be used without replacing the cylinders in case key change systems or Universal key systems
systems are equipped. (Refer to P.14~15.)
▼ Locks
1. Change key <CK> 2. Keyed alike system <KA>
Push-pull
The individual unique keys for each lock are referred to as This system uses the same key number for multiple lock locks
change keys (CK). cylinders, and allows a single change key to lock and unlock all
Change key (CK) A Change key (CK) B Change key (CK) C
locks in that group.
Lever
Change key (CK) A handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
Lock A Lock B Lock C
locks
Lock A Lock A Lock A
Rim dead
locks
3. Master key system <MK>
This system allows a single master key (MK) to lock and unlock multiple locks which are each equipped with their own different keys. Dead locks
Cremon
<Note> Production of new master key systems for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. locks
Glass door
locks
4. Grand master key system <GMK> Emergency
locks
This system allows a single grand master key (GMK) to lock and unlock all the locks in multiple master key groups which are each equipped Cup handle
with their own unique master keys. locks
Sliding
5. Great grand master key system <GGMK> door locks
This system allows a single great grand master key (GGMK) to lock and unlock all the locks in multiple grand master key groups which are
each equipped with their own unique grand master keys. ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Great grand master key (GGMK)

Ten-key
pads
Ｍ.Ｋ.
複製禁止
Key switches
Interlock /
Grand master key (GMK) A Grand master key (GMK) B emergency
door
Ｍ.Ｋ.
複製禁止
Ｍ.Ｋ.
複製禁止
systems
Hotel card
Master key (MK) A Master key (MK) B Master key (MK) C Master key (MK) D locks
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Ｍ.Ｋ.
複製禁止
複製禁止
複製禁止
複製禁止
Electric
locks
Change key A Change key B Change key C Change key D Change key E Change key F Change key G Change key H Change key I Change key J
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Lock A Lock B Lock C Lock D Lock E Lock F Lock G Lock H Lock I Lock J
Dimensions
11
▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list 6. Reverse master key system <RMK>
Basic information
RMK is keying system that permits a lock to be opened with a number of unique, individual keys. For instance, eack key (CK A~D)
Cylinders can individually operate its own lock. And cylinder of common entrance can be operated by CK A~D as shown below.
Keying
systems
Lock A Lock B Lock C Lock D
▼ Locks
Lock group for

Push-pull reverse master
locks
Change key A Change key B Change key C Change key D
Lever
handle
locks
Common entrance
(shared entrance) Lock for
reverse master
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
7. Cross master key system <CMK>

Rim dead
locks
The designated lock can be locked and unlocked using the master keys and change keys belonging to multiple different master
groups, this system is referred to as a cross master key system (CMK).
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door <Example of simple cross master key system> <Example of complex cross master key system>
locks
Emergency Grand master key (GMK)

locks Master key A group Master key B group
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Duplication Prohibited
Cup handle MK.A MK.B

locks
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Master key A group Master key B group Master key C group

MK.A MK.B MK.C
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card Both master keys A and B and all The grand master key, master key A The grand master key, master key
locks change keys can lock and unlock and the change keys of that group, and B, and master key C can lock and
the designated lock. master key B can lock and unlock the unlock the designated lock.
designated lock.
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
12
Key systems ▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
8. Construction key system <CNK> Product list
Basic information
With this system, the keys that were used for management during the building construction period are automatically disabled after
construction is completed without changing the locks and cylinders. Thereafter the locks can be locked and unlocked only with the new keys Cylinders
Keying
that were delivered to the client or residents. The keys that are used during the construction period are known as construction keys (CNK). systems
① When a master key <MK> system is not needed after construction is completed ② When a master key <MK> system is needed after construction is completed
▼ Locks
During construction Construction key Change keys cannot be used. During construction Construction key Change keys cannot be used.
Change key A
Change key A
Construction key
Construction key
Change key B Push-pull

locks
Change key B
Change key C
Change key C Change key D Lever

handle
Management master key locks
Change key D
cannot be used.
Master key
Ｍ.Ｋ.
Mortise
Cancellation of construction key system (Canceled automatically by operation of the change key.) locks
Construction key Construction key
After construction After construction
cannot be used. cannot be used.
Management master key (MK)
Integral
M.K.
Change key A Change key B Change key C Change key D locks
Cylindrical
locks
Construction key Construction key

Rim dead
Construction key
Construction key
locks
Dead locks
Lock A Lock B Lock C Lock D Cremon
locks
Change key A Change key B Change key C Change key D Glass door
locks
③ Double construction key system <DCNK> ④ Construction key system for bathrooms (49 cylinders) Emergency
(Available V18, GV cylinder only) locks
During construction Cup handle
Construction key B and change
During construction Construction key A keys cannot be used. Change key A Change key B Change key C locks
Construction key
Construction key B
Management key
Change key A Sliding

door locks
Change key B
Change key C ▼ Electric locks

Security systems
Change key D
Lock A Lock B Lock C Lock D Lock A Lock B Lock C

Ten-key
Cancellation of construction key system A (Canceled automatically by operation of construction key B.) Cylinder function is canceled by a particular operation.
pads
Period before resident moves Change keys cannot be used.

Construction key B Change key A After construction In an emergency, can be unlocked using
in after construction
a coin or other means. Key switches
Management key
Interlock /
Change key B Lock A Lock B Lock C
emergency
door
Change key C
systems
Change key D
Hotel card
Construction key A cannot be used. locks
Construction key A
Construction key
Cancellation of construction key system B (Canceled automatically by operation of the change key.) Coin (or pin) Coin (or pin) Coin (or pin) Electric
Construction key locks
After resident moves in
<Models equipped with 49 cylinders>
A and construction key
Change key A Change key B Change key C Change key D B cannot be used.
Construction key A Cylindrical locks ULW-49, 49BL

Electrical
conductors,
Construction key
Control
boxes
Construction key B
Management key
Dimensions
* A special key system for hotel locks is also available. See P.31 for details.
13
Key change (V18, GV-KCH) system (option spec.)
▼ Information (Our original key system)
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list V18 or GV cylinder key change (V18, GV-KCH) system (option spec.)
Basic information
This key change system delivers major improvements to key management safety and cost reductions by making it
Cylinders
Keying possible to change keys without changing the locks at times such as when a key is lost or a resident moves in or out.
systems Another large feature is that even when a master key (MK) system is installed, the MK and change keys (CK) can be
changed.
▼ Locks
○
1 Master key (MK) supporting type: V (or GV)-KCH-M system (for buildings and apartments where a MK system or other key system is installed)
Push-pull
locks
<V(GV)-KCH-M system example (1)>
* This figure shows an example equipped with a GMK
GMK system where the MK can be changed once (Note 1)
Lever and the change keys (CK) can each be changed 3
handle times.
MK A1 MK B1 (Note 1) 1st MK (initial MK)
locks
<Features> MK A2 MK B2 2nd MK (fresh MK)
◦ Key changes for the change keys and
MK are possible.
Mortise
◦ Even when the MK was changed, the
locks
same GMK and change keys (CK) can
continue to be used.
(In the same way, even when the
Integral change keys (CK) were changed, the Change key (CK) (Note 2)
locks same MK and GMK can continue to 1st CK (initial CK)
Cylindrical be used.)
locks
◦ The possible number of key changes
is decided when discussing the initial 2nd CK
key plan.
Rim dead ◦ At the time of initial shipping, only the 3rd CK (fresh CK)
locks
first keys (initial keys) are set.
◦ The second and later keys for key 4th CK
Dead locks changes (fresh keys) are shipped after
Cremon they are ordered.
locks (Note 1)
Glass door GMK1: 1st GMK (initial GMK)
locks
<V(GV)-KCH-M system example (2)> GMK2: 2nd GMK (fresh GMK)
Emergency
locks * This figure shows an example of a system where
the GMK can be changed once and the MK can
Cup handle MK A1 MK B1 1st MK (initial MK)
be changed 2 times.
locks
MK A2 MK B2 2nd MK (fresh MK)
<Features>
◦Key changes for the GMK and MK MK A3 MK B3 3rd MK (fresh MK)
Sliding
are possible.
door locks
◦Even when the GMK or MK was
changed, the same change keys
(CK) can continue to be used.
▼ Electric locks
Security systems (The other features are the same
as system example (1) above.)
Ten-key Change key (CK) (Note 2)

pads
Note 1: The number of GMK and MK is decided based on consultation.

Key switches 2: With standard specifications, the number of change keys (CK) is a set of 3.
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
○
2 Change key (CK) supporting type: V (or GV)-KCH-BE system GP master key change system
Hotel card (option spec.)
locks This is an individual key change system.
<Features> <V(or GV)-KCH-BE system example>
With GP cylinders, it is possible to
◦Key changes for the change
Electric add an optional key change system
keys (CK) are possible.
locks for master keys.
◦The number of possible key
changes is 5 for V18 and 6 for However be aware that the number
GV. of possible key changes is only 1
Electrical
◦The second and later keys for and key changes for the change
conductors, Change key (CK) 1st key (initial key) keys are not possible.
key changes (fresh keys) are
Control (Note 2)
boxes
shipped after they are ordered.
2nd key
(fresh key)
Note 2: With standard specifications, the number

of change keys (CK) is a set of 3. 6th key
Dimensions
14
GV Cylinder Universal Key System® (UKS2) (Option)
(Our original key system) (Pat.) (* Patents obtained in the US, Canada, China, South Korea, and Taiwan in addition to Japan.) ▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
GV Cylinder Universal Key System (UKS2) (Option) ® Product list
Basic information
The most significant feature of this system is the ability to switch over keys numerous times without changing
Cylinders
cylinders or locks, such as when a key is lost or when a resident moves in or out. Keying
systems
<Application example>
A During construction ▼ Locks
All cylinders can be operated with this key during construction.

* Be sure to discard this key after construction is completed. Push-pull
locks
Construction
key ( byWhen using the optional reset tool (reset tool specification), reset
using both the construction key and the reset tool. (Note 1) )
Lever
handle
B After construction (Note: If a resident has been decided, set using the resident key.) locks
<Setting>
1 First, reset using the reset key. (Note 1) Mortise
locks
Manager
Integral
Cylinder Reset key • Turn right to • Turn back to the original
locks
90 degrees. position and remove the key. Cylindrical
Reset • Insert the reset key. locks
key Reset complete
2 Next, set using the set tool and residence key A. Rim dead
locks
Use the set tool together with residence key A.
Resident A
Residence key A
Dead locks
Set tool Cremon
• The manager gives locks
residence key A to Glass door
Resident A. locks
Residence
key A Set tool • Turn right to • Turn back to the original • Resident A uses
• Insert the set tool together 90 degrees. position and remove the key. Emergency
with residence key A.
residence key A.
Setting complete locks
Cup handle
locks
3 Be sure to check the setting state after completion using the confirmation key.
Use the confirmation key to make sure the lock has been set. If set properly, the confirmation key
will not turn. If the confirmation key turns, set again beginning with resetting. Residence Sliding
key A
Confirmation key Resident key door locks
Confirmation
key ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
• Setting was successful • Setting was unsuccessful
if the key does not turn. if the key turns.
• Insert the confirmation key
and check whether the key turns. Set Not set Ten-key
pads
<Optional specifications (reset tool specifications)> (Note 2)

(Note 1) When a resident moves in or out of a (Note 3) Key switches
residence, the lock must be changed from
To reset using the reset tool (optional), To set residence key A, use the set
residence key A to residence key B. Use Interlock /
use the reset tool together with the tool together with residence key A as * Setting all unoccupied emergency
construction key to reset. specified above. the reset tool together with residence key residence locks for
A to reset the lock, and then set using the door
set tool together with residence key B. use with residence
key Z makes it systems
Construction key Residence key A Residence key A
possible to manage
all vacant rooms with
Reset only residence key Z. Hotel card
tool locks
(optional) Reset tool Set tool Reset tool
C Resident changeover (Changing from residence key A to residence key B) D Using a master key (optional) Electric
locks
1 First, reset using the reset key. • An optional master key can be set to a UKS2
(Reset by performing the same method as above.)
system.
Electrical
2 Next, set using the set tool and residence key B. • A master key can be used to operate all conductors,
• Set using the set tool and residence key B (for use by the new resident).
(Set by performing the same method as above.) cylinders in a group regardless of the Control
Note: If the lock is set for use with residence key B, the original residence key A setting state. boxes
will no longer be usable.
3 Check the setting state.
• Be sure to check the setting state after completion using the confirmation key.
(Check by performing the same method as above.) Master key
Residence key B Residence * Using the set tool together with the master key will force Manager Dimensions
Resident
setting complete key B
Resident key
B any currently used residence key into a “Shut-out” state.
15
Introduction of Products
<Locks>
1. Push-pull locks, passage latches ��17-24

2. Lever handle locks, partition locks, passage latches ��25-35
3. Mortise locks ��36-39
4. Integral locks, cylindrical locks ��40-43
5. Rim dead locks �� 44
6. Dead locks, cremon locks, sliding hung door locks, cam locks ��45-50
7. Glass door locks ��51-52
8. Emergency locks, automatic locking locks for auxiliary doors ��53-55
9. Cup handle locks ��56-57
10. Sliding door locks ��58-59

(Examples of use: Buildings, hotels, residences, etc.)
1. Numeric keypad systems �� 60

2. Key switch systems �� 61
3. Interlock door systems, emergency door systems �� 61
4. Hotel card locks ��62-66
5. Electric locks (various types) ��67-71
6. Electrical conductors, control boxes, operation panels ��72-73
16
PXK List of push-pull lock handles ▼ Information
Applications Home entrances, etc. Precautions

Table of contents /
■ PXK series Precautions: Avoid using reinforced wood handles outdoors. Product list
Basic information
GON type [Aluminum, reinforced wood ] (* For out-swinging doors only) GOP type [Aluminum, reinforced wood ]
(* For out-swinging doors only) Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
GON 369 GON-C 377 GON-B 8800

Rim dead
Aluminum, Reinforced wood, Reinforced wood, dark GOP-C 369 locks
silver coating light brown brown Reinforced wood, light
Escutcheon: Aluminum, Escutcheon: Aluminum, brown
champagne silver black Escutcheon: Aluminum, Dead locks
GOP 369
GON-C 369 GON-A 80 silver Cremon
Aluminum, locks
Reinforced wood, Reinforced wood, silver coating Glass door
light brown brown
locks
Escutcheon: Escutcheon: (* The same five finish types as GON are available.)
Aluminum, silver Aluminum, umber Emergency
locks
■ PX, PXK series Cup handle
locks
GOQ type [Aluminum] (* For out-swinging doors only) GSA type [Aluminum]
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
GOQ 6600 GOQ 2740 GOQ 8800 GOQ 3940 GSA 364 GSA 269 GSA 80 GSA 8800
Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum,
Dimensions
metallic silver metallic gold black coating pearl white(Note) silver coating gold coating umber coating black coating
Note: The GOQ 3940 (pearl white) finish is a special specification.
17
PX, PZ, PL
▼ Information PVKU, PXY List of push-pull lock handles
Precautions Applications Home entrances, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list ■ PX, PXK series (The photos show two-lock types. GOE one-lock types are also available.) ■ PVKU series (one-lock type)
Basic information
GOE type [Aluminum] GOH type [Aluminum] GOR type [Aluminum] (* For out-swinging doors only)
Cylinders
(* For out-swinging doors only)
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise GOR 364 GOR 269 GOR 80

locks
Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum,
silver coating gold coating umber coating
Integral * An aluminum, black coating [8800] finish is also available.
locks
Cylindrical
locks
■ PL, PLK series (one-lock type)
Rim dead GOVA type [Aluminum, stainless steel]

locks
GOE 364 GOE 80 GOE 269 GOE 8800 GOH 364

Dead locks
Cremon Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum,
locks silver coating umber coating gold coating black coating silver coating
Glass door
locks * An umber finish is also
available.
Emergency
locks
Cup handle ■ PZ, PZK series
(The photos show two-lock types. One-lock types are also available.)
locks
GOF type [Aluminum] GOVA 369 GOVA 269 GOVA 11

Sliding Aluminum, Aluminum, Dull stainless
door locks silver coating gold coating steel
* Aluminum, umber coating and aluminum, black coating finishes

▼ Electric locks are also available.
Security systems
■ PXY series (passage latches)

Ten-key
pads (* Use in combination with a dead lock or other lock type.)
GOT type [Aluminum] B/S 64 mm

Key switches (* For out-swinging doors only)
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
GOF 364 GOF 80 GOF 269

Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum,
silver coating umber coating gold coating GOT 369 GOT 269
Aluminum, silver coating Aluminum, gold coating
Dimensions
* Aluminum, umber coating and aluminum, black coating finishes
* An aluminum, black coating [8800] finish is also available.
are also available.
18
PY List of PY push-pull passage latch handles ▼ Information
Applications Home entrances, etc. (Use in combination with a dead lock, electric lock, or other lock type.) Precautions
Table of contents /
■ Plate handles (* For out-swinging doors only) Product list
Basic information
GOL type [Aluminum] (B/S 51 mm, 64 mm)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
GOL 364 GOL 43 GOL 269 GOL 24 GOL 8800 GOL 80 locks
Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum,
silver coating alumite silver gold coating alumite gold black coating umber coating
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
GOM type [Aluminum] (B/S 64 mm) GMA type [Aluminum] (B/S 64 mm) Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
GMA
GOM 364 GOM 269 GOM 80
Aluminum and natural wood cosmetic panel Ten-key
Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Escutcheon: Aluminum, silver coating [364] pads
silver coating gold coating umber coating
Because wooden products contain wood parts, avoid using Key switches
* An aluminum, black coating [8800] finish is also available.
them outdoors. Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
GOU type [Aluminum] (B/S 64 mm) GOX type [Aluminum] (B/S 64 mm)
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
GOU 47 GOU 269 GOU 80 GOX 364 GOX 269

Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum,
alumite silver gold coating umber coating silver coating gold coating
Dimensions
* Aluminum, silver coating [364] and aluminum, black coating [8800] finishes are also available. * Aluminum, umber coating [80] and aluminum, black coating [8800]
finishes are also available.
19
▼ Information
PY List of PY push-pull passage latch handles
Precautions Applications Home entrances, etc. (Use in combination with a dead lock, electric lock, or other lock type.)
Table of contents / (* For out-swinging doors only, however can also be produced for in-swinging doors based on special orders.)
Product list (Note)
Basic information ■ Bar handles (B/S 35 mm, 51 mm, 64 mm)
(Note: With B/S35 mm, depending on the conditions of the door and frame, there is the risk that the handle may contact the frame. Be sure to check in advance.)
Cylinders ARC type [Aluminum] GOB type [Aluminum, stainless steel]

Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks ARC 23 ARC 74 ARC 8800 GOB 269 GOB 364 GOB 12
Aluminum, alumite gold Aluminum, antique Aluminum, Aluminum, Aluminum, Bright stainless steel
Emergency
Escutcheon: Aluminum, Escutcheon: Brass, black coating gold coating silver coating Escutcheon: Aluminum,
locks
Cup handle gold coating [269] antique [74] silver coating [364]
locks
Sliding GOF type [Aluminum] MOA, MOB, MOC types [Reinforced wood]
door locks
Precautions: Avoid using reinforced wood handles outdoors.
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
GOF 269 GOF 364 MOA MOB MOC

Aluminum, gold coating Aluminum, silver Reinforced wood , Reinforced wood , Reinforced wood ,
coating brown dark brown light brown
Escutcheon: Aluminum, Escutcheon: Aluminum, Escutcheon: Aluminum,
Dimensions * Umber coating [80] is also available. umber coating [80] black coating [8800] champagne silver [377]
* In addition to the above PY handles, an EGL type is also available.
20
PXK Push-pull locks
PX PXK SK-5 (hooked deadbolt), PX GDT-5 GOE, GOH, GON, GOP, GOQ, GSA ▼ Information
Applications Home entrances, main entrances, etc. (* GOH, GON, GOP, and GOQ are for out-swinging doors only.) Precautions
Table of contents /
• V-PXK SK-5 GOE364(R) (hooked deadbolt) • V-PX GDT-5 GOE 269(R) Product list
Basic information
( Photo shows a V18 cylinder, GOE handle, silver ( Photo shows a V18 cylinder, GOE
finish, R-hand type.) handle, gold finish, R-hand type.)
• GOQ handle Cylinders
• GSA handle Keying
• GOP handle systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
• V-PXK SK-5 GON-C369(R) Integral

( Photo shows a GON handle, reinforced wood, silver, R-hand type.) locks
Cylindrical
(Avoid using reinforced wood handles outdoors.)
locks
Grip handle-type push-pull locks delivering superior security, Rim dead

operability, and stylish designs locks
Features Dead locks

Cremon
■ Double-lock type push-pull locks for superior security ■ TM thumbturns and TME and TMB security thumbturns locks
Glass door
■ PXK uses a hooked deadbolt. are also available. These can prevent the thumbturn from locks
being turned via a hole from outside the door. (Option) Emergency
(Refer to P.5 for details.) locks
Cup handle
* Some handles can be used with in-swinging doors. locks
(Refer to the table below.)
Sliding
door locks
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)

▼ Electric locks
Backset 64 mm GOE handle Standard type thumbturn Security systems
Door thicknesses GOH handle (TM, TME, and TMB thumbturns

(Contact GOAL 31~34 / 34~37 / 37~40 / 40~43 mm GSA handle are available as options.)
for more information.) Thumbturn GON handle TM type (standard specifications)
Ten-key
pads
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less GOP handle (TME and TMB thumbturns are
R type (for right-hinged out-swinging door), GOQ handle available as options.)
GOE handle L type (for left-hinged out-swinging door) Various key systems available (MK, GMK, RMK, CNK, etc.) Key switches
GSA handle UR type (for right-hinged in-swinging door), (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) Interlock /
UL type (for left-hinged in-swinging door) Key systems
(GV except for GOH handles: Optional Universal Key emergency
Hand
GON handle System (UKS2) available) door
GOP handle R type (for right-hinged out-swinging door), Handle design GOE, GOH, GON, GOP, GOQ, GSA types systems
GOH handle L type (for left-hinged out-swinging door) and finish Various finishes are available. Refer to P.17, 18.
GOQ handle
V18 [V], GV [GV], GP [GP] Hotel card
GOE handle
6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] ■ Corresponding table (Illustration) locks
GOH handle
GSA handle V18 [V], GV [GV], GP [GP] Right-hinged, out-swinging door Left-hinged, out-swinging door
Cylinder [symbol]
(Note)
GON handle R Inside
L Inside
GOP handle V18 [V], GV [GV] type type Electric
GOQ handle Outside Outside locks
Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of
Right-hinged, in-swinging door Left-hinged, in-swinging door
March 2017.
UR Inside UL Inside
type type Electrical
conductors,
Outside Outside
Control
boxes
Dimensions
21
PZK Bar handle-type push-pull locks PLK Plate handle-type push-pull locks (one-lock type)
▼ Information PZ PZK SK-5 GOF (hooked deadbolt), PZ GDT-5GOF PL PLK-5GOVA (hooked deadbolt), PL-5GOVA (standard deadbolt)
Precautions Applications Home entrances, main entrances, etc. Applications Home entrances, main entrances, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
• V-PZK SK-5 GOF 364(R) (hooked deadbolt) • V-PLK-5GOVA 369(R) (hooked deadbolt)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, GOF handle, silver finish, R-hand type.) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, GOVA handle, silver finish, R-hand type.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems • V-PZ GDT-5
GOF 269(R)
(standard deadbolt)
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
• V-PL-5GOVA 369(R)
(standard deadbolt)
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks Bar handle-type push-pull locks delivering Plate handle, one-lock type push-pull
locks delivering superior operability,
Cylindrical
locks superior security and operability
(PZK has a hooked deadbolt.) and developed for the ultimate in cost
Rim dead
locks
Features
performance (PLK has a hooked deadbolt.)
Dead locks ■ Double-lock type push-pull locks for superior security Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
Cremon
locks
■ PZK uses a hooked deadbolt as a crowbar Model PLK (hooked deadbolt) PL (standard deadbolt)
Glass door countermeasure. Backset 64 mm
locks Door thicknesses
■ TM thumbturns and TME and TMB security thumbturns (Contact GOAL 29~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm
Emergency are also available. These can prevent the thumbturn from for more information.)
locks Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less
Cup handle being turned via a hole from outside the door. (Option)
locks R type
(Refer to P.5 for details.) (for right-hinged out-swinging or right-hinged in-swinging door),
Hand
L type
(for left-hinged out-swinging or left-hinged in-swinging door)
Sliding Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Cylinder [symbol] (Note) V18 [V], GV [GV], GP [GP], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
door locks
Backset 64 mm Standard type thumbturn
Thumbturn (TM, TME, and TMB thumbturns are also available as
Door thicknesses V18, GV, GP cylinders: 36~38 / 38~41 / 41~44 mm options.) (Refer to P.5 for details.)
▼ Electric locks (Contact GOAL 6-pin, 7-pin cylinders: 31~34 / 34~37 / 37~40 / 40~43 mm
Security systems for more information.) GOVA type (aluminum) Silver (369), gold (269),
Handle design
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less (coating finish) umber (80), black (8800)
and finish
R type (for right-hinged out-swinging door), GOVA type (stainless steel) Dull finish (11)
Ten-key
L type (for left-hinged out-swinging door) Model No. PLK, PL-3, 5, 6, 7
pads Hand UR type (for right-hinged in-swinging door), Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of
UL type (for left-hinged in-swinging door) March 2017.
Key switches Cylinder [symbol] (Note) V18 [V], GV [GV], GP [GP], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
Interlock / Standard type thumbturn
emergency
Lock handing Corresponding table (Illustration)
Thumbturn (TM, TME, and TMB thumbturns are also available as
door options.) (Refer to P.5 for details.) Right-hinged, out-swinging Right-hinged, in-swinging
systems
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, RMK, CNK, etc.) Inside
(V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
R type Or
Key systems
Hotel card (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available Outside
locks With UKS2, the escutcheon shape is different.)
Left-hinged, out-swinging Left-hinged, in-swinging
Silver coating (364)
Handle design Inside
Gold coating (269)
and finish GOF type (aluminum) L type Or
Umber coating (80)
Electric (Refer to P.18 for details.) Black coating (8800) Outside
locks
■ PZK and PZ corresponding table (Illustration)

Electrical Right-hinged, out-swinging door Left-hinged, out-swinging door
conductors, R Inside L Inside
Control type type
boxes Outside Outside
Right-hinged, in-swinging door Left-hinged, in-swinging door

UR Inside UL Inside
type type
Outside Outside
Dimensions Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of
March 2017.
22
<Example of use in combination with dead lock>
PVKU Plate handle-type push-pull locks PXY & Push-pull passage latch PXY
PVKU-5 GOR (one-lock type, hooked deadbolt) LDK & dead lock LDK (hooked deadbolt) ▼ Information
Applications Home entrances, main entrances, etc. Applications Home entrances, main entrances, etc. Precautions
(* For out-swinging doors only.) (* For out-swinging doors only.) Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
• V-PVKU-5 GOR 364TM(R) (one-lock type) • Dead lock V-LDK-5 369 (hooked deadbolt)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, GOR handle, silver finish, TM (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, silver finish.)
thumbturn, R-hand type.) Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
• Push-pull passage latch PXY-GOT 369

Push-pull
(Photo shows a GOT handle, silver finish.) locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
(* Two dead locks are used, at top and bottom.) Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Plate handle, one-lock type push- Combination of PXY push-pull passage Glass door
locks
pull locks delivering superior latch delivering excellent stylish design Emergency
operability and operability together with dead locks locks

Cup handle
for superior security locks

Backset 64 mm Features Sliding
door locks
Door thicknesses
(Contact GOAL 31~34 / 34~37 / 37~40 / 40~43 mm ■ The handle of the PXY push-pull passage latch was
for more information.) designed for easy operation.
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less ▼ Electric locks
R type (for right-hinged out-swinging door), ■ The LDK dead locks used for the double locks have Security systems
Hand L type (for left-hinged out-swinging door) hooked deadbolts that prevent illegal unlocking with a
* For out-swinging doors only
Cylinder [symbol] V18 [V], GV [GV] crowbar. Ten-key
pads
TM type (standard) ■ LDK dead locks are available with TM thumbturns and
Thumbturn (TME and TMB thumbturns are available as options.)
(Refer to P.5.) TME and TMB security thumbturns that are resistant to
Key switches
Handle
GOR type (aluminum: silver, gold, umber, black) attempts at turning the thumbturn via a hole from outside Interlock /
(Refer to P.18.) emergency
the door. (Option) (Refer to P.5 for details.)
door
systems
■ Push-pull passage latch PXY-GOT Hotel card
locks
Backset 64 mm
Door thicknesses
(Contact GOAL 31~34 / 34~37 / 37~43 mm
for more information.)
Electric
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less locks
Handle design GOT type (aluminum) Silver (369), gold (269),
and finish (coating finish) umber (80), black (8800)
Electrical
■ Dead locks
conductors,
Model LDK (hooked deadbolt) Control
Backset 64 mm, 76 mm boxes
Door thicknesses 29~43 / 43~53 mm
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) V18 [V], GV [GV], GP [GP], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, RMK, CNK, etc.)
Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
(GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available) Dimensions
March 2017.
23
<Example of use in combination with dead lock>
PY & Push-pull passage latch PY Muffled type push-pull passage latches
▼ Information LDK & dead lock LDK (hooked deadbolt) PYS PYS
Precautions Applications Home entrances, etc. (* For out-swinging doors only, however can Applications Hospitals, broadcast rooms, interior partitions, etc.
Table of contents / also be produced for in-swinging doors based on special orders.)
Product list
Basic information
• Dead lock V-LDK-5 364 (hooked deadbolt)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, silver finish.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
• Push-pull passage latch PY-GOM 364

(Photo shows a GOM handle, silver finish.)
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
(* Two dead locks are used, at top and bottom.)

Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Combination of PY push-pull passage Push-pull passage latches with
Emergency
latch delivering excellent stylish muffling function
locks
Cup handle
design and operability together with Features
locks
dead locks for superior security ■ Doors can be opened simply by pressing (or pulling) the
Features handle.
Sliding
door locks ■ The lock itself also contains sound-absorbing material.
■ The handle of the PY push-pull passage latch is easy to
The operating sound and door open/close sound are
operate and available in a wide variety of designs.
▼ Electric locks both extremely quiet.
■ The LDK dead locks used for the double locks have
■ The design contains special improvements for excellent
Security systems
hooked deadbolts that prevent illegal unlocking with a

handle operability.
Ten-key crowbar. The shape was designed so that the handle can be operated with an arm
pads
■ LDK dead locks are available with TM thumbturns that or elbow when the user's hands are holding bags.
are resistant to attempts at turning the thumbturn via a ■ The latching roller includes a special mechanism that
Key switches prevents the door from being unintentionally opened by
Interlock /
hole from outside the door, as well as with TME and TMB
emergency security thumbturns. wind pressure or other cause.
door
systems
(Option) (Refer to P.5 for details.) ■ The amount of latch protrusion can be adjusted
according to the door gap even after the lock is installed.
Hotel card Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
locks Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
■ Push-pull passage latch PY-
Backset 64 mm
Backset 64 mm
Door thicknesses 28~35 / 35~42 / 42~49 mm
28~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm
Electric (Contact GOAL for more information.) Door thicknesses (Contact GOAL for more information.)
locks Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less
Handle Various types are available. (Refer to P.19, 20 for details.)
■ Dead locks
Electrical
conductors, Model LDK (hooked deadbolt)
Control Backset 64 mm, 76 mm
boxes Door thicknesses
(Contact GOAL for more information.)
29~43 / 43~53 mm
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) V18 [V], GV [GV], GP [GP], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, RMK, CNK, etc.)
Dimensions (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available)
Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of * T he handle can be operated with an arm or elbow when the user's
March 2017. hands are holding bags.
24
Notes: • Models indicated with (R, L) have lever handle handing.
• When using a handle marked with *, there is the risk that the end of the handle shaft may contact the frame depending on the conditions of use.
List of lever handles ( The roses of the handles in the photos are R4U roses (with some exceptions). Because a rose cannot be used
with LY, LG, and LX lever handle locks and a backset of 32 mm, a K1U escutcheon is used instead. ) ▼ Information
● Stainless steel (Escutcheon standard specification is an R4U rose.) Precautions

Table of contents /
Product list
NU type KU type TU type Basic information
Dull finish NU 11 S Bright finish NU 12 S Dull finish KU 11 S Bright finish KU 12 S Dull finish TU 11 S
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
DU type COMU type (R, L) (Note) JUPU type Push-pull

Dull finish DU 11 S Bright finish DU 12 S Dull finish COMU 11 S (R) Bright finish COMU 12 S (R) Bright finish JUPU 12 S
locks
Lever
handle
locks
ZU type* (Note) ORIU type* (Note) LWINU type (R, L) (Note) DBRU type (R, L) (Note) KIAU type* (Note) Mortise
Dull finish ZU 11 S Dull finish ORIU 11 S Dull finish LWINU 11 S (R) Bright finish DBRU 12 S (R) Bright finish KIAU 12 S locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
● Aluminum (Escutcheon standard specification is an R4U rose.) Rim dead

locks
AU type (R, L) (Note)

Alumite silver AU 40 A (R) Alumite gold AU 23 A (R) Umber coating AU 80 A (R) Black coating AU 88 A (R) Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
ATLU type (R, L) (Note) NFA type
Alumite silver ATLU 40 A (R) Alumite gold ATLU 23 A (R) Umber coating ATLU 80 A (R) Alumite gold NFA 23 A
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
BU type pads
Alumite silver BU 40 A Alumite gold BU 23 A Umber coating BU 80 A Black coating BU 88 A
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
LBU type BRKU type (R, L) (Note)
Silver coating LBU 369 A Gold coating LBU 269 A Umber coating LBU 80 A Alumite gold BRKU 23 A (R)
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
COMU type (R, L) (Note) DU type boxes
Alumite silver COMU 40 A (R) Alumite gold COMU 23 A (R) Umber coating COMU 80 A (R) Alumite gold DU 23 A
Dimensions
25
▼ Information List of lever handles ( The roses of the handles in the photos are R4U roses (with some exceptions). Because a rose cannot be used
with LY, LG, and LX lever handle locks and a backset of 32 mm, a K1U escutcheon is used instead. )
Precautions ● Aluminum (Escutcheon standard specification is an R4U rose.)
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information EU type (R, L)* (Note)
Silver coating EU 369 A (R) Gold coating EU 269 A (R) Umber coating EU 80 A (R) Black coating EU 88 A (R)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
GOK type* (Note) HU type (R, L) (Note)
Alumite silver GOK 40 A Alumite gold GOK 23 A Alumite silver HU 40 A (R) Alumite gold HU 23 A (R) Umber coating HU 80 A (R)
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise JU type
locks Alumite silver JU 42 A Alumite gold JU 23 A Black coating JU 88 A
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
KSA type* (Note) Can be used with a backset of 51 mm or more.
Light silver KSA 671A Titanium silver KSA 673A Wrought iron black KSA 8880A
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle KSB type* (Note) Can be used with a backset of 51 mm or more.
locks Light silver KSB 671A Titanium silver KSB 673A Wrought iron black KSB 8880A
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
KSC type* (Note) Can be used with a backset of 51 mm or more.

Light silver KSC 671A Titanium silver KSC 673A Wrought iron black KSC 8880A
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
ORIU type* (Note) OBYU type* (Note)

Hotel card Alumite silver ORIU 42 A Alumite gold ORIU 23 A Umber coating ORIU 80 A Alumite silver OBYU 42 A Alumite gold OBYU 23 A
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
PASU type (R, L)* (Note) PU type (R, L) (Note)
Alumite silver PASU 40 A (R) Alumite gold PASU 23 A (R) Light brown coating PASU 641 A (R) Alumite silver PU 40 A (R) Umber coating PU 80 A (R)
Control
boxes
Dimensions
26
• When using a handle marked with *, there is the risk that the end of the handle shaft may contact the frame depending on the conditions of use. ▼ Information
● Aluminum (Escutcheon standard specification is an R4U rose.) Precautions

Table of contents /
Product list
ROAU type (R, L) (Note) Basic information
Silver coating ROAU 369 A (R) Gold coating ROAU 269 A (R) Bronze coating ROAU 263 A (R) Umber coating ROAU 80 A (R)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
ROBU type* (Note) Push-pull

Silver coating ROBU 369 A Gold coating ROBU 269 A Bronze coating ROBU 263 A Umber coating ROBU 80 A
locks
Lever
handle
locks
TU type ST type (R, L) (Note) Mortise

Alumite silver TU 40 A Alumite gold TU 23 A Silver ST 369A (R) locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
WINU type (R, L) (Note) Rim dead

locks
Alumite silver WINU 40 A (R) Alumite gold WINU 23 A (R) Umber coating WINU 80 A (R)
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
ZU type* (Note) locks
Cup handle
Alumite silver ZU 40 A Alumite gold ZU 23 A Umber coating ZU 80 A Black coating ZU 88 A locks
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
27
• When using a handle marked with *, there is the risk that the end of the handle shaft may contact the frame depending on the conditions of use.
▼ Information List of lever handles ( The escutcheons of the handles in the photos are R4U roses (with some exceptions). Because a rose cannot
be used with LY, LG, and LX lever handle locks and a backset of 32 mm, a K1U escutcheon is used instead. )
Precautions ● Reinforced wood Precautions: Because wooden products contain wood parts, avoid using them outdoors. (Escutcheon standard specification is an R4U rose.)
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information PRCU W8 type (Mizume cherry reinforced wood)* (Note) RNT W13 type (birch reinforced wood)* (Note)
Dull nickel finish PRCU 11B W8 Dull nickel finish RNT 11B W13
Cylinders
Keying
systems
Bright chrome, dull brass, Bright chrome, dull brass,

▼ Locks and bright brass finishes and bright brass finishes
are also available. are also available.
Push-pull
locks
● Brass Precautions: Do not scratch the surface. Scratches on the surface can lead to discoloration. Wipe periodically with a soft, dry cloth.
Lever BRKU type (R, L)* (Note) ZU type* (Note) SWUU type* (Note) PRS type (R, L) (Note) ROL type (R, L)* (Note)
handle Bright finish BRKU 22B (R) Bright finish ZU 22B Dull nickel finish SWUU 11B Antique brass PRS 71B (R) Antique brass ROL 74B (R)
locks
Mortise
locks
(Dull finish 21B is also available.) (Dull finish 21B is also available.)
Integral (BRKU, ZU, and SWUU are escutcheon contact types. Escutcheon standard specification is an R4U rose.) (PRS and ROL are lock body contact types. The rose is a special R3 rose.)
locks
Cylindrical
locks
● High class levers Precautions: Avoid using these products outdoors. Also, be careful not to scratch brass handles and roses.
Rim dead
locks HIBU type HIBU type HIBU type DLCU type GLYU type
Finish: Bright brass, oak Finish: Bright brass, Japanese cherry Finish: Bright brass, marble (white), others Finish: Bright brass, marble (gray) Finish: Dull nickel, marble (black)
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks Note: Because the high class lever handle series will be discontinued, sales are limited to those currently in inventory.
Cup handle
locks
● Anti-bacterial lever
Sliding
door locks
DU11-9S type (stainless steel anti-bacterial lever)
Finish: Dull finish, clear anti-bacterial coating
▼ Electric locks Anti-
● Corresponding table (lever handle and door)
Note: (
Security systems bacterial The part mounting screw must be on the inside.)
Lever handle
handing Illustration
Ten-key <Right-hinged, out-swinging> Or <Left-hinged, in-swinging>
pads (Note) Inside (Note) Inside
R type
Key switches Outside Outside
Interlock /
emergency <Left-hinged, out-swinging> Or <Right-hinged, in-swinging>
door Inside (Note) Inside (Note)
systems L type
Outside Outside
Hotel card
Note: For security reasons, the lever handle mounting screw must be on the inside.
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
28
Lever handle lock escutcheons ▼ Information
■ Escutcheons for LGK, LGF, LG, LGT, and LX series lever handle locks (* Various finishes are available.) Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
• R4U rose • K1U escutcheon • N1U escutcheon Cylinders

(standard specification) (* Cannot be used with LG or LX backset 32 mm. Can be used with backset 38 mm or more.)
Keying
(* The R4U rose cannot be used with LG or LX backset 32 mm.

The K1U escutcheon is used instead. ) systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Dull stainless steel Dull stainless steel Dull stainless steel Bright stainless steel Stainless steel,
(R4U 11S) (K1U 11S) (N1U 11S) (N1U 12S) umber coating
(N1U 80) Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
• N5U escutcheon (coordinating plate) (* Can be used with LG or LX series and backset 51 mm, 64 mm.)
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks
Dull stainless steel (t2.0) Bright stainless steel (t2.0) Aluminum (t3.0), alumite gold ▼ Electric locks
(N5U 11S) (N5U 12S) (N5U 23A) Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
29
AHL Lever handle locks AHL
▼ Information AHLP Anti-panic locks AHLP (* AH and AHP knob types are also available. Refer to P.37.)
Precautions Applications Offices, storerooms, machine rooms, main entrances, etc.

Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information • V-AHL-5NU11S (R4U) • V-AHLP-5NU11S (R)
(Photo shows example of V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, dull (Photo shows example of V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, dull
stainless steel finish, R4U rose.) stainless steel finish, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle Precautions:
locks 1. B
e aware that the rose for AHLP anti-panic locks is a special rose, and the door
notch dimensions are different from AHL.
2. Do not use with the deadbolt facing down. Doing so may result in operating failure.
Mortise
locks
• Example of S1U escutcheon use
(Note: These escutcheons cannot be used with AHLP.)
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks Dull stainless steel Dull brass

Cremon (S1U 11S) (S1U 21B)
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency High class lever handle locks that deliver superior security,
locks
Cup handle
locks
durability, and operability
Features ■ List of AHL series lever handle lock and AHLP series anti-panic lock models
Compatible cylinders Model Illustration Compatible cylinders Model Illustration
Sliding ■ Superior security and exceptional durability and cylinder symbols (Note 1) (Note 2) and cylinder symbols (Note 1) (Note 2)
door locks
■ Superior operability and smooth operation GP (GP) (Automatic locking locks)
V (V18)
■ The latch includes an anti-friction latch bolt.
▼ Electric locks AHL-1** GV (GV) AHL-68** Fixed
Security systems
■ A common strike plate is available as an option. P (6-pin)
(Note 4)
Trigger bolt
Z (7-pin)
Ten-key Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) GP (GP)
pads
V (V18)
• AHL-1, 3, 5, 6, 68, 7, 8 (For the AHL-9 specifications, refer to P.31.)
AHL-3** GV (GV) AHL-7**
Backset 76 mm, 100 mm
Key switches P (6-pin)
Interlock / <R4U rose> (AHL-1, 3, 5, 6, 68, 7, 8)
Door thicknesses 35~42.5 / 42.5~50 mm
emergency Z (7-pin)
(Contact GOAL for more
door information.)
<S1U escutcheon> (AHL-5, 6, 68, 8) GP (GP) GP (GP)
systems 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm
V (V18) V (V18)
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less for AHL-68, 8, 9 with trigger bolt AHLP-7**
Lever handle Various types are available. (Refer to P.25~28 for details.) GV (GV) AHL-5** GV (GV) (Anti-panic locks)
Hotel card Escutcheon R4U rose, R7U rose, S1U escutcheon P (6-pin) P (6-pin) (Notes 3, 4)
locks
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] Z (7-pin) Z (7-pin)
Thumbturn Standard type, P type (R, L) (option) (Automatic locking locks)
GP (GP) GP (GP)
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) (with anti-panic function)
Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) V (V18) V (V18)
AHLP-5**
Electric (GV: Universal Key System not supported) GV (GV) (Anti-panic locks) GV (GV) AHL-8**
locks (Notes 3, 4) (Note 4)
Hand
For AHL-68, 8, 9 which use an S1U escutcheon, there P (6-pin) P (6-pin)
are R types and L types for lock handing.
Z (7-pin) Z (7-pin)
Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
Electrical GP (GP) GP (GP) (Hotel locks)
(with anti-panic function)
conductors, V (V18) V (V18)
• AHLP-5, 7
Control
boxes Backset 76 mm, 100 mm GV (GV) AHL-6** GV (GV) AHL-9** Indicator
Door thicknesses 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~50 / 50~53 mm (Note 4)

P (6-pin) P (6-pin)
Escutcheon Special AHLP rose (ELTP rose) Escutcheon
Z (7-pin) Z (7-pin) (Refer to P.31.)
R type (for right-hinged out-swinging or left-hinged in-swinging door),
Hand Notes 1: ** indicates the lever handle design symbol and finish symbol.
L type (for left-hinged out-swinging or right-hinged in-swinging door)
2: The key in the illustrations is a dimple key for a V18 cylinder.
* Other specifications are the same as AHL. 3: B e aware that the rose for AHLP-5, 7 anti-panic types has a different shape, and
Dimensions the door notch dimensions are also different.
4: The AHLP-5, 7 and AHL-68, 8, 9 have lock handing (L type or R type). Specify L
type or R type. (specify-type) when ordering. Please refer to P.35 how to
determine lock handing.
30
Lever handle-type hotel locks
AHL-9 AHL-9 ▼ Information
Applications Hotel guest rooms, etc. Precautions

Table of contents /
Product list
• V-AHL-9NU11 (S1U) (R) ■ AHL-9 hotel lock handle variations Basic information
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, dull stainless steel
• V-AHL-9 HIBU 22B W1 (*) • V-AHL-9 HIBU 22B S1 (*)
finish, S1U escutcheon, R type for left-hinged in-swinging door.) <Bright brass, wood (oak)> <Bright brass, marble (white)> Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
• V-AHL-9 COMU 23A • V-AHL-9 DU 12S (*)
<Alumite gold> <Bright stainless steel>
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
(Escutcheon finish is dull brass.)

Dead locks
(* indicates special specifications.) Cremon
locks
Glass door
High class lever handle hotel locks that deliver superior security, locks
durability, and operability Emergency

locks
Cup handle
Features Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) locks
■ The outside lever is fixed and the door locks Backset 76 mm, 100 mm
automatically when it is closed. Door thicknesses (Contact 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm
Sliding
GOAL for more information.) door locks
The outside lever handle is fixed at all times and the door locks
automatically when it is closed. It cannot be opened without the key. Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
■ A special key system for hotels is available. Thumbturn Standard type only ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
■ Equipped with a shutout function that protects customer Hotel key systems
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
safety and privacy. Key systems
(For V18 key change systems, please consult with us.)
Ten-key
(GV key change systems and Universal Key Systems are not supported.)
■ Equipped with an anti-panic function. pads
Lever handle Various types are available. (Refer to P.25~28 for details.)
* AH-9 knob-type hotel locks are also available. (See P.37 for details.) Escutcheon material Dull stainless steel (11S), bright stainless steel (12S)
S1U type
and finish (symbol) Brass and dull nickel (21B), bright chrome (22B) Key switches
R type (for left-hinged in-swinging or right-hinged out-swinging door), Interlock /
Hand emergency
L type (for right-hinged in-swinging or left-hinged out-swinging door)
door
■ AHL-9, AH-9 hotel lock key systems systems
Because hotel locks are required to protect customer privacy and provide security, a special key system for hotels is available.
Hotel card
locks
Guest key Master key (maid key)

This is a key used by the guests. The door This is a key used by the hotel bell staff
locks automatically when it is closed, and and maids, and is the master key for the Electric
the guests must take the key with them guest keys. Therefore all of the rooms locks
when leaving the room or they will be within a certain range can be opened with
unable to open the door. When the lock is this one key. However in the same way as
shut out from inside the room, the door the guest key, this key cannot be used
cannot be opened with the key. when the lock is shut out.
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Shutout key (display key) Emergency key
This is a key that can shut out the lock so This key is used in emergencies. All shut
that the master key cannot be used while out rooms can be opened with this one
the guest is out of the room. Even when key. This key is stored carefully by the
the lock is shut out, this key can unlock the hotel. Hotel management must be present
lock and is also known as the “display key.” at the site when this key is used. Dimensions
31
LG Lever handle locks
▼ Information LGK LG (standard deadbolt), LGK (hooked deadbolt)
Precautions Applications Offices, main entrances, home entrances, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
●V
-LG-5NU11S(R4U) ●L
G-45 ●L
G-45VF
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, dull stainless steel finish, R4U rose.) Emergency cylinder with indicator Emergency cylinder with large indicator
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
(LG-4 without an indicator is (Can be used with a backset of
also available.) 38 mm or more.)
Push-pull
locks ●V
-LG-5(ND)
ND cylinder with indicator
Lever
handle
locks
(Can be used with a backset of

Mortise 51 mm or more.)
locks
-LGK-5NU (hooked deadbolt)
●V
(backset: 64 mm only)
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks High class lever handle locks that deliver superior security,
Emergency
locks
durability, and operability
Cup handle
locks Features List of LG, LGK, LGF, LGT, LX series lever handle lock models
* Various cylinders are available (GP, V18, GV, etc.).
■ V-LGUL, which has been registered under the U.S. UL When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example
V-LG-5NU11S.
Sliding security standard (UL437), is also available.
Compatible Compatible
door locks
■ Various thumbturns are available as options. cylinders and Model Illustration cylinders and Model Illustration
cylinder symbols cylinder symbols
GP (GP) LG
▼ Electric locks LG V (V18) LGK
Security systems
LGF -1** GV (GV) LGF -5**
LX P (6-pin) LGT
Ten-key BF (barrier free) TM thumbturn TME security thumbturn TMB security thumbturn Z (7-pin) LX
pads Thumbturn
LG GP (GP) LG
LGK V (V18) LGK
Key switches * TMK and other security thumbturns are also available. (Refer to P.5 for details.) LGF -3** GV (GV) LGF -6**
Interlock / LGT P (6-pin) LGT
emergency ■ Includes a case steady brace. (Inside the lock case) LX Z (7-pin) LX
door
systems GP (GP) LG
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) LGF V (V18) LGK
LG -33** GV (GV) LGF -7**
Hotel card Model LG LGK LX P (6-pin) LGT
locks Backset (Notes 1, 2) 32, 38, 51, 64, 76 mm 64 mm
Z (7-pin) LX
Door thicknesses (Contact
29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
GOAL for more information.) LG
Emergency
Electric Cylinder [symbol] (Note 3) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] cylinder LGF- 4,45,45VF
locks
Thumbturn
Standard type, BF type, TM type, TME type, TMB type, LX (Note 2)
others (Refer to P.5.)

Electrical Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
conductors, (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available)
Control Lever handle Various types are available. (Refer to P.25~28 for details.)
boxes B∕ S
32 mm ....K1U escutcheon
B∕ S
38, 51, 64, 76 mm ....Optional R4U rose (standard
Escutcheon (Note 1)
specifications) and escutcheon are also available.
(Refer to P.29.)
Note 1: With LG and backset 32 mm, an R4U rose cannot be used. A K1U escutcheon (refer
to P.29) is used instead. The deadbolt throw is also 16 mm.
Dimensions 2: With LG-4, 45 and backset 38, 51, or 64 mm, the deadbolt throw is 16 mm.
With backset 76 mm, the throw is 21 mm.
3: P roduction of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of
March 2017.
32
Lever handle locks Lever handle-type earthquake-
LGF LGF series (anti-friction latch bolt) LGT safe locks LGT series ▼ Information
Applications Offices, main entrances, home entrances, etc. Applications Earthquake safe doors at offices, main entrances, home entrances, etc. Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
● V-LGF-5NU11S (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, ● V-LGT-5NU11S
dull stainless steel finish.) (* An AXF knob type is also available.) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, dull stainless steel
finish.) Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
Lever handle locks with anti-friction An earthquake-safe mechanism locks
latch bolts that deliver superior has been added to the LG lever
security, durability, and operability handle locks. Rim dead
locks
Features Features
Dead locks
■ Superior security, and excellent durability and operability ■ When the lock is locked, the inside and outside handles Cremon
locks
■ The latch with an anti-friction latch bolt securely closes are fixed and will not turn until the deadbolt is retracted. Glass door
the door even when just a small force is applied to the This prevents accidents in which an earthquake or other locks
closer. event traps the user in the room. Emergency

■ Various thumbturns are available. locks
■ The steady brace inside the lock case allows the lock to Cup handle
(Same as the LG thumbturns. Refer to P.5 for details.) locks
be installed in an off-set position on the door.
■ Various thumbturns are available. ■ It is possible to easily check that the door is locked or
(Same as the LG thumbturns. Refer to P.5 for details.) unlocked by attempting to turn the handle. Sliding
door locks
■ Because the dimensions are the same as the LG lever ■ The excellent security performance is the same as the
handle locks, these can also be used as replacements LG. (Refer to P.32 for details.)
▼ Electric locks
for LG locks. Security systems
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Ten-key
pads
Model LGF-1, 3, 33, 4, 45, 45VF, 5, 6, 7 (Refer to P.32.) Model LGT-3, 5, 6, 7 (Refer to P.32.)
Backset 64 mm, 76 mm Backset 51 mm, 64 mm
Key switches
Door thicknesses (Contact Door thicknesses (Contact Interlock /
29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
GOAL for more information.) GOAL for more information.) emergency
door
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] systems
Standard type, BF type, TM type, TME type, TMB type Standard type, BF type, TM type, TME type, TMB type,
Thumbturn Thumbturn
(Refer to P.5.) TMK type (Refer to P.5 for details.)
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) Hotel card
Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) locks
(GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available) (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available)
Lever handle Various types are available. (Refer to P.25~28.) Lever handle Various types are available. (Refer to P.25~28 for details.)
R4U rose (standard) (Various escutcheon are also R4U rose (standard) (Various escutcheon are also
Escutcheon Escutcheon
available as options. Refer to P.29 for details.) available as options. Refer to P.29 for details.) Electric
Hand Same for right and left, inside and outside Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of locks
Note: P
roduction of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
March 2017.
■ LGT earthquake-safe function (Prevents the deadbolt from becoming stuck under pressure on the strike plate.) Electrical
conductors,
Control
■ When the lock is locked
boxes
(deadbolt is projected),
Deadbolt the handles do not turn.
Lever handle ● The latch cannot be lowered until

after the deadbolt has been
retracted (unlocked).
Latch Dimensions
33
Lever handle locks Lever handle-type automatic
▼ Information
LX LX series LH locking locks LH series
Precautions Applications Offices, main entrances, home entrances, etc. Applications Common entrances, service entrances, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
● V-LX-5NU11S ● LHL, LHB, LHS, LHT-7NU11S (R)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, dull stainless (Photo shows a LHB V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R type for
Cylinders steel finish.) right-hinged out-swinging door.)
Keying
systems ● Front with guard plate
(LH No. 5 front) is also available.
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks ● V-LX-5(ND) ● LX-45 ● LX-45VF
ND cylinder with indicator Emergency cylinder with indicator Emergency cylinder with large indicator
Mortise
locks
(LX-4 without an indicator is

Locks automatically when the door is
(Can be used with a backset of (Can be used with a backset of
Integral 51 mm or more.) also available.) 38 mm or more.)
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Compact lever handle locks that closed. Can be unlocked from outside
deliver superior security, the room with the key, and from inside
Rim dead
locks durability, and operability the room simply by turning the handle.
Features
Dead locks
Features
Cremon ■ Four types (L, B, S, T) are available, each with different functions.
locks ■ Superior security, and excellent durability and operability
Glass door ■ The outside lever handle is always fixed.
locks ■ The thumbturn is an option. The available types include
the BF type with superior operability, as well as the TM, ■ The door locks automatically when it is closed. (The latch fastens.)
Emergency
locks TME, and TMB types that are highly resistant for ■ The key can be used to retract the latch and unlock the
Cup handle thumbturns to being turned via a hole from outside the door from the outside.
locks
door. (Refer to P.5 for details.)
■ From inside the room, the door can be unlocked at any
■ The steady brace inside the lock case allows the lock to time by turning the handle.
Sliding
be installed in an off-set position on the door.
door locks
■ An LHL-S muffled type with little operating sound is also available.
Precautions:
▼ Electric locks Be aware that with LHL and LHL-S, in cases when the strike plate is not installed, the strike plate is
Security systems incorrectly installed, or the correct strike plate is not used, then if the door is accidentally closed and
Model (Note 1) LX-1, 3, 33, 4, 45, 45VF, 5, 6, 7 (Refer to P.32.) the trigger bolt enters the frame hole or strike plate hole, it will not be possible to open the door.
Backset (Note 2) 32 mm, 38 mm, 51 mm, 64 mm
Explanation of LHT, LHL, LHB, LHS functions and operation
Ten-key Door thicknesses (Contact
29~3~3 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm Model Unlock hold function Operation
pads GOAL for more information.)
● Once unlocked with the key, this lock is held in the
Cylinder [symbol] (Note 3) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] LHL Yes
unlocked state.
Key switches
Interlock /
Thumbturn
Standard type, BF type, TM type, TME type, TMB type,
others (Refer to P.5.) (
(muffled type) door is opened )
LHL-S Hold cancel when ● When the door is opened, the unlock hold state is
canceled and the lock returns to its original state.
emergency Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) ● Once unlocked with the key, this lock is held in the
door Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) Yes
unlocked state.
systems
Lever handle
(GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available)
Various types are available. (Refer to P.25~28 for details.)
LHB
( Hold cancel
by key ) ● The unlocked state is held until the key is turned
and the latch is projected.
R4U rose (standard) (Various escutcheon are also ● With the latch pressed in, turn the coin plug on the
Hotel card Escutcheon (Note 2)
available as options. Refer to P.29 for details.) Yes
locks front to hold the lock in the unlocked state.
Note 1: With LX-4, 45, and 45VF, the deadbolt throw is 16 mm. With other models, it is 21 mm.
2: The R4U rose cannot be used with backset 32 mm. The K1U escutcheon is used (
LHS Hold and hold
)
cancel by coin plug
● The lock is held in the unlocked state until the coin
plug is returned to its original position.
instead. The deadbolt throw is also 16 mm.
3: P roduction of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of ● Open the door while the key is turned to the unlock
Electric March 2017. LHT No position (latch is retracted).
locks
■ Corresponding table (LH and door)
Lock handing Illustration Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
Electrical <Right-hinged, out-swinging> Or <Left-hinged, in-swinging>
conductors,
(Note) Inside (Note) Inside Model LHL-7, LHB-7, LHS-7, LHT-7, LHL-S-7
Lever
Control R type mounting Lever
mounting
screw
screw
boxes Door thicknesses (Contact
Outside Outside 33~43 / 43~53 mm
GOAL for more information.)
<Left-hinged, out-swinging> Or <Right-hinged, in-swinging>
(Note) Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less
Inside Inside (Note)
Lever mounting Lever Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
L type screw mounting
screw Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
Outside Outside Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
Dimensions (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available)
Lever handle Various types are available. (Refer to P.25~28 for details.)
R type (for right-hinged out-swinging or left-hinged in-swinging door),
Hand
L type (for left-hinged out-swinging or right-hinged in-swinging door)
Note: P
roduction of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
34
HL, HLP Lever handle locks HL, HLP (with anti-panic function)
HLT, HLTP Lever handle automatic locking locks HLT, HLTP (with anti-panic function) ▼ Information
Applications For offices, service entrances, common entrances, etc. Precautions

Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
●V
-HL, HLT-5NU11S
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever
handle, dull finish.) Cylinders
Keying
* The appearance of the HL and HLT is systems
the same.
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
●V
-HLP, HLTP-7NU11S
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever
Integral
handle, dull finish.) locks
* The appearance of the HLP and Cylindrical
HLTP is the same. locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
Precautions: 1. Be aware that with HLT and HLTP, the lock will remain unlocked unless the handle is turned and the latch is retracted.
2. H
LP and HLTP have lock handing (R, L types). Be aware that the rose shape and the size of the door notch that is required for handle installation are different for
HL and HLT.
Sliding
door locks
Features of the HL and HLP Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
■ Can be locked and unlocked using the key or thumbturn. Model HL, HLT-3,5,6,7 HLP-3, 5, 6, 7, HLTP-7 (anti-panic locks) ▼ Electric locks
(Normal lock/unlock function) Backset 76 mm Security systems
Door thicknesses (Contact 29~33 / 33~43 / 29~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 /

■ The door locks when the door is closed after the thumbturn GOAL for more information.) 43~53 mm 43~48 / 48~53 mm
Ten-key
(or key) was turned in the lock direction. (Automatic locking function) Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less pads
■ HL is locked, the inside and outside handles are fixed. Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
Thumbturn Standard type only
Key switches
■ HLP inside handle can be operated at any time. The lock Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
Interlock /
emergency
is equipped with an anti-panic function which allows the (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available)
door
door to be unlocked and opened by turning the handle Lever handle Various types are available. (Refer to P.25~28 for details.) systems
even when the lock is locked. (The lock from the door outside re- Escutcheon R4U rose (standard) Special HLP, HLTP rose
mains locked.) R type (for right-hinged out-swinging
Same for right and left, door or left-hinged in-swinging door) Hotel card
Hand locks
inside and outside L type (for left-hinged out-swinging
door or right-hinged in-swinging door)
Features of the HLT and HLTP Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of
Electric
■ Locks automatically when the door is closed.
March 2017.
locks
■ It can be unlocked using the key or thumbturn. ■ Corresponding table(HLP, HLTP-7 and door)
After unlocking using the key or thumbturn, when the handle is turned Lock handing Illustration Electrical
and the latch is withdrawn, the lock becomes ready for automatic locking conductors,
<Right-hinged, out-swinging> <Left-hinged, in-swinging>
again. Inside
Control
Inside
boxes
■ HLT is locked, the inside and outside handles are fixed. R type
Or
Outside Outside
* The HLTP includes an anti-panic function and when it is locked, it can be
unlocked and opened by turning the inside handle. <Left-hinged, out-swinging> <Right-hinged, in-swinging>
Inside Inside
L type
Or
Dimensions
Outside Outside
35
▼ Information List of knobs (Knobs for integral locks (UC, G) and cylindrical locks (UH, US, ULW) are key-in-knob types.)
Precautions: Avoid using reinforced wood knobs outdoors. Also, be careful to avoid scratching brass knobs.
Precautions (For the maintenance methods, refer to P.3.)
Table of contents /
Product list B type Reinforced wood BW51
Basic information Dull stainless steel B11 Bright stainless steel B12 Dull brass B21 Bright brass B22 (mortise locks only)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull Q type
Dull stainless steel Q11 Bright stainless steel Q12 Reinforced wood QW51 Antique bronze Q51
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks Y type K type S type ORB type
Dull stainless steel Y11 Dull stainless steel K11 Dull stainless steel S11 Bright stainless steel S12 Bright stainless steel ORB12
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
P type E type F type (AH, AS, HS, AXF mortise locks only)
Dull stainless steel P11 Dull stainless steel E11 Dull stainless steel F11 Reinforced wood FW51 (EU series electric locks)
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Large rose
Glass door S10 type (100 mmφ), S9 type (90 mmφ)
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
CAP type (antique locks only) (* 45 knobs are Q, K, E stainless steel
Antique brass CAP71 Antique bronze CAP51 types only.) With indicator (UC, G-45)
Sliding
door locks
(The large rose is for mortise
locks and integral locks only.)
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
List of mortise lock knob designs, finishes, roses, and escutcheons
Key switches Material Stainless steel Brass Mizume cherry reinforced wood Rose
Interlock / Escutcheon
emergency Antique Antique Antique Rose Rose Large rose (AH series only)
Finish Dull finish Bright finish Dull finish Bright finish Antique Dull stainless Standard rose
door Knob design bronze brass bronze bronze steel (special specifications)
systems * *
Q type Q11 Q12 Q51 ーーーー QW51 QW
Hotel card Y type Y11 ーーーーーー YW51 YW

locks S2 type S10 type S1 type
(75 mmφ) (100 mmφ)
K type K11 ーーーーーー KW51 KW
* * * * *
B type B11 B12 ー B21 B22 ーー BW51 BW
Electric
locks * *
ORB type ORB11 ORB12 ーーーーーーー
S1 type
( )
* S8 type S9 type With ORB, P, and
P type P11 P12 ーーーーーーー S types, a ring is
Electrical (75 mmφ) (90 mmφ) installed on the
conductors, * * * knob shaft.
Control S type S11 S12 ーーーーー SW51 SW

boxes N type
N type (G series) N11 ーーーーーーーー (65 mmφ) ーー
S5 type
E type (Note 2) E11 ーーーーーーーー (65 mmφ) ーー
* S5 type
F type (Note 2) F11 ーーーーーー FW51 ー (65 mmφ) ーー
Dimensions
CAP type (antique locks only) ーーーーー CAP71 CAP51 ーー Special rose ーー
(65 mmφ)
Note 1: * indicates a special specification.
2: E type can be used with UC and US N (5-pin cylinder) and ULW, while F type can be used with US N (5-pin cylinder) and ULW.
36
AH Mortise locks AH series, office locks AH-82, 84, 85, anti-panic locks AHP,
AHP automatic locking locks AH-68, 8, hotel locks (automatic locking locks) AH-9 ▼ Information
Applications Offices, storerooms, hotel guest rooms, main entrances, etc. Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● -AH-5Q11S
Mortise locks V ● Office locks V-AH-82, 84, 85 ● Hotel locks V-AH-9Q11(R) Basic information
● Anti-panic locks V-AHP-5Q11(R) (Photo shows the inside side of the AH-85.) (Note) (Photo shows the outside side of the AH-9Q11(R).)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Note: 85 uses a turn-button, while 82 and

84 use push-buttons.
Mortise
locks
Precautions: Do not use with the deadbolt facing down. Doing so may result in operating failure.
AH series high class mortise locks for superior security, durability, and operability Integral
locks
Cylindrical
Features List of AH, AXF, AS, AHP series mortise lock series models and applications locks
* Various cylinders are available (GP, V18, GV, etc.).
■ Superior security and exceptional durability When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example V-AH-5Q.
■ AH-82, 85 office locks can lock automatically.

Compatible (Inside) Illustration (Outside)
Model
cylinders and
( is the cylinder symbol.) Applications Rim dead
cylinder symbols (Illustrations other than 45 show AH.)
locks
■ AHP anti-panic locks are also available. AH-1*
AXF-1* Partitions, etc.
When the deadbolt is projected, AHP anti-panic locks can be unlocked AS-1* Knob Knob Dead locks
and opened by turning the inside knob. Cremon
■ With AH-68, 8, 9, the outside knob is fixed and the door AH-3* Thumbturn locks
AXF-3* Terrace doors, Glass door
locks automatically when it is closed. AS-3* Knob Knob
etc.
locks
Emergency unlock Emergency

device
Thumbturn (emergency cylinder) Toilets, locks
AXF-4* bedrooms,
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) (emergency cylinder)
AS-4*
(with indicator)
children’s rooms,
Cup handle
(without indicator)
etc. locks
Knob Knob
Model AH-1,3,5,6,68,7,8 AHP-5,7,AH-9 AH-82,84,85 (* Not present on AH. )
AXF-45*
Emergency unlock
device
35~50 mm 35~50 mm (AHP-5, 7) AXF-45VF* Thumbturn (emergency cylinder) Toilets, Sliding
(large indicator)
(When an escutcheon 36~48 mm (N9 35~37.5 / (emergency cylinder) (with indicator) bedrooms, door locks
Door thicknesses (with indicator) AS-45* children’s rooms,
is not used) escutcheon) (AH-9) 37.5~42.5 / AS-45VF*
(Contact GOAL for (large indicator) Knob Knob etc.
35~38 / 38~43/ 36~38 / 38~43 / 43~48/ 42.5~47.5 /
more information.) (* Not present on AH. )
43~48 / 48~53 mm 48~53 mm (S1 47.5~50 mm GP (GP) (The key in the illustrations is a ▼ Electric locks
(S1 escutcheon) escutcheon) (AH-9) AH-5* Thumbturn dimple key for a V18 cylinder. )
Cylinder Service entrances, Security systems
V (V18)
AXF-5* offices,
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] GV (GV)
- AS-5* meeting rooms,
Standard type, Standard type, Standard type, P (6-pin) AHP-5* Knob Knob home entrances,
Thumbturn Z (Anti-panic locks) etc. Ten-key
P type (R, L) (option) P type (R, L) (option for AHP only) P type (R, L) (option) (7-pin)
GP (GP) pads
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) V (V18) AH-6* Cylinder Cylinder Connecting doors,
Key systems (V18, GV other than AH-9: Key change systems are available GV (GV)
- AXF-6* machine rooms,
storerooms,
as an option.)(GV: Universal Key System not supported) P (6-pin) AS-6* Knob Knob Key switches
etc.
Knob Q, Y, K, B, S, P, other types (Refer to P.36 for details.) Q, Y, K types only Z (7-pin)
Interlock /
GP
S2 rose (standard)
(GP)
Cylinder Cylinder Connecting doors,
emergency
V (V18)
Escutcheon (Large S10 rose and S1 escutcheon are also available as options. ) S2 only machine rooms, door
GV (GV) - AH-68*
(With AH-9, the S1 escutcheon or N9 escutcheon is used.) (Automatic locking locks)
storerooms, systems
P (6-pin) Knob Fixed knob etc.
R type (for right-hinged Z (7-pin) Trigger bolt
out-swinging door or left- GP (GP)

AH-7*
Same for right and Cylinder Machine rooms, Hotel card
Same for right and hinged in-swinging door) V (V18)
AXF-7* equipment rooms,
Hand left, inside and GV AS-7*
locks
left, inside and outside L type (for left-hinged out- (GV)
- inspection ports,
outside P AHP-7* storerooms,
swinging door or right- (6-pin) Knob Knob
Z (Anti-panic locks) etc.
hinged in-swinging door) (7-pin)
GP (GP)
Note: P
roduction of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of V (V18)
Thumbturn Cylinder Machine rooms,
March 2017. - AH-8* storerooms, Electric
GV (GV)
(Automatic locking locks) hotel guest rooms, locks
P (6-pin)
(Anti-panic locks) Knob Fixed knob etc.
■Corresponding table (AHP, AH-9 and door) Z (7-pin) Trigger bolt
GP (GP) (Office locks) AH-82*
V (Push-button) Thumbturn Cylinder
Lock handing Illustration (V18)
- Offices, Electrical
GV AH-84*
<Left-hinged, in-swinging> <Right-hinged, out-swinging>
(GV)
(Push-button, automatic return) Knob etc. conductors,
P (6-pin)
AH-85* Knob Control
Inside Inside (button)
Z (Turn-button) Button Trigger bolt
R type
(7-pin)
boxes
Or GP (GP)
V (V18) - AH-9* Thumbturn Cylinder

Outside Outside GV (Hotel locks) Indicator Hotel guest rooms,
(GV)
etc.
<Right-hinged, in-swinging> <Left-hinged, out-swinging> P (Automatic locking locks)
(6-pin) Knob Fixed knob
Inside Z (Anti-panic locks) Trigger bolt
Inside (7-pin)
L type
Or
Outside Outside
Dimensions
37
Mortise locks Mortise locks
▼ Information
AXF AXF series AS AS series
Precautions Applications Offices, main entrances, home entrances, etc. Applications Offices, main entrances, home entrances, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
●V
-AXF-5Q11S ● V-AS-5Q11S
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, Q knob, and dull stainless steel finish.) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, Q knob, and dull stainless steel finish.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
● AXF-45 ● AXF-45VF ● ND cylinder ● AS-45 ● AS-45VF ● ND cylinder

Mortise Emergency cylinder Emergency cylinder ND cylinder with Emergency cylinder Emergency cylinder ND cylinder with
locks with indicator with large indicator indicator with indicator with large indicator indicator
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks (AXF-4 without an indicator is (AS-4 without an indicator is
also available.) also available.)
Rim dead
locks
High class mortise locks with anti-friction latch bolts High class mortise locks with superior
Dead locks that deliver superior security, durability, and operability security, durability, and operability
Cremon
locks Features Features
Glass door
locks ■ Superior security, and excellent durability and operability ■ Superior security, and excellent durability and operability
Emergency ■ The latch with an anti-friction latch bolt securely closes ■ In the same way as for AXF, various thumbturns are
locks
Cup handle
the door even when just a small force is applied to the available as options. (Refer to the AXF features at left.)
locks closer.
■ Because the lock body dimensions are the same as the
Sliding LG and LGF lever handle locks, these can also be used
door locks as replacements for LG and LGF locks.
(* Be aware that the sizes of the notches are different for lever handles
and knobs.)
▼ Electric locks
Security systems ■ The thumbturn is an option. The available types include
the BF type with superior operability, as well as the TM,
Ten-key TME, TMB, and TMK security thumbturns that are highly
pads
resistant to being turned via a hole from outside the door.
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
BF (barrier free) TM thumbturn TME security thumbturn TMB security thumbturn
Thumbturn
Hotel card * TMK and other security thumbturns are also available. (Refer to P.5 for
locks details.)

Electric
locks Model No. 1, 3, 33, 4, 45, 5, 6, 7 Q, Y, K, B, P, S types, etc. (Refer to P.36 for details.)
Knob
Model AXF AS (Cup handles can also be used. Refer to P.56 for details.)
Backset 64 mm, 76 mm S2 type (standard) (Large S10 rose is also available as
Rose
29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm an option. Refer to P.36.)
Electrical
Door thicknesses (Contact (However, when a P or S type Hand Same for right and left, inside and outside
conductors, 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
Control
GOAL for more information.) or a cup handle is used, the Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of
minimum is 33 mm.) March 2017.
boxes
Thumbturn Standard type, BF, TM, TME, TMB, TMK, other types
Dimensions
38
HS, HSP Mortise locks HS, anti-panic locks HSP series
HST, HSTP Automatic locking locks HST, anti-panic type automatic locking locks HSTP series ▼ Information
Applications Shared entrances, offices, service entrances, etc. Precautions

Table of contents /
●V
-HS-5Q11S Product list
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, Q knob, and dull stainless steel finish.) Basic information
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Precautions: The appearance of the HSP, HST, and HSTP is the same as HS. The HSP and HSTP anti-panic locks have lock handing. Specify L type or R type according to Integral
the direction (hand) of the door. locks
Cylindrical
locks
HS features Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)

Rim dead
■ Can be locked and unlocked using the key or thumbturn. Model HS, HST-3, 5, 6, 7* HSP-3, 5, 6, 7*, HSTP-7* locks
■ The door locks when the door is closed after the Backset 76 mm
thumbturn (or key) was turned in the lock direction. Door thicknesses (Contact 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm Dead locks
GOAL for more information.) (However for a P or S type, the minimum is 33 mm.) Cremon
(Automatic locking function) locks
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less Glass door
■ When the lock is locked, the inside and outside knobs Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] locks
are fixed. Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) Emergency
(GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available) locks
HSP (anti-panic locks) features Knob Q, Y, K, B, P, S types, etc. (Refer to P.36 for details.) Cup handle
Rose S2 type (standard specifications) locks
■ The HS series includes an anti-panic function.
R type (for right-hinged out-swinging
■ The inside knob can be operated at all times, and even Hand
Same for right and left, door or left-hinged in-swinging door)
Sliding
inside and outside L type (for left-hinged out-swinging
when the lock is locked, the door can be unlocked and door or right-hinged in-swinging door) door locks
opened by turning the knob. Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of
March 2017.
(When the lock was unlocked using the inside knob, the lock from the ▼ Electric locks
door outside remains locked.) HS, HSP, HST, HSTP series models and applications Security systems
Compatible
HST (automatic locking locks), HSTP (anti-panic type automatic locking locks) features cylinders and
cylinder symbols
Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside) Applications Ten-key
pads
■ Locks automatically when the door is closed. HS Thumbturn
■ It can be unlocked using the key or thumbturn. HSP -3* Terrace doors, etc.
Key switches
HST Knob Knob Interlock /
After unlocking using the key or thumbturn, when the knob is turned and
the latch is withdrawn, the lock becomes ready for automatic locking GP (GP) emergency
HS Thumbturn Cylinder Common entrances, door
again. V (V18) service entrances,
GV (GV) HSP -5* systems
offices,
■ When the HST is locked, the inside and outside knobs P (6-pin) HST Knob Knob meeting rooms, etc.
Z (7-pin)
are fixed. GP (GP) Hotel card
V (V18) HS Cylinder Cylinder Common entrances, locks
■ The HSTP is equipped with an anti-panic function which GV (GV) HSP -6* offices,
P (6-pin) HST meeting rooms, etc.
allows the door to be unlocked and opened by turning Z (7-pin)
Knob Knob
the inside knob even when the lock is locked. GP (GP) HS Common entrances,
V (V18) Cylinder office entrances, Electric
GV (GV)
HSP -7* service entrances locks
■Corresponding table (HSP, HSTP and door) P (6-pin) HST Knob and storerooms,
Knob
Z (7-pin) HSTP machine rooms, etc.
Lock handing Illustration
<Right-hinged, out-swinging> <Left-hinged, in-swinging> Electrical
Inside Inside conductors,
R type Control
Or boxes
Outside Outside
<Left-hinged, out-swinging> <Right-hinged, in-swinging>
Inside Inside
L type
Or
Outside Outside
Dimensions
39
Integral locks
▼ Information
UC UC series
Precautions Applications Offices, reception rooms, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
● P-UC-5Q11 ●P
-UC-5Q11 (backset: 100 mm)
(Photo shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob, and dull stainless steel finish.) (Photo shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob, and dull stainless steel
Cylinders finish.)
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise ●U
C-45Q lock with indicator and ● 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders ●5
-pin cylinders
locks emergency unlock device (* Q, Y, K, B type knobs. GP, V, and GV cylinders For [cylinder symbol: N]
(The knob shape is limited to the Q type [11S, 12S] are also available for Q and B knobs.) (Knob is E type only in 5-pin cylinders.)
shown in the photo and the K or E type [11S] finish.)
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks Precautions: Be aware that depending on the frame conditions, when the backset is 57 mm, there may be the risk of fingers being jammed when the knob is turned.
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Key-in-knob type locks equipped with deadbolts
Emergency
locks
Features List of integral lock UC and G series models and applications
Cup handle * Various cylinders including GP, V18, and GV are available.
locks When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example V-UC-5Q11.
■ Superior durability and smooth operation Compatible Illustration
■ The direction (hand) can also be easily changed to cylinders and
cylinder symbols
Model (Inside) (The illustration shows UC with
Q type knob.)
(Outside)
Sliding
door locks
prevent the cylinder from facing the wrong way.
UC-1* Knob Knob
G-1*
▼ Electric locks
Security systems Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
Model 1, 3, 45, 5, 6, 7
Ten-key Backset 57 mm , 64 mm, 83 mm, 100 mm UC-3* Knob
Knob
pads G-3* (thumbturn)
Door thicknesses
25~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
Cylinder [symbol]
Key switches GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV] 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] Emergency unlock device
(Notes 2, 3) Emergency (emergency cylinder)
Interlock /
Knob (Note 1) Q, B types Q, Y, K, B types unlock device UC-45Q* Knob Knob
emergency
door Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) (emergency cylinder) G-45Q* (thumbturn) (emergency unlock
(with indicator) device)
systems Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) Indicator device
(GV: Universal Key System not supported)
GP（GP）
Note 1: The UC-45 knob type is limited to Q type (11S, 12S) and K, E types (11S) only.
Hotel card 2: 5-pin cylinders are also supported. The knob is limited to E type only. V18（V） UC-5* Knob Knob
locks 3. Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. GV（GV） G-5* (thumbturn) (cylinder)
P (6-pin)
Z (7-pin)
GP（GP）
Electric V18（V） UC-6* Knob Knob
locks GV（GV） G-6* (cylinder) (cylinder)
P (6-pin)
Z (7-pin)
Electrical GP（GP）
conductors, V18（V） Knob
UC-7* Knob
（There
thumbturn. ）
Control GV (GV) is no
boxes G-7* (cylinder)
P (6-pin)
Z (7-pin)
Dimensions
40
G Integral locks
G series ▼ Information
Applications Offices, reception rooms, etc. Precautions

Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
●P
-G-5Q11
(Photo shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob, and dull stainless steel finish.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
Extremely compact lock body locks
Glass door
The ideal integral locks for aluminum sash with a horizontal narrow frame. locks
Emergency
locks
Features Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Cup handle
■ Extremely compact lock body Model 1, 3, 45, 5, 6, 7 5
locks
■ Smooth operation and superior durability Knob (Note 1) Q, Y, K, B types E type N type
Sliding
■ The knob is fixed in place when locked. Cylinder [symbol] (Note 2)
GP [GP],V18 [V],GV [GV](Note3)
5 pins [N] SP 5 pins [S] door locks
6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
■ The direction (hand) can also be changed easily. MK and other key
Various key systems available
Key systems systems are not
(MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
supported. ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Door thicknesses 22~34 mm
25~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 / 53~63 mm
(Contact GOAL for more information.) 30~42 mm
Note 1: The G-45 knob is limited to Q type (11S, 12S), and K type (11S) only. Ten-key
2: Production of new master key plans for 5-pin, 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. pads
3: Only Q11 and B11 knobs can be installed with GP, V18, and GV cylinders.
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
41
U.S. UL fire resistance standard certified product
Uni-Locks (cylindrical locks)

▼ Information
UH UH series
Precautions Applications Offices, storerooms, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list
●P
-UH-5Q11 ●P
-UH-9Q(11) hotel lock
Basic information
(Photo shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob, and dull stainless steel finish.) (Photo shows a 6-pin cylinder and Q type knob with backset 60 mm.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks Indicator
Push-pull
locks
Lever ● P-UH-9B22
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks Precautions 1. With a backset of 60 mm, there is the risk of fingers being jammed when the knob is turned.
Cylindrical 2. UH-5 cannot be locked with the key from the outside of the door.
locks
Rim dead
These are the highest grade of cylindrical locks. Certified under the
locks U.S. UL fire resistance standard. Hotel locks are also available.
Dead locks
Features of the UH series Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~## mm or less)
Cremon
locks
■ This product has been certified under the U.S. UL fire Model 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 9
Glass door resistance standard. Has been proven to deliver superior Backset 60 mm , 70 mm, 89 mm, 127 mm
locks Door thicknesses (Note 1) 30~34 / 34~50 / 50~60 mm 34~50 (extra thick 50~60 mm)
fire resistant strength and durability. (Certified under the UL fire Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less
Emergency resistance standard in 1972.) Cylinder [symbol] (Note 2) 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
locks ■ Good operability. Can lock automatically for greater Various key systems available
Special hotel key systems
Cup handle Key systems Various key systems are
locks convenience. (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
available.
Knob Q, Y, K, B types (Refer to P.36 for details.)
Hand Same for right and left, inside and outside
Sliding Features of the UH-9 (hotel locks) Note 1: For door thickness of 30〜34 mm and 50〜60 mm, special specifications are required. Please contact us.
door locks Strike-box hole
2: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
■ The outside knob is fixed and locks automatically when
the door is closed. <Precautions for installation>
▼ Electric locks Be sure to install so that the auxiliary latchMaindoes
latch notStrike
fit into
plate the strike-box hole.
Security systems
■ Equipped with a shutout device that protects customer Auxiliary latch
privacy. <Correct installation> <Incorrect installation>

Ten-key
When the door is closed, the outside knob locks automatically. When the
pads
button on the inside is pressed, the lock is shut out and cannot be opened
with the maid key or guest key. Strike-box hole Strike-box hole
Key switches ■ Equipped with a special hotel key system.

Interlock /
emergency ■ Includes an indicator showing whether or not the room is Main latch Main latch
door Strike plate Strike plate
systems
occupied. Auxiliary latch Auxiliary latch
● The auxiliary latch contacts the strike plate and stops. ● The auxiliary latch is inside the strike plate hole.
( )
When the lock is shut out from the inside, the indicator on the outside
cylinder projects, indicating that the room is occupied. ( Because the latch is locked, it is not possible
to retract the latch through the door gap. ) Because the latch is not locked, it is possible
to retract the latch through the door gap.
Hotel card In some cases, the knob may not turn.
locks
List of UH series cylindrical lock (6-pin, 7-pin cylinders) models and applications
Strike-box hole
* 6-pin cylinders and 7-pin cylinders are available.When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (P, Z) to the model, for example P-UH-5Q.
Electric cylinders and Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside) Applications cylinders
Mainand
latch Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside) Applications
(Note) Strike plate
locks cylinder symbols cylinderAuxiliary
symbolslatch
P(6-pin) Knob Knob Connecting doors,

UH-1* Knob Knob Partitions, etc. UH-6* (cylinder) (cylinder) passage doors, etc.
Electrical Z (7-pin)
conductors,
Control Machine rooms,
Knob
P(6-pin) equipment rooms,
boxes Knob
UH-3* Knob Terrace doors, etc. UH-7* Knob
inspection ports,
(push-button) (cylinder)
Z (7-pin) storerooms, etc.
Emergency unlock device Knob (Automatic locking locks) Storerooms,
Emergency unlock
Knob
(emergency cylinder)
Emergency Toilets,
P(6-pin) Fixed knob machine rooms,
device UH-4* (push-button) unlock device restrooms, etc. UH-8* Knob
(cylinder) hotel guest rooms,
(emergency cylinder) Z (7-pin) etc.
Dimensions (Hotel locks) Indicator (occupied indicator)
P (6-pin) Knob Knob Offices, P(6-pin) (Automatic locking locks) Knob Fixed knob
Hotel guest rooms,
UH-5* (universal button) (cylinder) meeting rooms, etc. UH-9* (shutout button) (cylinder)
etc.
Z (7-pin) Z (7-pin) * Equipped with a special hotel key system.
(indicator device)
Note: * indicates the knob design symbol (Q, Y, K, B, etc.).
42
Uni-Locks (cylindrical locks) Uni-Locks (cylindrical locks)
US US series ULW ULW series ▼ Information
Applications Offices, meeting rooms, reception rooms, toilets, etc. Applications Offices, toilets, etc. Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
●P
-US-5Q11 ●U
LW-5E11 Basic information
(backset: 50 mm , 57 mm , 60 mm , 64 mm, 70 mm, 89 mm, 127 mm) (backset: 50 mm , 57 mm , 60 mm , 64 mm, 70 mm, 89 mm, 127 mm)
(Photo shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob, and dull stainless steel finish.) (Photo shows wafer cylinder, E type knob, and dull stainless steel finish.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
●U
LW-4EBL locks
(backset: 60 mm, 64 mm, 89 mm)
(* In an emergency, the lock can
be removed from the outside of
Lever
the door.) handle
locks
Mortise
locks
With a backset of 60 mm or less, there is the risk of fingers being jammed With a backset of 60 mm or less, there is the risk of fingers being jammed
when the knob is turned. when the knob is turned.
US-5 cannot be locked with the key from the outside of the door. ULW-5 cannot be locked with the key from the outside of the door.
Integral
locks
Standard Uni-Locks (cylindrical locks) with superior Popular Uni-Locks (cylindrical locks) with superior Cylindrical
locks
operability, durability, and ease of installation operability, durability, and ease of installation
Features Features Rim dead
locks
■ Good operability. Can lock automatically for greater ■ Perfect for in-room partitions and other light doors.
convenience. ■ Superior durability Dead locks
Cremon
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~## mm or less) ■ Special construction systems for in-room partition locks are also available. locks
Glass door
■ There is also a BL type <ULW-4, 49(E, F)BL> featuring mounting locks
Backset 50 mm, 57 mm, 60 mm, 64 mm, 70 mm, 89 mm, 127 mm
Door thicknesses 25~30 / 30~45 / 45~60 mm screws that are exposed on the outside of the room. In an Emergency
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less emergency, the lock can be removed from the outside of the door. locks
Q, Y, K, B types (6-pin, 7-pin cylinders) Cup handle
Knob design (Note 1) locks
E, F types (5-pin cylinders) Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~## mm or less)
6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] (Q, Y, K, B type knobs)
Cylinder [symbol] (Note 2) Backset 50 mm, 57 mm, 60 mm, 64 mm, 70 mm, 89 mm, 127 mm
5 pins cylinder [N] (E, F type knobs)
Key systems Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) Door thicknesses 25~30 mm (for thin doors), 27~37 mm (for standard doors) Sliding
Note 1: A common body is used for the Q, Y, and K type knobs, but the B type knob body is only for the B type. Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less door locks
(However, the body for model US-1 (passage latch) is the same for all knob types. ) Knob design E type, F type Note:F type knob for ULW has been discontinued.
2: Production of new master key plans for 5-pin, 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. Cylinder Wafer cylinder (model ULW-5 only)
Key systems MK, keyed alike, and other key systems are not supported. ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
* In the case of the ULW-1,4,49(E, F)BL type, the available backsets are 60, 64, and 89 mm only, the
List of US series cylindrical lock (5-pin, 6-pin, 7-pin cylinders) models and applications 27〜37 mm door thickness installation method is outside installation, and the latch is made of plastic.
5-pin, 6-pin, and 7-pin cylinders are available.When ordering, add the cylinder symbol
(P, Z, N) to the model, for example P-UH-5Q. List of ULW series cylindrical lock models and applications Ten-key
Compatible The ULW series cylinders are wafer cylinders only. pads
Model Knob (Inside) Illustration (Outside) Applications
cylinders and
(Note) shape
cylinder symbols Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside) Applications
Q (Note 1) Key switches
Y
K Interlock /
US-1* Knob Knob Partitions, etc. emergency
B
E ULW-1*
F Knob Knob Partitions, etc. door
Q Emergency unlock device (Note 2) systems
Emergency Y
Knob
Knob Toilets,
ULW-1*BL
K
unlock device US-4* B (push-button) (emergency
restrooms, etc. Emergency unlock device
(emergency cylinder) E cylinder) Knob (emergency cylinder)
Knob Toilets, Hotel card
F
Q
ULW-4* (push-button) (emergency cylinder) restrooms, etc. locks
P (6-pin) Y Knob Offices,
K Knob
Z (7-pin) US-5* B (universal button)
(emergency meeting rooms, (Note 2) Emergency unlock device
E cylinder) etc.
N (5-pin) F ULW-4*BL
Knob Knob Toilets,
(push-button) (emergency cylinder) restrooms, etc.
P (6-pin) Q
Y The mounting screws are
Electric
K Knob Knob Connecting doors, exposed outside the room. locks
Z (7-pin) US-6* B (cylinder) (cylinder) passage doors, etc. (Note 2)
During Knob
N(5-pin) E
F
Knob
construction (universal button) (cylinder)
P (6-pin) Q
Y
Machine rooms,
Chip key Electrical
K Knob equipment rooms,
Z (7-pin) US-7* B Knob
(cylinder) inspection ports, ULW-49* conductors,
N(5-pin) E
storerooms, etc. Emergency unlock
Toilets, Control
F
ULW-49*BL After Knob device Knob restrooms, etc. boxes
P (6-pin) Q
Y
Storerooms, completion (universal button)
K Knob (fixed) machine rooms,
Z (7-pin) US-8* B Knob
(cylinder) hotel guest rooms,
N(5-pin) E
F
etc. The ULW-49*BL features mounting
screws exposed outside the room.
Note: * indicates the knob design symbol (Q, Y, K, B, etc.).
Knob Knob Meeting rooms,
ULW-5* (universal button) (cylinder) reception rooms, etc.
Dimensions
Note 1: * indicates the knob design symbol E or F. When ordering, specify as, for example, ULW-5E.
2: The latch and strike plate specifications are different for the BL type. For model ULW-49,
the cylinder and key specifications are also different.
43
Rim dead locks MDU Rim dead locks
▼ Information
MH MH MD MDU, MD series
Precautions Applications Auxiliary locks for double-lock doors at entrances or back doors, etc. Applications Auxiliary locks for entrances or back doors, inspection ports, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
●V
-MH-5 (364) ●V
-MDU-5
(Photo shows V18 cylinder, silver finish.) (Photo shows MDU with V18 cylinder.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
(Mounting auxiliary plate)
(Embedded collar)
Push-pull
locks
(12 mm collar)
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
Liner ●S
-MD-5
locks (Photo shows MD with SP cylinder.)
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Liner
Dead locks
Cremon
locks Rim dead locks with superior security and ease of installation Compact and easy to use, these are the perfect
Glass door
locks Perfect as auxiliary locks for double-lock doors rim dead locks for use as auxiliary locks.
Emergency Features Features
locks
Cup handle ■ The super-high security design uses hardened steel ■ Can also be installed on flush doors.
locks
for the deadbolt and escutcheon, and a structure that A special mounting auxiliary plate is included in the set, allowing
integrates the escutcheon and screw posts. installation on flush doors and other doors where the screw holes can only
Sliding be made close to the door end. Two types of strike plate (L type and flat
This prevents all kinds of illegal unlocking methods including type) are also included in the set, and can be selected according to the
door locks
drilling, sawing, and twisting. conditions of the door and frame.
■ Equipped with a device for preventing warpage of the ■ Same for both left- and right-hand doors.
▼ Electric locks
Security systems door.
<Integrated escutcheon and screw posts>
The warpage prevention device prevents
the door from becoming warped when Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
Ten-key the lock is installed, even when the
pads * When ordering, be sure to add the cylinder symbol to the model, for example V-MDU-5.
mounting screws are firmly tightened.
Model MDU-5 MD-5
■ The thumbturn is an option, Uses a 12 mm collar. Uses an embedded collar.
Key switches ◦24~27 (cannot be ◦35~38 / 38~45 /
Interlock / and the TME and TMK security used with wooden 45~52 mm
23~30 (cannot be
emergency thumbturns prevent the doors) / 27~34 / (Uses a liner.)
used with wooden
door Door thicknesses 34~41 mm ◦41~47 / 47~54 /
systems thumbturn from being turned doors) /
(Uses a liner.) 54~61 mm
via a hole from outside the door. 30~40 mm
◦30~36 / 36~43 / (No liner)
(Refer to P.5 for details.) 43~50 mm
Hotel card (No liner)
locks <Escutcheon> <Door warpage V18 [V], GV [GV],GP [GP]
prevention device> Cylinder [symbol] (Note) SP 5 pins [S]
Thumbturn Standard type
Precautions: The MH TME type security thumbturn is a thumbturn that includes a switch for
Various key systems available (MK,
Electric changing to free-turning mode. Be aware that in normal mode, it does not have a
TM function (function that prevents it from rotating under eccentric force).
GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) MK and other key
locks Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system systems are not
available) supported.
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~## mm or less) (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
Electrical Hand Same for right and left
conductors, Door thicknesses 30~50 / 50~70 mm
Control Cylinder [symbol] V18 [V], GV [GV] MD-3 exit lock with no cylinder, and MDU-7 and MD-7
Remarks
boxes outside lock with no thumbturn are also available.
Standard type, TME type (no TM function),
Thumbturn Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
TMK type (TME and TMK are options.)
Key systems (V18, GV: Key change system available)
Hand Same for right and left, inside and outside
Dimensions
Finish (symbol) (Note) Silver (364), gold (269), black (883), umber (80)
When ordering, be sure to add the cylinder symbol to the model, for example V-MH-5(364).
Note: The umber finish (80) is made-to-order.
44
Dead locks Dead locks
LDK LDK series (hooked deadbolts) HD HD series ▼ Information
Applications Auxiliary locks for double-lock doors, doors that do not require knobs, etc. Applications Auxiliary locks for twin-lock doors, inspection Precautions
ports, doors that do not require knobs, etc. Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
●V
-LDK-5(11) (hooked deadbolt) ●V
-HD-5(11)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder with dull stainless steel finish.) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder with dull stainless steel finish.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
● HDFU seal lock for storage rooms ● HD-45
handle
(backset: 64, 76 mm) Emergency cylinder with indicator locks
Mortise
locks
(LD-4 without an indicator is also available.)
● HD-45VF
Emergency cylinder with large indicator Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
Dead locks with superior security, Dead locks with superior security, durability, locks
durability, and operability and operability, and a compact body Dead locks
Cremon
Features Features locks
Glass door
■■Includes a hooked deadbolt as a crowbar countermeasure. ■■Various backsets are available, and the 38 mm and locks
51 mm backsets can be installed even on vertical frames

■■The thumbturn is an option. The available types include Emergency
locks
the BF type with superior operability, as well as the with a narrow aluminum sash. Cup handle
TM, TME, and TMB types that are highly resistant for ■■Various thumbturns are available. (Refer to P.5.) locks
thumbturn to being turned via a hole from outside the ■■HDFU seal locks for storage rooms (backset 64, 76 mm) are
door. (Refer to P.5.) Sliding
also available. door locks
■■Perfect as auxiliary locks for double-lock doors. ■■Emergency cylinders for HD-45 locks with indicators are
Use in combination with a PY push-pull passage latch or other lock. also available. ▼ Electric locks
(Refer to P.24.) Security systems
■■ND cylinders can also be used.
Ten-key
pads
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
Model LDK-3, 5, 6, 7 (hooked deadbolts) Model HD-3, 33, 4, 45, 45VF, 5, 6, 7 HDFU-7 (seal locks) Key switches
Backset 64 mm, 76 mm Backset 38 mm, 51 mm, 64 mm, 76 mm 64 mm, 76 mm Interlock /
Door thicknesses Door thicknesses 29~43 / 43~53 mm 33~40 / 40~50 mm emergency
29~43 / 43~53 mm
(Contact GOAL for more information.) GP [GP],V18 [V],GV [GV] GP [GP], V18 [V], door
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) systems
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] Standard type, BF type, TM type, TME type, TMB type,
Thumbturn
Standard type, BF type, TM type, TME type, TMB type, TMK type (Refer to P.5.)
Thumbturn Hotel card
TMK type (Refer to P.5.) Finish Various types are available.
locks
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
(GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available) (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available)
In addition to the dull stainless steel (11) finish, silver (364), umber (80), Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
Finish Electric
gold (269), and alumite gold (23A) coatings and other finishes are available.
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
45
1502 Dead locks
▼ Information 1503 1502, 1503 series
Precautions Applications Doors that do not require knobs, inspection ports, auxiliary locks, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
• V-1502-5(11) (backset: 25 mm)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder with dull stainless steel finish.)
Cylinders * The model with 32 mm backset is 1503.
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door Extremely compact dead lock
locks
Perfect for narrow vertical frames
Emergency
locks Features Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
Cup handle
locks ■ The 1502 and 1503 lock bodies are extremely compact. Model 1502 1503
Extremely compact with 25 mm (1502) or 32 mm (1503) backset, making Model No. 3, 5, 6, 7
these locks perfect for glass doors and other doors with narrow vertical Backset 25 mm 32 mm
Sliding Door thicknesses (Note 1)
frames. 25~38 / 38~48 / 48~58 mm
door locks (Contact GOAL for more information.)
■ Good operability and superior durability Cylinder [symbol] (Note 2) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
▼ Electric locks Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
Security systems
Ten-key Finish Various types are available.
pads Note 1: For door thickness of 25~28 mm, be sure to use a lock with a front width of 22.5 mm.
2: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as
of March 2017.
Key switches
Interlock / ■ List of dead lock LDK, HD, 1502/1503 series models
emergency * Various cylinders are available (GP, V18, GV, etc.). When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example V-HD-5.
door
systems Compatible cylinders
Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside)
Compatible cylinders
Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside)
and cylinder symbols and cylinder symbols
LDK GP (GP cylinder)

Hotel card
HD -3 Thumbturn V (V18 cylinder) LDK
locks
1502/1503 GV (GV cylinder) HD -6 Cylinder Cylinder
4 Indicator
(Emergency unlock device) P (6-pin) 1502/1503
(Emergency cylinder) (4: No indicator) Z (7-pin)
Emergency unlock device HD -45 Thumbturn
(45: With indicator) GP (GP cylinder)
Electric 45VF (45VF: With large indicator)
locks V (V18 cylinder) LDK
GP (GP cylinder)
LDK GV (GV cylinder) HD -7 Cylinder
V (V18 cylinder) P (6-pin)
GV (GV cylinder) HD -5 Cylinder 1502/1503
Thumbturn Z (7-pin)
Electrical P (6-pin) 1502/1503 GP (GP cylinder)
conductors, Z (7-pin)
Control V (V18 cylinder) HDFU -7 Cylinder
boxes P (6-pin) (seal lock)
(backset 64, 76 mm only) (with seal device)
Z (7-pin)
Dimensions
46
Dead locks AHD Dead locks
CGT CGT series LXD AHD series, LXD series ▼ Information
Applications Doors that do not require knobs, etc. Applications Doors that do not require knobs, etc. Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
• V-CGT-5 (backset: 51 mm) • V-AHD-5(11)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder with backset 51 mm.) (Photo shows V18 cylinder with dull stainless steel finish.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
• V-LXD-5(11) locks
(Photo shows V18 cylinder with
dull stainless steel finish.)
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Precautions: D
o not use an AHD with the deadbolt facing down. Doing so may result
in operating failure. Rim dead
locks
Dead locks with small protrusion Dead locks with superior security Dead locks
of the cylinder and thumbturn and durability Cremon
locks
Glass door
■ The small protrusion of the cylinder and thumbturn gives ■ These are dead locks for AH mortise locks and LX lever Emergency
locks
these locks an attractive, slim appearance. handle locks. Cup handle
locks
■ Superior security and durability ■ AHD is ideal for heavy doors.
■ The deadbolt projection length has been increased for a
Sliding
further improvement in strength. door locks
The large deadbolt extension length of 25 mm allows it to withstand
10,000 N of pressing force or side pressure and the internal hardened pin
also prevents cutting. ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
Backset 51 mm Model AHD LXD pads
Door thicknesses 35~38 / 38~45 / 45~55 / 55~65 / 65~75 mm Backset 76 mm, 100 mm 32 (Note 2) , 38, 51, 64 mm
(Contact GOAL for more information.) (* For wooden doors, use a door thickness of 40 mm or more.) Door thicknesses 35~50 mm 29~43, 43~53 mm
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] (Contact GOAL for more information.) Key switches
Thumbturn Standard type only Cylinder [symbol](Note 1) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] Interlock /
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) Thumbturn Standard type, P type (R, L) option Various types are available. (Refer to P.5.) emergency
( )
Optional V18 and GV key change systems are available but door
Key systems require removal of the cylinder followed by key change operation. systems
Note that CNK options are not available for key change systems.
(GV: UKS2 not supported) (GV: Optional UKS2 available)
Note 1: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. Hotel card
Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. 2: The backset for a 45VF emergency cylinder is 38 mm or more. locks
■List of dead lock CGT, AHD, LXD series models

* Various cylinders are available (GP, V18, GV, etc.). When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example V-CGT-5 (11).
Electric
Compatible cylinders Compatible cylinders
Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside) Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside) locks
and cylinder symbols and cylinder symbols
GP (GP)
CGT V (V18) CGT
AHD - 5 Electrical
AHD - 3 Thumbturn GV (GV) Thumbturn Cylinder
conductors,
LXD P (6-pin) LXD Control
Z (7-pin)
boxes
Emergency GP (GP)
Emergency cylinder V (V18) CGT
cylinder LXD - 4 Thumbturn (emergency GV (GV) AHD - 6 Cylinder Cylinder
(no indicator) unlock device) P
(no indicator)
(6-pin) LXD
Z (7-pin)
Emergency GP (GP)
Emergency 45 cylinder V (V18) CGT
cylinder LXD - Dimensions
45VF Thumbturn (emergency GV (GV) AHD - 7 Cylinder
(with indicator) unlock device) P
(with large indicator for 45VF) (with indicator)
(6-pin)
LXD
Z (7-pin)
* LXD: 33 type and ND cylinders are also available.
47
Tubular dead locks Automatic locking dead locks
▼ Information
AD AD series HN HNL, HNB, HNS, HNT
Precautions Applications Doors that do not require knobs, inspection Applications Common entrance, gates, inspection ports, etc.
Table of contents / ports, auxiliary locks for twin-lock doors, etc. of apartment buildings, dormitories, etc.
Product list
Basic information • V-AD-5 • V-HNS-5
(Photo shows V18 cylinder with dull stainless steel finish.) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder and HNS with coin plug for holding
Cylinders the unlocked state.)
• AD-45 lock with indicator is also
Keying
available.
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
• SP 5-pin cylinder S-AD-5

Integral
Extremely compact tubular dead
Precautions: W
ith HNL, it is not possible to retract the trigger bolt using the key or
locks thumbturn. If the trigger bolt enters the frame hole or strike plate hole,
Cylindrical it will not be possible to open the door.
locks
locks. Easy installation
Rim dead Features Dead locks capable of automatic locking
locks
■ Extremely compact and easy installation Features
Dead locks ■ Can also be installed on door with a narrow sash. ■ Locks automatically when the door is closed.
Cremon
Can be unlocked from the inside with the thumbturn or from the outside
locks
Glass door with a key.
locks Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) ■ The compact size allows installation even in vertical
Emergency
Model AD-3, 45, 5, 6, 7 S-AD-5
frames with a narrow sash.
locks
Cup handle Backset 50, 60, 64, 70, 600 mm 50, 60, 64, 70 mm ■ Four types are available, each with different functions.
locks Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] SP 5 pins [S]
AD-3: 30~45 / 45~55 mm, AD-45 (TSD em. cyl.): 33~45 mm
• HNL: Once unlocked, this lock is reliably held in the unlocked
P-AD-5, Z-AD-5 ........ 30~45 / 45~55 mm state. When the door is opened, the unlock hold state is
Door thicknesses P-AD-6, Z-AD-6 ........ 37~47 / 47~57 mm 22~27 / 27~45 / canceled.
Sliding (Contact GOAL
P-AD-7, Z-AD-7......... 30~55 mm 45~55 mm • HNB: Once unlocked, this lock is reliably held in the unlocked
door locks for more information.)
GP, V, GV-AD-5, 7..... 30~43 / 43~53 mm state. When the key (thumbturn) is turned in the direction
GP, V, GV-AD-6......... 30~40 / 40~50 mm opposite the unlock direction, the unlock hold state is
▼ Electric locks Various key systems available
MK and other canceled.
Security systems (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
Key systems key systems are • HNS: The coin plug can be used to hold the door in unlocked
not supported.
(GV: Universal Key System not supported) state.
Ten-key Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of • HNT: This model does not have an unlock hold function.
pads March 2017.
Key switches ■ List of dead lock AD series models

Interlock / * Various cylinders are available (GP, V18, GV, etc.). Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
emergency When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example V-AD-5 (11).
door Backset 34 mm, 51 mm
Compatible cylinders
systems Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside) Door thicknesses 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
and cylinder symbols
Hotel card AD-3 Thumbturn Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
locks (Dummy plate)
Emergency TSD emergency cylinder
Emergency unlock (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available)
unlock device AD-45 Thumbturn device with indicator Hand Same for right and left, inside and outside
(emergency cylinder) (emergency cylinder)
Electric S (SP 5-pin) S-AD-5 S-AD-5
locks GP (GP) March 2017.
V (V18)
Thumbturn Cylinder
GV (GV) AD-5
Electrical P (6-pin)
conductors, Z (7-pin)
Control GP (GP)
boxes V (V18)
GV (GV) AD-6 Cylinder Cylinder
P (6-pin)
Z (7-pin)
GP (GP)
V (V18)
Dimensions GV (GV) AD-7 Cylinder
P (6-pin)
Z (7-pin) (Dummy plate)
48
Cremon locks
CMM CMM series ▼ Information
Applications Soundproof rooms, machine rooms, emergency exits, etc. Precautions

Table of contents /
Product list
• CMMW strike for • Thumbturn cover-type • V-CMM-5 (backset: 64 mm) Basic information
double-leaf doors emergency device (Photo shows lock using a V18 cylinder.)
(CM GH thumbturn emergency Cylinders
device H) Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
• CMM AL detachable handle Mortise

Handle detached Handle attached locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Cremon locks allow doors to be closed and locked tightly. Emergency
They are ideal as locks on large doors or doors that require locks
Cup handle
soundproof or airtight performance. locks
Features Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Sliding

door locks
■ Superior soundproof and airtight performance Model CMM-1, 3, 5, 6, 7
Backset 64 mm
■ Large handle for excellent operability
Door thicknesses 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
▼ Electric locks
■ Includes a trigger bolt device to prevent an accidental or (Contact GOAL for more information.) (CMMAL detachable type: 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm) Security systems
Door end: 9 mm or less,
incorrect operation. Gap (door and jamb) Door top and bottom: 10 mm or less
■ Can be unlocked using the key or thumbturn. Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] Ten-key
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) pads
■ Handles are fixed when locked state. Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
■ Installation of the upper and lower rods is easy. Key switches
Handle Detachable and fixed handles are also available.
Interlock /
■ Detachable handles and fixed handles for double-leaf Lock rod
Lock rod (for top and bottom) emergency
length 1,200 mm (standard specifications)
doors are also available. door
Hand Same for right and left, inside and outside systems
Strike plate Standard strike plate,
strike plate for double-leaf doors
Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of Hotel card
March 2017. locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
49
▼ Information
AD
(B/S 600)
Sliding (hanger) door locks
AD (backset 600 mm)
Precautions Applications Sliding (hanger) doors, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list Features
Basic information ● V-AD-5 (backset: 600 mm)
(Photo shows lock using a V18 cylinder.) ■ Tubular dead lock-type sliding (hanger) door locks that
are super easy to install
Cylinders
Keying
systems Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
Backset 600 mm
▼ Locks AD-3 ....30~45 / 45~55 mm
AD-45 (TSD em. cyl.) ....33~45 mm
Door thicknesses GP,V,GV-AD-5,7(GP,V18,GV) ....30~43 / 43~53 mm
(Contact GOAL GP, V, GV-AD-6 (GP, V18, GV) ....30~40 / 40~50 mm
Push-pull for more information.) P, Z-AD-5 (6 pins, 7 pins) ....30~45 / 45~55 mm
locks
P, Z-AD-6 (6 pins, 7 pins) ....37~47 / 47~57 mm
P, Z-AD-7 (6 pins, 7 pins) ....30∼55 mm
Lever Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
handle Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
locks (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
March 2017.
Mortise
locks

Integral
locks
Cylindrical
TSA TSA
locks
Applications Sliding (hanger) doors, etc.
Features
Rim dead • V-TSA-5 (backset: 29 mm)
locks (Photo shows lock using a V18 cylinder.) ■ Compact sliding (hanger) door locks. These locks are compatible
• TSA L-type •C
ollar used on the with different door thicknesses and are easy to install. They also
Dead locks thumbturn cylinder come in a wide range of variations including large thumbturns.
Cremon
locks
Glass door Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
locks
Backset 29 mm
Emergency 28~33 mm (using collars on both sides)
locks Door thicknesses (* Collar “28~33” stamp is visible.)
Cup handle (Contact GOAL 33~38 mm (using collars on both sides)
locks for more information.) (* Collar stamp is on reverse side and not visible.)
38~43 mm (no collar on either side)
• TSA-7 • TSA-45 Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
Sliding
dummy plate emergency cylinder Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
door locks
Model 3, 3L, 33, 33L, 45, 45L, 45EK, 45LEK, 5, 5L, 6, 7
( Be
one of the types. )
• With M8 threaded hole
▼ Electric locks Slider head type • With M6 threaded hole
sure to specify
Security systems
• No slider head
Ten-key March 2017.
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
KM Cam locks
KM (no cover), KMC (with cover)
emergency
door Applications Inspection ports, trunk rooms, etc.
systems
Features
• V-KM(R) (no cover)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder with No. 2 cam
Hotel card
■ The cylinder is a pin cylinder that provides superior security and
locks installed on right-hand side.)
■ Installation Cam lock body durability. It is also compatible with a variety of key systems.
(cylinder)
Rubber liner ■ Prevents cases of forgetting to lock the door.

Nut The key can only be removed when the lock is locked, pre venting cases
Electric of forgetting to lock the door.
locks Outside
Cam mounting
screw
Electrical Door material No. 1 type: Length from center to cam end is 45 mm.
conductors, Cam type
• V-KMC(R) (with cover)
Inside Cam
No. 2 type: Length from center to cam end is 60 mm.
Control
boxes Cylinder [symbol] (Note 1) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
■ Completed installation
Door thicknesses 1~10 mm
Key systems
(Optional V18 and GV key change systems are available but
require removal of the cylinder followed by key change operation.
Note that CNK options are not available for key change systems.
)
Dimensions (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
Finish (code) (Note 2) Dull stainless steel (11), bright stainless steel (12)
Note 1: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
2: With bright finish, the bright finish is applied only to the cover and a dull finish is applied to the cylinder.
50
Glass door locks Glass door locks
2510 2510 series HDT HDT series ▼ Information
Applications Glass doors, sliding doors Applications Glass doors, sliding doors Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
• V-2510-5 (backset: 25 mm) • V-HDT-5
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, model 5.) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, model 5.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Precautions: The strike plate is sold separately. Precautions: The strike plate is sold separately. Integral
locks
Cylindrical
These are special locks for glass These are special locks for glass locks
doors and similar frame doors. doors and similar frame doors. Rim dead
locks
Features Features
■ They are used installed on the top and bottom frames of ■ They are used installed on the top and bottom frames of Dead locks
Cremon
the door. the door. locks
■ The cylinder and thumbturn can be installed and ■ The cylinder and thumbturn can be installed and removed Glass door
locks
removed without removing the door. without removing the door.
The cylinder can be installed and removed from the door end side. Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
Backset 25 mm Backset 51 mm, 64 mm, 76 mm
Sliding
Door thicknesses Door thicknesses door locks
(Contact GOAL 25~38 / 38~48 / 48~58 mm (Contact GOAL 29~43 / 43~53 mm
for more information.) for more information.)
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [ V ], GV [GV ], 6 p ins [P], 7 p in s [Z ] Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [ V ], GV [GV ], 6 p in s [P], 7 p ins [Z ]
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
(GV: Universal Key System not supported) (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
Cylinder and • Dull stainless steel (11) (standard specification) Cylinder and • Dull stainless steel (11) (standard specification) Ten-key
thumbturn finish • Bright stainless steel (12) • Umber coating (80) thumbturn finish • Bright stainless steel (12) • Umber coating (80) pads
(symbol) • Bright brass (22B) (symbol) • Bright brass (22B)
Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
■ List of 2510 and HDT series models and applications
door
* Various cylinders are available (GP, V18, GV, etc.). When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example V-2510-5 (11).
systems
Compatible cylinders Illustration Illustration
Model (Inside) (Outside) Operation Applications
and cylinder symbols (2510) (HDT)
Hotel card
locks
● Can be unlocked from the inside
2510-3 using the thumbturn. Reinforced glass doors
Thumbturn in shops, offices, etc.
HDT-3 ● Cannot be locked or unlocked from
the outside.
Electric
GP (GP) locks
V (V18)
GV (GV)
2510-5 ● Can be locked and unlocked from Reinforced glass doors
Thumbturn Cylinder the outside with the key and from in shops, offices, etc.
P (6-pin) HDT-5 the inside with the thumbturn. Electrical
Z (7-pin) conductors,
GP (GP) Control
V (V18) boxes
GV (GV)
2510-6 ● Can be locked and unlocked from both Reinforced glass doors
Cylinder Cylinder in shops, offices, etc.
P (6-pin) HDT-6 the inside and outside using the key.
Z (7-pin)
GP (GP)
V (V18) ● Can be locked and unlocked from the
GV (GV)
2510-7 outside using the key. Reinforced glass doors Dimensions
Cylinder
HDT-7 ● Cannot be locked or unlocked from in shops, offices, etc.
P (6-pin) the inside.
Z (7-pin)
51
Glass sliding door locks Glass sliding door locks
▼ Information
CG CG series BGU BGU series
Precautions Applications Glass sliding doors Applications Glass sliding doors
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
• V-CG-5 (backset: 51 mm, no bracket) • P-BGU-5 (backset: 24 mm)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, model 5, no bracket.) (Photo shows a 6-pin cylinder, model 5.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
(Inside)
Push-pull
locks
Lever • V-CG-5 (backset: 51 mm, with bracket) (Outside)

handle (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, model 5, with bracket.)
locks
Mortise
locks
Bracket
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Precautions: The strike plate is sold separately. Precautions: The strike plate is sold separately.
Rim dead
locks
Special locks for glass doors that Special locks for glass doors that
Dead locks
eliminate the problem of clear opening eliminate the problem of clear opening
Cremon
locks width. Ideal for automatic sliding doors. width. Ideal for automatic sliding doors.
Glass door
Emergency ■ Ideal for automatic doors and other sliding doors. ■ Ideal for automatic doors and other sliding doors. Can
locks
Cup handle ■ The cylinder and thumbturn can be installed and also be used with double sliding doors.
locks
removed without removing the door. ■ The cylinder and thumbturn can be installed and
■ Superior security and durability removed without removing the door.
Sliding
door locks ■ The deadbolt projection length has been increased for a
further improvement in strength.
Model BGU-3, 5, 6, 7
▼ Electric locks ■ An installation bracket is also provided. Backset 24 mm
Security systems
Door thicknesses (Contact 27~32 / 32~37 / 37~42 / 42~47 mm
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) GOAL for more information.)
Ten-key
pads Model CG-3, 5, 6, 7 (no bracket), CG-3, 5, 6, 7 (with bracket) Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK,
Backset 51 mm CNK, etc.)
Door thicknesses (Contact Optional V18 and GV key change systems are
35~38 / 38~45 / 45~55 / 55~65 / 65~75 mm Key systems available but require removal of the cylinder followed
Key switches GOAL for more information.)
Interlock / by key change operation. Note that CNK options are
emergency not available for key change systems.
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
door CNK, etc.)
systems Optional V18 and GV key change systems are Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
Key systems available but require removal of the cylinder followed
by key change operation. Note that CNK options are
Hotel card not available for key change systems.
locks (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
Bracket type No.3, No.1, No.2
(height from front) (25 mm) (29 mm) (32 mm)
Strike plate * Please order separately when required.
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
52
Emergency Emergency locks with cylinder-type emergency unlock device
locks LGH(A, B), ASH(A, B), HLTH(A, B), etc. (* Use with a backset of 51 mm or more.) ▼ Information
Applications Emergency exits, etc. Precautions

Table of contents /
• Lever handle locks • Mortise locks •H
ooked deadbolt locks Product list
V-LGH(A, B)-6NU V-ASH(A, B)-6Q for sliding doors Basic information
( Emergency device
) ( Emergency device
) V-SXH(A, B)-6
( )
is R-hand type. is R-hand type. Emergency device
is R-hand type. Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
• Lever handle-type •M
ortise lock-type •D
ead lock-type automatic Push-pull
automatic locking locks automatic locking lock locking lock locks
V-HLTH(A, B)-6NU V-HSTH(A, B)-6Q V-HN H(A, B)-6
( Emergency device
is L-hand type. ) ( Emergency device
is L-hand type. ) (Emergency device
is L-hand type. ) Lever
handle
locks
( A compact body
model LH H(A, B)
is also available.
) ( [L, isB,theS, T].model symbol ) Mortise
locks
In an emergency, simply remove the cover and turn the knob to unlock
the door without using the key. Integral
locks
Cylindrical
Features Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) locks
■ In an emergency, the door can Compatible models (Note 1) Backset Door

thicknesses
be unlocked even without the LG lever handle locks (Note 2) 51, 64, 76 mm
Rim dead
locks
key simply by removing the LGK (hooked deadbolt) lever handle locks 64 mm 33~43 /
cover and turning the red knob. LGF (anti-friction latch bolt) lever handle locks (Note 2) 64, 76 mm 43~53 mm
LX lever handle locks (Note 2) 51, 64 mm Dead locks
* Be sure to lock (reset) with key or AXF, AS mortise locks (Note 2) Cremon
thumbturn after turning the red knob as 33~43 / locks
it can not be reverted to original state by (Left-turning (Right-turning AXFC, AXFCL cup handle locks (Note 2) 64, 76 mm
43~53 mm Glass door
turning the red knob. R-hand type) L-hand type) ASC, ASCL (Note 2)
LDK (hooked deadbolt) dead locks 64, 76 mm locks
■ There are two types: type A type (snap-on type) B type (screw fastened type)
LXD dead locks (Note 2) 51, 64 mm 33~43 /
Emergency
A with a reusable cover, HD dead locks (Note 2) 51, 64, 76 mm 43~53 mm locks
and type B with a cover SX hooked deadbolt locks for sliding doors 51 mm Cup handle
HLT, HLTP lever handle-type automatic locking locks 36~43 / locks
that cannot be reused. (Note 3)
76 mm
43~53 mm
LH (L, B, S, T) lever handle-type automatic locking 33~43 /
* Can be reused. * Cannot be reused. 51, 64 mm
locks (Note 3) 43~53 mm Sliding
■ There are products for different directions (hands). HST mortise lock-type automatic locking lock (Note 3)
76 mm
36~43 / door locks
HSTC cup handle-type automatic locking locks (Note 3) 43~53 mm
A left-turning R-hand type and a right-turning L-hand type HN (L, B, S, T) dead lock-type automatic locking 33~43 /
51 mm
are available. Select the type according to the type of locks (Note 3) 43~53 mm ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
lock used, the door direction, and other factors. Note 1: GP, V18, GV, 6-pin, and 7-pin cylinders can be installed, allowing master key (MK) and other
key systems to be used. However, GV cylinders do not support the Universal Key System.
Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
2: A cylinder-type emergency unlock device cannot be used with LG, LGF, LX, AXF, Ten-key
AXFC, AXFCL, AS, ASC, ASCL, LXD, and HD that have a deadbolt throw of 16 mm.
3: HLT, HLTP, LH, HST, HSTC, and HN automatic locking locks cannot be locked pads
using a key or thumbturn. Locks automatically when the door is closed.
■ Ordering cylinder-type emergency unlock devices ②When ordering a cylinder-type emergency unlock device as an individual Key switches
part (Note 1), based on the “Emergency unlock device selection table” Interlock /
①When ordering a cylinder-type emergency unlock device as a set below, indicate the lock model which is used and whether the emergency emergency
together with a lock, based on the “Door handing selection table” unlock device is an R type or L type according to the door hinge position.
below, indicate the position where the emergency device will be door
Note 1: These parts are available as individual parts without a cylinder and as set parts systems
installed (door outside or inside) and the door handing <R, L, UR, together with a cylinder.
UL> according to the door hinge side and swinging direction. 2: Be aware that the R type and L type for the emergency unlock devices are
different from the door handing shown in the table at left (R, L, UR, UL).
Hotel card
■ Door handing selection table ■ Emergency unlock device handing selection table locks
Door Emergency unlock device Door Emergency unlock device Hinged on right side Hinged on left side
handing installed on outside handing installed on inside Door hinge position
Hinge Hinge
Right-hinged, Left-hinged, Right-hinged, Left-hinged,
out-swinging in-swinging out-swinging in-swinging Main lock model
Inside Inside Emergency unlock device Emergency unlock device Emergency Emergency
Electric
R UR Inside Inside unlock device unlock device locks
Outside Outside
Lever handle locks: LGK, LGF, LG, LX, HL
Emergency unlock device Emergency unlock device Outside Outside Mortise locks: AXF, AS, HS R type (Note 2) L type (Note 2)
（）（）
Cup handle locks: AXFC, ASC, HSC
Left-hinged, Right-hinged, Left-hinged, Right-hinged, Emergency unlock device Emergency unlock device
out-swinging in-swinging out-swinging in-swinging
Dead locks: LDK, LD, HD, LXD Electrical
Sliding door locks (hooked deadbolt): SX unlock operation: Rotate to left. unlock operation: Rotate to right.
Inside Inside Electric locks: EM, SXE, ELM, ESM
conductors,
Emergency unlock device Emergency unlock device
L UL Inside Inside <Automatic locking lock types>
Control
Outside Outside Automatic locking locks: LH (L, B, S, T) L type (Note 2) R type (Note 2) boxes
Emergency unlock device Emergency unlock device Outside Outside HLT, HST
（）（unlock operation: Rotate to left.）

HN (L, B, S, T) Emergency unlock device Emergency unlock device
Electric locks: EUR, EUT unlock operation: Rotate to right.
■ Specify the following information when ordering. EL/ES (R, T, B)
■ Specify the following information when ordering.

(Ex. 1) V-LGHA-5 NU11S (64) R4U (R) (Ex. 1) V-HLT HB-5 Cylinder set (R)
Door handing: R
NU lever handle, dull finish (backset 64 mm), R4U rose HLT lever handle lock Emergency unlock device, R type
Cylinder-type emergency unlock device,
Dimensions
Model No.: 5 Model No. 5 as set with cylinder
B type (screw fastened type)
Cylinder-type emergency unlock device, A type (snap-on type)
LG lever handle lock (Ex. 2) HLT HA Set without cylinder (L)
V18 cylinder Emergency unlock device, L type
HLT lever handle lock Cylinder-type emergency unlock device,
A type (snap-on type) only (no cylinder)
53
Emergency Emergency locks with emergency unlock device
▼ Information locks AHLH, AHH, HDH, HLTH, etc.
Precautions Applications Emergency exits, etc.
Table of contents / Precautions: The emergency unlock device lever cannot be used to lock the door after emergency unlock. Be sure to lock using the key or thumbturn.
Product list
Basic information • V-AHLH-6NU lever handle locks • V-HDH-6 dead locks
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
• V-AHH(No.1)-6Q mortise locks • V-HLTH-6NU automatic locking locks • V-AHDH-6 dead lock-type automatic
Lever locking locks
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
(* V-HSTH-6Q for knob type.)
Rim dead
locks In an emergency, simply remove the cover and turn the lever to
Dead locks
unlock the door without using the key.
Cremon
Glass door
locks ■ In an emergency, break and Compatible Backset Door thicknesses
Model Remarks
remove the cover, then turn models (Note) (mm) (mm)
Emergency Lever handle locks 35~42.5 / • For the emergency
locks the lever to unlock the door AHLH
76, 100
42.5~50 covers, a PHH type and
Cup handle without the key. a PHH No. 2 type with an
locks Mortise locks open/close type cover are
76, 100 35~50
AHH available.
Dead locks 38, 51, 29~43 /
Sliding HDH 64, 76 43~53 5, 6, 7
door locks
Automatic locking locks 29~33 /
HLTH (lever type) 76 33~43 /
HSTH (knob type) 43~53
▼ Electric locks • The emergency device
Security systems (Photo shows a No. 1 type.) (Photo shows an HDH.) Dead locks
76, 100 35~50 model is the PHDH
AHDH
■ For the AHLH and AHH emergency device.
Ten-key emergency covers, a No. 1 Note: GP, V18, GV, 6-pin, and 7-pin cylinders can be installed, allowing master key (MK)
pads and other key systems to be used. However, AHDH with GV cylinder does not
type that must be broken, and support the Universal Key System.
a reusable No. 2 type that can Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of
Key switches March 2017.
Interlock / be opened and closed are
(AHLH and AHH No. 2 type
emergency available. emergency cover)
door
Emergency Dead locks with emergency locks and one-touch emergency unlock device
systems
Hotel card
locks
locks LDHPA
Applications Emergency exits, etc.
Electric • V-LDHPA-6(R) dead locks with one-touch emergency unlock device Features
locks
■ In an emergency, emergency unlock and door opening
<Can be unlocked simply can be performed without the key simply by pressing the
by pressing the emergency
Electrical cover (plate).> emergency cover (plate).
conductors,
Control Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
boxes
Backset 64 mm
Door thicknesses (Contact
33~43 / 43~53 mm
Key system (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
Dimensions (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
Hand R-hand, L-hand
54
Cover-type
emergency device Cover-type emergency device for knob or thumbturn ▼ Information
Applications Emergency exits, etc. Precautions

■ Cover-type emergency device for knob (US emergency device) ■ Cover-type emergency device for thumbturn (Note: Cannot be used with security thumbturns.) Table of contents /
Product list
•E
xample of use with Basic information
Precautions CMM cremon lock
Can be used only for backset
64 mm and φ75 mm rose.
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
After cover is broken

Push-pull
locks
After cover is broken
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
Precautions 1. Can be used only for backset 51 mm or more and a standard-type thumbturn locks
or BF/ES thumbturn.
2. There are restrictions on door thickness.
These cover-type emergency devices are installed onto a knob or Integral

locks
thumbturn, and must be broken in order to use the knob or thumbturn. Cylindrical
locks
Features Specifications
■ Plastic cover that is installed onto a knob or thumbturn ■ Models compatible with cover-type emergency devices for knobs Rim dead
• Integral locks: UC and G series (B/S 64 mm or more), Q, Y, K, B type knobs with φ locks
■ In an emergency, the user breaks the cover in order to 75 mm rose (Refer to P.40, 41.)
• Cylindrical locks: US series (B/S 64 mm or more), Q, Y, K, B type knobs with φ75 mm
use the knob or thumbturn inside to unlock the door. rose (Refer to P.43.) Dead locks
■ These devices can also be installed onto an existing lock. ■ Models compatible with cover-type emergency devices for thumbturns Cremon
locks
• Lever handle locks: LGK (B/S 64 mm) (Refer to P.32.)
• Lever handle locks: LG (B/S 51, 64, 76 mm) and LX (B/S 51, 64 mm) (Refer to P.32, 34.) Glass door
• Mortise locks: AXF, AS (B/S 64, 76 mm) (Refer to P.38.) locks
• Mortise locks: HS series (B/S 76 mm) (Refer to P.39.)
• Dead locks: HD (B/S 51, 64, 76 mm) (Refer to P.45.) Emergency
• Cremon locks: CMM series (Refer to P.49.)
locks
Note: CMM can be used with door thicknesses of 29 mm or more. Other models can be Cup handle
used with door thicknesses of 34 mm or more. locks
(for steel doors) (for feeding a fire hose through) (for wooden doors)
KT-2U, KT-2U (No. 250), KT-2WU

KT-2U automatic locking locks for auxiliary doors
Sliding
door locks
Applications Emergency exits, hospital emergency entrances/exits, department store service entrances, and other double-leaf doors ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
• KT-2U Automatic locking locks for

• KT-2WU
Installed on top emergency exit auxiliary doors Ten-key
pads
( Use an L unit for

a left-hinged door. ) Features
■ When the main door is opened, the auxiliary door is Key switches
Interlock /
automatically unlocked and opened following the main door. emergency
■ Because the top and bottom bolts are retracted automatically, door
there is no risk of scratching the floor or top frame. systems
■ When the main door is closed, the auxiliary door locks
automatically.
■ Reversing-type bolts are used for the top and bottom bolts. Hotel card
locks
They reverse instantaneously to ensure lock release.
■ The gap can be adjusted.
■ Can be easily adapted to right-hand and left-hand doors. (KT-2U, 2WU)
■ Simple installation and removal for easy maintenance. Electric
The lock can be installed and removed without removing the door. locks
Trigger bolt Installed on bottom Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
( )
Screw
For a left-hinged door,
remove the R unit Model KT-2U (for steel doors) KT-2WU (for wooden doors) KT-2U (No. 250) Electrical
screws before use. Door thicknesses (Note) 35~60 mm 40~60 mm 35~60 mm conductors,
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less (gap at trigger bolt) Control
boxes
Bolt extension 19.5 mm~16 mm (Varies depending on gap at trigger bolt.)
(1 mm gap) (6 mm gap)
Left-hinged door • Used on top: L unit

Main door opens to left L type
• Used on bottom: Remove
when viewed from (for left-hinged door)
opened side. R unit screws before use.
Hand
Precautions: 1. KT-2U (No. 250) has lock handing. Right-hinged door • Used on top: R unit
2. The door open/close sequence is as follows. Main door opens to R type Dimensions
• Used on bottom: Remove
When opening: main door → auxiliary door. right when viewed from (for right-hinged door)
opened side. L unit screws before use.
When closing: auxiliary door → main door.
Case depth 49 mm
Note: When the door thickness is 60 mm or more, it is necessary to install the lock unit off-set.
55
AHC, ASC Cup handle locks
▼ Information AXFC, HSC AHC, AXFC, ASC, HSC series
Precautions Applications Storerooms, gymnasiums, shutters, side doors, trunk rooms, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
• V-AHC-5 • V-AXFC-5 • V-HSC-5 (backset: 76 mm)
(Photo shows an AHC, V18 cylinder, (Photo shows an HSC,
model AHC-5 with backset 76 mm.) V18 cylinder, model HSC-5.)
Cylinders
Keying • V-ASC-5
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Cup handles for

preventing finger
Mortise jamming are also
locks Precautions: Do not use an AHC with the deadbolt facing down.
available.
(CL cup handles)
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Cup handle locks for AH, AXF, AS, and HS mortise locks, and for
automatic locking HST
Rim dead Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
locks
Model AHC, AHCL AXFC, AXFCL ASC, ASCL HSC, HSTC (automatic locking locks)
Backset 76 mm, 100 mm 64 mm, 76 mm 64 mm, 76 mm 76 mm
Dead locks
(Cup handle on both sides)
Cremon Door thicknesses
locks 31~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm
(Contact GOAL for 35~43 / 43~50 mm 33~43 / 43~53 mm 33~43 / 43~53 mm
Glass door (Cup handle on one side)
more information.) 31~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
locks
Cylinder [symbol](Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
Emergency Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
locks Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
Cup handle (GV: UKS2 not supported) (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available)
locks
Knobs Q, Y, K, S, B, P types, etc.
Model 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 1, 3, 4, 45, 5, 6, 7 3,5,6,7
Sliding
door locks ■ List of AHC, AHCL, AXFC, AXFCL, ASC, ASCL, HSC, HSTC series models
When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example V-AHC-5 or V-AHC-5B.
Illustration Illustration
▼ Electric locks Compatible cylinders Illustration Compatible cylinders Illustration
Security systems and
cylinder symbols
Model
( Cup handle
on both sides ) (Cup
on one side )
handle
and
cylinder symbols
Model
( Cup handle
on both sides ) (Cup
on one side )
handle
(Note 1, 2) (Note 1, 2)
Ten-key Inside Outside Inside Outside GP (GP) Inside Outside Inside Outside
pads AHC,AHCL
AHC,AHCL V (V18) AXFC,AXFCL
AXFC,AXFCL -1 -5
GV (GV) ASC,ASCL
ASC,ASCL HSC,HSTC
Key switches (Cup handle on both sides)
Interlock / * One side: -1*
P (6-pin) (Cup handle on both sides)
emergency * One side: -5*
door Z (7-pin)
systems GP (GP)
AHC,AHCL AHC,AHCL
AXFC,AXFCL V (V18) AXFC,AXFCL
Hotel card -3 -6
ASC,ASCL GV (GV) ASC,ASCL
locks HSC,HSTC HSC,HSTC
(Cup handle on both sides) P (6-pin) (Cup handle on both sides)
* One side: -3* * One side: -6*
Z (7-pin)
Electric GP (GP)
locks AHC,AHCL
AXFC,AXFCL V
( )
Emergency -4
(V18) AXFC,AXFCL
ASC,ASCL -7
cylinder GV (GV) ASC,ASCL
(Cup handle on both sides)
Electrical (no indicator) HSC,HSTC
* One side: -4*
conductors, P (6-pin) (Cup handle on both sides)
Control * One side: -7*
Z (7-pin)
boxes
• AHC, cup handle on both • AHC, cup handle on
( )
sides (For AHC, AXFC, one side (For AHC, AXFC,
Emergency HSC, HSTC) HSC, HSTC)
cylinder AXFC,AXFCL • UCC, cup handle on both • UCC, cup handle on
(with indicator) -45
ASC,ASCL Cup handle sides (for ASC) one side (for ASC)
( )
45VF emergency (Cup handle on both sides)
cylinders with large * One side: -45*
Dimensions indicators are
also available.
Note 1: * indicates the knob design (Q, Y, K, S, B, etc.) for cup handle on one side.
2: With standard specifications when there is a cup handle on one side, the cup handle is on the outside. Please indicate your request if you would like the cup handle on the inside.
56
UCC Cup handle locks
GC UCC, GC series ▼ Information
Applications Fire doors, shutters, side doors, partitions, etc. Precautions

Table of contents /
Product list
• P-UCC-7Q Basic information
(Photo shows knob on one side, 6-pin cylinder, model UCC-7 with B/S 100 mm.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
• UCC-1 ▼ Locks
(Photo shows cup handles on both sides,
model UCC-1 with B/S 64 mm.)
* A knob on one side type is also available. Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
• GC-1
(Photo shows cup handles on both Mortise
sides, model GC-1, B/S 64 mm.) locks
* A knob on one side type is also available.
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Integral locks UC and G series cup handle locks providing simple Dead locks
installation and excellent operability UCC (backset 100 mm) and GC are Cremon
locks
compact and can be installed on door with a horizontal narrow frame. Glass door
locks
UCC specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) GC specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Emergency
locks
57 mm, 64 mm, 83 mm, 100 mm Backset 64 mm, 100 mm Cup handle
Backset locks
(100 mm is for door with a horizontal narrow frame.) Cup handle on both sides:
Door thicknesses
Cup handle on both sides: 28~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm
Door thicknesses (Contact GOAL for
29 (28 for 100 mm)~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm Cup handle on one side:
(Contact GOAL for more information.) 28~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm Sliding
Cup handle on one side:
more information.) 29 (28 for 100 mm)~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm door locks
GP, V18, GV cylinders (Q and B type knobs only)
GP, V18, GV cylinders (Q and B type knobs only) 6-pins, 7-pins (Q, Y, K, B type knobs)
Cylinder (Note) Cylinder (Note)
6-pins, 7-pins (Q, Y, K, B type knobs) 5-pins cylinder (E type knobs)
(with knob on one side) 5-pins cylinder (E type knobs) (with knob on one side) SP 5-pins cylinder (N type knobs) (MK and other key ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
systems are not supported.)
Various key systems are available
(MK, GMK, GGMK, RMK, CNK, etc.). Various key systems are available
Key system
(V18, GV: Optional key change system available) (MK, GMK, GGMK, RMK, CNK, etc.). Ten-key
(GV: Universal Key System not supported) Key system
(V18, GV: Optional key change system available) pads
Note: Production of new master key plans for 5-pin, 6-pin, and 7-pin cylinders discontinued (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
as of March 2017. Note: Production of new master key plans for 5-pin, 6-pin, and 7-pin cylinders discontinued
as of March 2017. Key switches
Interlock /
■ List of UCC series models ■ List of GC series models emergency
When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example V-UCC-7Q. When ordering, add the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) to the model, for example V-GC-7Q. door
systems
Compatible cylinders Illustration Illustration Compatible cylinders Illustration Illustration
and
cylinder symbols
Model (Note 1)
( Cup handle
on both sides ) ( Cup handle
on one side ) and
cylinder symbols
Model (Note 1)
( onCupbothhandle
sides ) (Cup
on one side )
handle
Hotel card
locks
UCC-1 Inside Outside Inside Outside GC-1 Inside Outside Inside Outside
(Cup handle on both sides) (Cup handle on both sides)
UCC-1* GC-1*
(Cup handle on one side) (Cup handle on one side) Electric
locks
UCC-3* GC-3*
(Cup handle on one side) (Cup handle on one side)
Electrical
conductors,
GP (GP) GP (GP) Control
V (V18) V (V18) boxes
GV (GV) UCC-7* GV (GV) GC-7*
(Cup handle on one side) (Cup handle on one side)
P (6-pin) Z (7-pin) P (6-pin) Z (7-pin)
N (5-pin) N (5-pin)
UCC, cup handle UCC, cup handle UCC, cup handle UCC, cup handle
on both sides on one side on both sides on one side
(for UCC) (for UCC) (for GC) (for GC)
Cup handle Cup handle
Dimensions
Note 1: * indicates the knob design (Q, Y, K, B, E) for cup handle on one side. Note 1: * indicates the knob design (Q, Y, K, B, E) for cup handle on one side.
57
Sliding door lock (hooked deadbolt) Sliding door lock (hooked deadbolt)
▼ Information
SX SX, SXS series
(Muffled type)
PSS PSS series
Precautions Applications Sliding doors Applications Sliding doors
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information • V-SX-5 (backset: 51 mm) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, cup thumbturn (PSS thumbturn)) • V-PSS-5 (backset: 38 mm)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, cup thumbturn (PSS thumbturn))
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
(* SXS [muffled type]

also available.)
Lever Cup thumbturn
handle • LX thumbturn • FL thumbturn • FL (No. 2) thumbturn (PSS thumbturn)
locks
• PSD thumbturn • FL thumbturn
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks • Emergency unlock • LX e mergency unlock device with indicator • Emergency unlock
Cylindrical device with indicator (LX-45 emergency cylinder) (LX-45VF emergency cylinder) device with indicator
locks (PSS emergency cylinder) (PSS emergency cylinder)
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks Hook bolt sliding door lock with superior Hook bolt sliding door lock with superior
Emergency security, operability, and durability security, operability, and durability
locks
Cup handle Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
locks
Backset SX ... 51 mm SXS (muffled type) ... 51 / 76 mm Backset 38 mm
Door thicknesses See table below Door thicknesses See table below
Sliding Gap (door and jamb) 5 mm or less (strike plate with gap adjustment plate) Gap (door and jamb) 5 mm or less (strike plate with gap adjustment plate)
door locks Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
Various keying systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) Various keying systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
Key system (V18, GV: Optional key change system available) Key system (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
▼ Electric locks (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available) (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
Security systems
Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
■ SX, SXS series models and door thicknesses ■ PSS series models and door thicknesses
Ten-key * Various cylinders are available (GP, V18, GV, etc.). When ordering, include the cylinder * Various cylinders are available (GP, V18, GV, etc.). When ordering, include the cylinder
pads symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) with the model, such as V-SX-5. symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) with the model, such as V-PSS-5.
Inside Outside Door thicknesses (Note 1) Inside Outside Door thicknesses (Note 2)
cylinders and Model (Note 2, 3) cylinders and Model
thumbturn model cylinder model (Contact GOAL for more information.) thumbturn model cylinder model (Contact GOAL for more information.)
cylinder symbols cylinder symbols
Key switches
Cup thumbturn Cup thumbturn
Interlock / SX,SXS-3 (PSS thumbturn)
33~53 mm (Wooden doors: 36~53 mm) PSS-3 (PSS thumbturn) 33~58 mm (Same for wooden doors)
emergency SX, SXS-3 (LX thumbturn) LX thumbturn 29~43 / 43~53 mm PSS-3 (PSD thumbturn) PSD thumbturn
——— 25~38 / 38~48 / 48~58 mm
——— (Same for wooden doors) (Note 1)
door -3FL (No.2) FL (No. 2) thumbturn (Same for wooden doors)
systems 29~35 / 35~41 / 41~47 / 47~53 mm PSS-3FL FL thumbturn 29~53 mm (Wooden doors: 33~53 mm)
SX,SXS-3FL FL thumbturn
(Wooden doors: 36~53 mm) Cup thumbturn 33~35 / 35~41 / 41~47 / 47~53 mm
PSS-45
（）
Cup thumbturn 33~35 / 35~41 / 41~47 / 47~53 mm (PSS thumbturn) (Same for wooden doors)
SX,SXS-45 (PSS thumbturn) (Wooden doors: 36~41 / 41~47 / 47~53 mm) PSS-45 PSS-45
29~38 / 38~48 / 48~53 mm
（） SX, SXS-45-45FL
Hotel card PSS-45 PSS-45 Emergency PSS-45 (PSD thumbturn) PSD thumbturn emergency
(Wooden doors: 31~38 / 38~48 / 48~53 mm)
(LX thumbturn) LX thumbturn 33~43 / 43~53 mm cylinder cylinder
locks Emergency
cylinder (No.2) FL (No. 2) thumbturn
emergency
(Wooden doors: 36~43 / 43~53 mm) PSS-45FL FL thumbturn
29~35 / 35~41 / 41~47 / 47~53 mm
cylinder (Wooden doors: 33~35 / 35~41 / 41~47 / 47~53 mm)
29~35 / 35~41 / 41~47 / 47~53 mm 33~38 / 38~48 / 48~58 mm
SX,SXS-45FL FL thumbturn
(Wooden doors: 36 ~ 41 / 41~47 / 47~53 mm) PSS-5
Cup thumbturn
(PSS thumbturn) (Same for wooden doors)
SX, SXS-45 Cup thumbturn 33~43 / 43~53 mm GP, V, Cylinder 25~38 / 38~48 / 48~58 mm
(LX emergency cylinder) (PSS thumbturn) (Wooden doors: 36~43 / 43~53 mm) GV, P, Z PSS-5 (PSD thumbturn) PSD thumbturn （GP,V,GV,P,Z） (Same for wooden doors) (Note 1)
（）LX thumbturn
（）
Electric LX-45
LX thumbturn
SX, SXS-45 LX emergency cylinder LX-45 29~43 / 43~53 mm PSS-5FL FL thumbturn
29~38 / 38~48 / 48~53 mm
（）FL (No. 2) thumbturn

locks Emergency emergency
(Same for wooden doors) (Wooden doors: 33~38 / 38~48 / 48~53 mm)
cylinder -45FL No.2
LX emergency cylinder cylinder
SX, SXS-45FL 29~43 / 43~53 mm

FL thumbturn
(LX emergency cylinder)
Cup thumbturn
(Wooden doors: 36~43 / 43~53 mm)
33~43 / 43~53 mm
GP, V,
GV, P, Z PSS-6 (Cylinder
inside also ) （GP,V,GV,P,Z） (Same for wooden doors) (Note 1)
on Cylinder 25~38 / 38~48 / 48~58 mm
Electrical SX,SXS-5 (PSS thumbturn) (Wooden doors: 36~43 / 43~53 mm)

conductors, GP, V, SX, SXS-5 (LX thumbturn) LX thumbturn
Cylinder
29~43 / 43~53 mm
Control GV, P, Z -5FL (No.2) FL (No. 2) thumbturn ( GP,P,V,ZGV,) (Same for wooden doors)
boxes SX,SXS-5FL 29~43 / 43~53 mm GP, V, Cylinder 25~38 / 38~48 / 48~58 mm
FL thumbturn
(Wooden doors: 36~43 / 43~53 mm) GV, P, Z PSS-7 ——— （GP,V,GV,P,Z） (Same for wooden doors)
Cylinder
GP, V,
GV, P, Z SX,SXS-6 (Cylinder
inside also )
on
(GP,P,V,ZGV,)
29~43 / 43~53 mm
(Same for wooden doors)
Note 1: M ounting is possible if the door thickness in the cylinder mounting part or PSD
Cylinder
GP, V, 29~43 / 43~53 mm thumbturn part is 25 mm or more, but the front part of the lock (25.5 mm wide) can
GV, P, Z SX,SXS-7 ——— (GP, P,Z
V, GV,
) (Same for wooden doors) be mounted only on doors with a thickness of 28 mm or more.
2: For wooden doors, note the strength of the door’s screw mounting areas to ensure
Dimensions Note 1: F
or wooden doors, note the strength of the door’s screw mounting areas to ensure the mounting screws for cup thumbturns (PSS thumbturns), FL thumbturns, PSS-
the mounting screws for cup thumbturns (PSS thumbturns), FL thumbturns, PSS- 45 emergency cylinders, and similar devices will be secure.
45 emergency cylinders, and similar devices will be secure.
2: For SX models, the 33 type (double thumbturn) is also available.
3: ND cylinders are also available.
58
SAK Automatic locking lock
for sliding doors SAK SN Sliding door lock (hooked deadbolt)
SN series ▼ Information
Applications Apartment bicycle and automobile parking lots, etc. Applications Sliding doors Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
• V-SAK-5 (backset: 51 mm) • V-SN-5 (backset: 25 mm) Basic information
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, model SAK-5) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, model SN-5)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Automatic locking lock for Sliding Extremely compact Sliding door Dead locks
Cremon
door (hooked deadbolt) lock (hooked deadbolt) locks
Glass door
locks
Features Features
■ Can be locked automatically when the door is closed. ■ Robust dead bolt (hook bolt) design with sturdy cylinder Emergency
locks
No locking operation is required, and sliding doors do not installation. Cup handle
bounce upon closing. locks
■ Compact 25 mm backset for mounting on narrow vertical
■ Includes trigger bolt (safety device). frames.
■ The strike plate is equipped with adjustable device. ■ SN-45 (with indicator) model also available. Sliding
door locks
■ Available with a No. 1 strike plate that can be used for
hanger doors without guide rails. Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Backset 25 mm
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Door thicknesses (Contact SN-3, 5, 6, 7 ... 29~43 / 43~53 mm
GOAL for more information.) SN-45 ... 29~43 mm
Ten-key
Backset 51 mm Gap (door and jamb) 2 mm or less pads
Door thicknesses (Contact Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
33~43 / 43~53 mm
Various keying systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK,
Gap (door and jamb) 2.5 mm or less CNK, etc.) Key switches
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] Optional V18 and GV key change systems are Interlock /
Key system available but require removal of the cylinder followed emergency
Various keying systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK,
by key change operation. Note that CNK options are door
CNK, etc.)
Key system not available for key change systems. systems
(GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available) (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
Mounting position margin Vertical: ±6 mm (Strike plate adjustment: Up to ±3 mm) Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. Hotel card
Along door thickness: ±3 mm (standard strike plate) locks
Tolerance
(No. 1 strike plate adjustment: ±8.5 mm)
Electric
■ SAK, SN series models and applications locks
* Various cylinders are available (GP, V18, GV, etc.). When ordering, include the cylinder symbol (GP, V, GV, etc.) with the model, such as V-SAK-5.
Compatible cylinders Compatible cylinders

Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside) Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside)
and cylinder symbols and cylinder symbols Electrical
GP (GP) conductors,
V (V18) Control
SAK SAK boxes
-3 Thumbturn GV (GV) -6 Cylinders Cylinder
SN P (6-pin) SN
Z (7-pin)
GP (GP) GP (GP)
V (V18) V (V18)
SAK SAK
GV (GV) -5 Thumbturn Cylinder GV (GV) -7 Cylinder
P (6-pin) SN P (6-pin) SN Dimensions
Z (7-pin) Z (7-pin)
59
Battery powered rolling numeric keypad system
▼ Information
BTKLX BTKLX ( ) Electric thumbturns used
with mechanical locks
Precautions Applications Building service entrances, confidential rooms, home entrances, etc.
Table of contents /
Product list ● Basic configuration diagram ● Installation example (Photo shows use of an electric thumbturn with a PLK push-pull lock.)
Basic information
Inside Door switch Outside
(DRS)
Cylinders White White
Keying Blue Blue
systems Numeric keypad

Controller operation panel
▼ Locks 6P connector 4P connector

Connects to CN4. Connects to CN1.
Push-pull 6P connector
locks MTH*1 Connects to CN5.
Special wire harness
Green Green (or red)
Red Red (or green)
Lever Yellow Yellow
handle
locks
Blue Blue
Brown Brown
Blue Blue
Mortise
locks
Electric thumbturn (MTH*1)
Lever handle locks
LG,LGK,LX
Integral
locks
Cylindrical [When two locks are used] Green Green (or red)
locks Red Red (or green)
MTH*1 Yellow Yellow
Two locks
Special wire harness
Rim dead Blue Blue
Brown Brown
locks Blue Blue
Dead locks Electric thumbturn (MTH*1)

Cremon (Dead locks LDK, HD)
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks Battery powered rolling numeric keypad system
Cup handle
■ Because these products are battery powered, electrical ■ Numeric keypad operation panel (rolling keypad): Outside of door
Sliding wiring work is unnecessary and they can be easily Waterproof performance Equivalent to JIS IPX4
door locks Durability performance (LCD) Can be used without problems even after one million or more finger operations.
installed on existing doors.
Finish Silver (material: heat-resistant ABS)
■ They can also sound an alarm in case of an attempt to pry
▼ Electric locks ■ Controller: Inside of door
Security systems open the lock. (Activated in the mode settings.)
Power supply Four AA alkaline dry-cell batteries
■ Includes a low battery warning function. Working temperature range 0~40°C (Must be no freezing.)
Ten-key When the dry-cell batteries are nearly depleted, “LO” is displayed when Working humidity range 85% or less (Must be no condensation.)
pads the numeric keypad is operated. One year or more
Note: When the batteries are dead, it is not possible to operate the lock from the Battery lifetime
(* When used 10 times per day. Lock ➡ unlock operation = 1 use. )
outside without the key.
Automatic locking function Can be set ON/OFF using a switch.
Key switches Finish Silver (material: heat-resistant ABS)
Interlock /
emergency
■ Electric thumbturn
door
systems Type BTKLX
Electric thumbturn model (rated voltage) MTH*1 (LX) (5 V DC)
Electric thumbturn R type (for right-hinged out-swinging or left-hinged in-swinging door),
Hotel card handing L type (for left-hinged out-swinging or right-hinged in-swinging door)
locks ● Push-pull locks PL, PLK
Ordinary locks used ● Lever handle locks LG, LGK, LX
● Dead locks LDK, HD
Backset 64 mm
Electric Cylinder [symbol](Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
locks PL, PLK: 35~38 / 38~43 / 43~45 mm
Door thicknesses
LG, LGK, LX, LDK, HD: 35~43 / 43~45 mm
Electrical Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of
conductors, March 2017.
Control
boxes
Dimensions
60
Key switches Interlock door
Interlock door system
KS KS-3K, 3R, 3F
Emergency door
system Emergency door system ▼ Information
Applications Security at apartment building entrances, common Applications Emergency exits, hospitals, research Precautions
entrances, and building service entrances laboratories, sterile rooms Table of contents /
Product list
● Key switches <Installation example> ■ Interlock door system: Basic configuration diagram Basic information
KS-3K, 3R, 3F
6 6
Cylinders
Keying
systems
100 V AC
(with ground)
▼ Locks
● Control box
RCB-500 series
(P.73) Push-pull
locks
Electric lock ● Electric lock Electric lock
( ( )( EUR
P.67
Lever
handle
locks
Can be used to unlock the electric lock at a

■ Emergency door system: Basic configuration diagram Mortise
common entrance (open the automatic door). locks
Features
Integral
■ Because a reverse master key system is installed at the
● Automatic fire
locks
alarm
Cylindrical
key switch, the room keys for each apartment can unlock ● Automatic locking ● Electrical
locks
lock for auxiliary door conductor
the automatic electric lock (open the automatic door). RCL-27
KT-2U
(P.55) (P.72)
Rim dead
Specifications locks
■ KS series model specifications and applications

Model KS-3K KS-3R KS-3F Dead locks
● Fire control box
● Electric lock Cremon
GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 6 pins [P], (Please contact GOAL for more
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) EU or other information.)
locks
7 pins [Z] 7 pins [Z]
Glass door
●The key can only ● The key can only be ● The key can be locks
be removed in removed in the OFF position. removed in both the ON
Operation and OFF positions.
the OFF position. ● Includes an automatic Emergency
reset device. locks
Switch capacity (current) 30 V DC, 1 A (maximum current 3 A) Cup handle
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, locks
Key systems other than
Key systems GGMK, CNK, etc.) keyed alike systems
(V18, GV: Key change system not supported) are not possible. Features of an interlock door system
Automatic doors, etc. Sliding
Applications Elevators, etc. (Automatic locking system Alarms, etc. ■ When both doors are closed, both locks are unlocked door locks
for common entrances) state. Then opening one of the doors will automatically
Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of lock the other one. ▼ Electric locks
March 2017.
■ Can also be used with a variety of other systems.
Security systems
■ KS-3K, 3R, 3F circuit diagram

■ The EUR series of electric locks is available.
ON position Ten-key
Purple
■ Use an RCB-500 series control box. (Refer to P.73 for details.) pads
COM
White Precautions: B
e aware that if both doors are opened at exactly the same time, both
doors will open. Key switches
OFF position
Orange Interlock /
The diagram shows the conditions when OFF. emergency
door
Features of an emergency door system systems
■ It is linked with the smoke detectors and in the event of

an emergency, the emergency door electric locks are Hotel card
locks
unlocked automatically.
■ In addition to electric locks, a variety of other emergency
locks can be used. (Refer to P.53〜55.) Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
61
Non-contact IC card locks JCLM,
▼ Information
JCLM JCLM2 series
Precautions Applications Urban hotels, resort hotels, dormitories, training centers, recreation facilities
Table of contents /
Product list Card specifications
Basic information
<For JCLM, JCLM2 non-contact IC card locks>
■ Guest cards
Cylinders Rewritable cards (plastic)
Keying
systems <Hotel Ryumeikan Tokyo>
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
■ Management cards (plastic) (master cards, maid cards, etc.)
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks * A gray finish is also available.
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
These card lock systems improve security, increase the efficiency of
Sliding
key management, and allow for system expansion.
door locks
Features of the card lock systems JCLM, JCLM2
▼ Electric locks ■ Features of the JCLM and JCLM2 non-contact IC card ■ Rewritable cards that can be reused are also available.
Security systems systems include the following.
■ Improve safety and security while increasing the
These systems use non-contact IC cards with improved operability and
durability. efficiency of key management.
Ten-key
pads Non-contact IC cards can contain an immense amount of information, and
■ A valid period can be set for the cards in advance. safety is protected with an advanced encryption process. If a card is lost
The card locks contain an IC with clock function that checks the card valid while it is still valid, after a new card is issued and used, the lost card is
Key switches period (use start time to use end time). (The valid period can be set as automatically invalidated and cannot be used. This provides safe and fast
Interlock / needed up to 23:59 on December 31, 2079.) support for lost cards and for residents moving in and out.
emergency It is also possible to check the card lock use history.
door
systems ■ Cards can be issued in advance. ■ Dry-cell batteries are used as the power source. The
Because the valid period can be set for the cards ahead of time, it is batteries can be changed easily and the system is
possible to issue cards in advance.
Hotel card equipped with a low battery warning function.
locks
■ A variety of cards can be issued to meet a diverse range Because dry-cell batteries (four AA alkaline
dry-cell batteries) are used for the card lock
of usage styles. power supply, no wiring work is required.
● Issue of pay-by-the-hour cards (The valid period can be set in units of 1 Batteries can be changed easily by removing
Electric minute.) the escutcheon cover on the inside of the
locks ● Issue of additional guest cards (The same card that was issued for the door. When the batteries are running low, an
guest arriving first can be issued for additional members of the party LED flashes alternately green/red to notify
arriving later. The cards each have different serial numbers and a the user when the maid card or other
Electrical maximum of 99 cards can be issued.) management card is used.
conductors, ● Re-issue of lost cards for shared rooms (This is an optional function
Control when there is an on-line connection with the host computer.)
boxes ● Multiple rooms can be selected. (Four patterns can be selected for the
same card: one room, two rooms, three rooms, and consecutive room ■ Can be expanded with systems for common entrance
numbers starting from one room.) management, energy savings, and various other purposes.
● Various other cards can be issued for other applications.
Can be expanded with after-hours entrance security management and
* Be sure to inquire before ordering. room occupancy check systems, room energy-saving management
systems, and elevator management systems.
Dimensions
62
JCLM Non-contact IC card locks
JCLM2 JCLM, JCLM2 series (Automatic locking type) (* JCLM2 is for in-swinging doors only. Special specifications are required for out-swinging doors.) ▼ Information
Applications Urban hotels, resort hotels, dormitories, research facilities, recreation facilities Precautions
(Precautions: There are different types for different directions (hands). Specify R type or L type according to the door direction (hand)). Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
● V
-JCLM-ZU 21B(R) (NW) ● V
-JCLM2-ORIU 11S(R)
(* Splash-proof specifications are also available.) (* Splash-proof specifications are also available.) (For in-swinging door)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, ZU lever handle, R-hand type, (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, ORIU handle, R-hand type.) Cylinders
escutcheon on both sides.) (* JCLM2 has escutcheon on both sides.) Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Appearance on inside with

escutcheon on one side Lever
(NS) handle
(There is no escutcheon.) locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Non-contact IC card locks that can unlock the door just by holding Cylindrical
locks
the card over the reader
Features Rim dead
locks
■ The door can be unlocked easily by holding the card over ■ Splash-proof specifications are available for JCLM.
the reader. (Option) (Not available for JCLM2.)
Dead locks
ecause it is a non-contact IC card system, durability is higher and there
B S plash-proof specifications allow reliable use Cremon
is no concern about reduction due to wear, intrusion of foreign even when rain contacts the outside of the door locks
substances, or similar mechanical problems. There is also no risk of (corridor side). Glass door
magnets damaging the data as there is with magnetic cards, allowing locks
dependable use. ■ No. 2 type thumbturns are available
Emergency
■ These systems use “Mifare” non-contact IC cards. for JCLM. locks
hese non-contact IC card locks use “Mifare” cards that are widely used
T ( Escutcheon on both sides only) (option) Cup handle
around the world. ( JCLM2 is only available No.2 type thumbturn.) locks
■ The compact lock body (backset 70 mm) is ideal for renovations.

■ Locks automatically when the door is closed. Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) Sliding
door locks
(Automatic locking type) ■ Lock body
■ Equipped with an anti-panic function.

Model and escutcheon ● JCLM (NW): Escutcheon on both sides ● JCLM (NS): Escutcheon on one side
specifications ● JCLM2: Escutcheon on both sides (for in-swinging doors only) ▼ Electric locks
he door can be unlocked and opened from inside the room by turning
T Backset 70 mm (lock case depth 105 mm)
Security systems
the handle. Door thicknesses JCLM: 33~43 / 43~53 mm

(Contact GOAL for more JCLM (splash-proof specifications): 31.5~41.5 / 41.5~51.5 mm
■ Unlock is indicated by a green LED lamp. information.) (Note 1) JCLM2 (no splash-proof specifications): 36~43 / 43~53 mm
Ten-key
pads
Gap (door and jamb)
■ An easy-to-operate infrared system is used for data input 6 mm or less
Cylinder [symbol] (Note 2) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
and reading. Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) Key switches
Key systems Interlock /
■ Equipped with a lockout function that protects customer R type, L type (Refer to table below.) emergency
Hand
privacy. Lever handles ZU, PRCU, other types (Refer to P.65, 66 for details.) door
hen the thumbturn on the inside of the door is turned and locked, the
W systems
JCLM: Standard type (with luminescent material), No. 2 type (no luminescent material)
door is double-locked (locked out) and cannot be unlocked using the Thumbturn
JCLM2: Standard type (no luminescent material)
maid key. Power supply Four AA alkaline dry-cell batteries Hotel card
■ In an emergency, the door can be unlocked using a key. (Lifetime is around 1.5 years when used 15 times each day.) locks
Note 1: Splash-proof specifications are available for JCLM, however the door thickness specifications are different.
■ Equipped with a trigger bolt to prevent illegal unlocking. 2: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
■ Card reader
■ An anti-friction type latch ensures that the door closes Reading method Non-contact IC cards (Mifare) Electric
securely. locks
Working temperature range 0~40°C (Humidity 85% RH or less. Must be no freezing or condensation.)
■ Dry-cell batteries are used as the power source. As a ■ Corresponding table (JCLM, JCLM2 and door)
result, wiring work is not required. Electrical
Illustration conductors,
Lock handing
ry-cell batteries (four AA alkaline dry-cell batteries) are used for the
D In-swinging door Out-swinging door Control
power supply. <Left-hinged, in-swinging door> <Right-hinged, out-swinging door> boxes
■ Includes an advance battery warning function. R type
Inside Inside
he battery lifetime is around 1.5 years when the lock is used 15 times
T
per day. The battery warning flashes an LED lamp when the maid card or Outside Outside
other management card is used. <Right-hinged, in-swinging door> <Left-hinged, out-swinging door>
* Be sure to inquire before ordering. Inside Inside
Dimensions
L type
Outside Outside
* JCLM2 are for in-swinging doors only. Special specifications are required for out-swinging doors.
63
JCLM Card issuing systems and
▼ Information JCLM2 various systems using card locks
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information ● Card issuing systems
<Manual issuing type> <Online type> <Offline type>
Cylinders • Cards can be issued using just the interface unit.
Keying (Non-contact only)
systems Hotel server
Card issuing PC Card issuing PC

(card issuing software) (card issuing software)
▼ Locks It is not necessary
to prepare a PC.
Front desk
PC
Push-pull Interface unit
locks CE-IFU-202
• When printing on the card is necessary, this unit is used

in combination with a card encoder (reader-writer). (Non-contact only) Interface unit
Interface unit Interface unit CE-IFU-202
Lever CE-IFU-202 CE-IFU-202
or
handle
locks
(Non-contact only)
Interface unit
CE-IFU-202
Card encoder
Mortise (reader-writer)
locks Interface Card encoder Card encoder RW-M-101,111 Card encoder
unit (reader-writer) (reader-writer)
(reader-writer)
CE-IFU-202 RW-M-101 RW-M-111
RW-M-101,111
Integral ● Various systems using non-contact IC card locks

locks
Cylindrical ■ Basic system ■ Energy-saving and room occupancy check system
locks
<Check-in> <Guest room> <Check-out> <Room or door>
Maid or
manager
• When CSW-503 card switch is used (* Power relay box is not required.)
Rim dead
locks
Front Front
Electric outlet
Lighting (not provided)
100 V AC (not provided)
Dead locks
Air conditioner <Front desk>
Card lock (not provided)
Cremon (JCLM
) A card which reaches the end of its valid
JCLM2 Card switch
locks period is automatically invalidated.
Card lock CSW-503
Glass door ( JCLM
JCLM2 )
locks
Front desk indicators,
■ After-hours entrance and common entrance management room occupancy indicator panel (not provided)
Emergency
locks <Common entrance> CPEVS φ0.9-2pr (Maximum cable length is 50 m.) • When CSW-502 card switch is used
Cup handle
locks <Room> φ0.9-5pr
Distribution panel
Power relay box
φ0.9-3pr (not provided)
φ0.9-5pr PRL-710
100 V AC
E 100 V AC
Electric lock or automatic door (with ground)
Reverse master card reader Operation panel Electric lock controller
Sliding (CLS-JCLM-301-CR) RSP-410UH RCB-730
door locks Electric outlet
Lighting
(not provided)
(not provided) <Front desk>
Air conditioner
Card lock
(not provided)
(JCLM
)
▼ Electric locks JCLM2
Card lock
Card switch
CSW-502
Security systems
(JCLM
JCLM2 )
■ Elevator control system Front desk indicators,
room occupancy indicator panel (not provided)
Ten-key Automatic control can be performed to automatically stop the elevators at a designated floor.
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks * Other systems such as parking area gate management systems can also be constructed.
Electric
■ Component devices
locks
• Data input device • Card switch •R
everse master card readers
DAT-602 CSW-503 CSW-502 CLS-JCLM-301-CR
(compatible with JCLM, JCLM2) (type compatible with JCLM, JCLM2)
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions (Power relay box is not required.) (Power relay box is required.)
(An easy-to-operate infrared system

for data input and reading ) (For energy-saving and room occupancy check systems) (For
common entrance management )
after-hours entrance and
64
Non-contact IC card locks
JCLM List of JCLM handles and escutcheons ▼ Information
Note: N
W has escutcheons on both sides, while NS has an escutcheon on only one side. When ordering, be sure to specify JCLM (NW) or JCLM (NS).
■ JCLM The appearance of the outside escutcheon is the same with both models.
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
• JCLM-ZU 21B • JCLM-PRCU 21B W8 • JCLM-RNT 21B W13 • JCLM-NU 11S • JCLM-KU 11S Basic information
(Lever/escutcheon: Dull brass) (Lever: Reinforced wood (Mizume cherry) (Lever: Reinforced wood (birch) (Lever/escutcheon: Dull stainless steel) (Lever/escutcheon: Dull stainless steel)
Escutcheon: Dull brass) Escutcheon: Dull brass) * A bright (12S) finish is also available. * A bright (12S) finish is also available.
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
• JCLM-ZU 22B • JCLM-PRCU 22B W8 • JCLM-RNT 22B W13 • JCLM-TU 11S • JCLM-DU 11S Mortise
(Lever/escutcheon: Bright brass) (Lever: Reinforced wood (Mizume cherry) (Lever: Reinforced wood (birch) (Lever/escutcheon: Dull stainless steel) (Lever/escutcheon: Dull stainless steel) locks
Escutcheon: Bright brass) Escutcheon: Bright brass) * A bright (12S) finish is also available. * A bright (12S) finish is also available.
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
• JCLM-ZU 11S • JCLM-PRCU 11B W8 • JCLM-RNT 11B W13 • JCLM-JUPU 11S • JCLM-ORIU 11S locks
(Lever/escutcheon: Dull stainless steel) (Lever: Reinforced wood (Mizume cherry) (Lever: Reinforced wood (birch) (Lever/escutcheon: Dull stainless steel) (Lever/escutcheon: Dull stainless steel)
Escutcheon: Dull stainless steel) Escutcheon: Dull stainless steel) * A bright (12S) finish is also available. * A bright (12S) finish is also available.
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
• JCLM-ZU 12S • JCLM-PRCU 12B W8 • JCLM-RNT 12B W13 • JCLM-LWINU(R)11S • JCLM-COMU(R)11S Hotel card
(Lever/escutcheon: Bright stainless steel) (Lever: Reinforced wood (Mizume cherry) (Lever: Reinforced wood (birch) (Lever/escutcheon: Dull stainless steel) (Lever/escutcheon: Dull stainless steel) locks
Escutcheon: Bright stainless steel) Escutcheon: Bright stainless steel) * A bright (12S) finish is also available. * A bright (12S) finish is also available.
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
Precautions: Avoid using reinforced wood levers outdoors. Also, be careful not to scratch brass levers or escutcheons. Sufficient daily maintenance is necessary.
(For the maintenance methods, refer to P.3.)
65
List of handles and escutcheons for JCLM2 series
▼ Information
JCLM2 non-contact IC card locks
Precautions
Table of contents /
■ JCLM2 (* Escutcheons on both the outside and inside. A wide variety of handle designs and escutcheon finishes are available.)
Product list
Basic information • JCLM2-ORIU 11S(668) • JCLM2-ORIU 12S(864) • JCLM2-ORIU 11S(369) • JCLM2-ORIU 12S(8800)
(Lever: Dull stainless steel (Lever: Bright stainless steel (Lever: Dull stainless steel (Lever: Bright stainless steel
Escutcheon: Light gray) Escutcheon: Off-white) Escutcheon: Silver coating) Escutcheon: Black coating)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
• JCLM2-ZU 21B(864) • JCLM2-ZU 22B(864) • JCLM2-ZU 21B(269) • JCLM2-ZU 21B(8800)
(Lever: Dull brass (Lever: Bright brass (Lever: Dull brass (Lever: Dull brass
Escutcheon: Off-white) Escutcheon: Off-white) Escutcheon: Gold coating) Escutcheon: Black coating)
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
66
Function-switching electric locks EU series
EUT, EUTP (Fail secure, fail secure with anti-panic function)
EU EUR, EURP (Fail safe, fail safe with anti-panic function) ▼ Information
Applications Controlled building entrances, emergency exits, etc. Precautions

Table of contents /
• V-EUT-5NU11S(NK) (backset: 76 mm) Product list
Basic information
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, dull stainless steel finish.)
* An EU rose is also available. Cylinders

Keying
systems
▼ Locks
(A knob can also be used.)
Push-pull
locks
EU rose
Lever
NK rose
handle
locks
• A front with guard plate • V-EUT-5Q

(L type front) is also available.
Mortise
locks
Integral
(* The front with guard plate locks
is a special order product.) Cylindrical
locks
(Cup handles can also be used.)

Rim dead
locks
When installing, it is possible to select fail secure type or fail safe type.
The anti-panic function can be added to either side. Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Features ■ Circuit diagram Glass door
locks
■ The electric lock function (T type EUT or R type • Internal circuit diagram
(Diagram shows the conditions when the door is opened and unlocked. ) Emergency
EUR) can be easily changed. (It is changed by Connector
locks
Cup handle
means of a switch inside the front.) Red
Molex 1625-09P
Numbers are the connector numbers. locks
● EUT (Fail secure type): The lock is unlocked while it SOL ZD
is energized and locks when the supply of power Green

Sliding
stops. (When the lock is not energized, the door SW Unlocked Brown
door locks
locks automatically when it is closed.) Locked Yellow
SOL: Solenoid coil

● EUR (Fail safe type): The lock is locked while it is White
ZD: Zener diode ▼ Electric locks
RSW
energized and unlocks when the supply of power Blue SW: Microswitch (for checking lock/unlock) Security systems
RSW: Reed switch (ON when door is closed)
stops. (When the lock is energized, the door locks
automatically when it is closed.) Ten-key
pads
■ The side where the anti-panic function is added can
also be switched. It can be added to either the left Key switches
Interlock /
or right side of the lock case, allowing the same emergency
type to be used for any lock handing. door
systems
* The anti-panic function can be added to the desired side by operating the
switch.
Hotel card
■ Can be unlocked using the key or thumbturn. locks
● EUT, EUR: When unlocked using the key or

thumbturn, the lock remains unlocked until the lever
handle (knob) is operated. Once the lever handle Electric
locks
(knob) has been operated, the lock returns to the
locked state.
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
67
▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
■ EU function switching method (Can be switched as needed either during or after installation.)
Product list
Basic information ● Switching procedure Operate the switch when the electric lock is not energized.
1 Remove the lock front. 2 Loosen the switch holder 3 Use a tool to operate the 4 After operating the switch,
Cylinders plate screw and move the switch. put the holder plate back in
Keying holder plate. its original position and
systems securely tighten the screw.
▼ Locks
Switch
holder plate
Push-pull
locks
Selector
switch
Lever
handle
locks
(The function selector switch is set at the time of shipping according to

the ordered model and model No. Switch the function as needed. )
Mortise
locks ● Relationship of switch position and function
Switch
Integral
Switch C Switch B Switch A
Switch position
locks Front
Cylindrical There is an anti-panic R type There is an anti-panic
locks Top side function on the left side. (Fail safe type: EUR) function on the right side.
Selector switch (Note) (Note)
Switch
holder plate No anti-panic function T type No anti-panic function
Rim dead Bottom side on the left side. (Note) (Fail secure type: EUT) on the right side. (Note)
locks
Dead locks Left side Right side Switch

Cremon This diagram shows the following conditions.
holder plate
locks ● T type (fail secure type)
Glass door Switch C ● Right side (Note): No anti-panic function
locks Top side ● Left side (Note): With anti-panic function
Switch B
Emergency Bottom side
locks Switch A
Cup handle
Lock body
locks
Note: The left side and right side refer to the left and right sides of the lock when viewed from the lock front as shown in
the figure at left.
Sliding
door locks
Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) ■ List of EU series models

When ordering, add the cylinder symbol to the model, for example V-EUT-5NU11S.
▼ Electric locks Operation type Fail safe type Fail secure type Compatible
Security systems Model (Note 1)
(series) (R type: EUR) (T type: EUT) cylinders and (Inside) Illustration (Outside)
cylinder symbols ( is the cylinder symbol.) (Note 2)
Electrical specifications
When equipped with

EURP EUTP
Ten-key anti-panic function Thumbturn
pads Rated voltage 24 V DC (Working voltage range 19 V~27 V DC) EUR
-3**
Rated current 0.2 A (continuous energizing) EUT Lever or Lever or
Microswitch (for checking lock/unlock): 24 V DC, 0.1 A knob knob
Key switches Switch capacity Reed switch (for checking door open/closed): 24 V DC, 0.1 A (resistance load) GP (GP)
Interlock /
Pay particular attention because the reed switch is ON when the door is closed. V (V18) Thumbturn Cylinder
emergency
door Working temperature range -10~50°C (Must be no freezing or condensation.) GV (GV) - EUR -5**
systems Lead wire (with connector) Length 200 mm (Molex 1625-09P) P (6-pin) EUT Lever or Lever or
Electrical conductors RCL-27 (Refer to P.72.) knob knob
Z (7-pin)
Control box RCB-730, RCB-500 (Refer to P.73.)
Hotel card GP (GP)
Backset 76 mm Cylinder Cylinder
locks V (V18)
- EUR -6**
Lever (NK rose):
29~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 /48~53 mm GV (GV)
Door thicknesses (For 29~33 mm, a spacer is required.) P (6-pin) EUT Lever or Lever or
(Contact GOAL for Lever (EU rose): knob knob
Z (7-pin)
Electric more information.) 29~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 /48~53 mm
GP (GP)
Lock specifications
locks Knob: 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm Cylinder

V (V18)
- EUR -7**
(However for a P or S type, the minimum is 33 mm.)
Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less GV (GV)
P (6-pin)
EUT Lever or Lever or
Electrical NU, KU, TU, and various other types are available. knob knob
conductors, Lever handles (Refer to P.25~28.) Z (7-pin)
Control (NK rose and EU rose are available. ) GP (GP)
boxes Knobs Q, K, Y, B, S, P types, etc. (Refer to P36.) V (V18) Cylinder
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] GV (GV) - EURP -7**
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) P (6-pin)
EUTP Lever or Lever or
Key systems (V18, GV cylinders: Optional key change systems are also available.) Z (7-pin)
knob knob
Note 1
: * indicates the lever or knob design and finish symbol.
2: The illustration shows a dimple key for a V18 cylinder.
Dimensions Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
68
ELSF Electric locks ( an instantaneous flow of current ) Electric locks (unlocked when energized type)
type locked and unlocked by
ELM
ESSF ELSF (lever type), ESSF (knob type) ESM ELM (lever type), ESM (knob type) ▼ Information
Applications Controlled building entrances, apartment building Applications Office entrances, home entrances, etc. Precautions
common entrances, office entrances, home entrances, etc. Table of contents /
Product list
• V-ELSF-5NU11S (backset: 76 mm) Basic information
• V-ELM-5NU11S (backset: 76 mm)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, dull stainless steel finish.) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, dull stainless steel finish.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
•F
or a knob type, V-ESSF-5Q •F
or a knob type, V-ESM-5Q Lever
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder handle
and Q knob.) locks
Mortise
locks
(Cup handles can also be used.) (Cup handles can also be used.)
Integral
locks
These electric locks are locked and unlocked These electric locks are unlocked when Cylindrical
locks
by an instantaneous flow of current. energized, and lock when the power is turned off.
Rim dead
■ These electric locks lock and unlock when they are ■ The lock remains unlocked while it is energized,
Dead locks
instantaneously energized. and locks when the supply of power stops. Cremon
■ They can also be electronically locked and These electric locks can be unlocked electrically. (They cannot be locks
unlocked using the key or thumbturn. locked electrically.) Glass door
■ Can be electrically unlocked even when large side The lock will be locked in the event of a power outage or severed wire. locks
pressure is acting on the door. ■ Can be kept unlocked using the key or thumbturn. Emergency
■ A signal can be output for checking the locked/ When the lock was mechanically unlocked using the key or thumbturn, locks
unlocked and door open/closed status. Cup handle
the door will not lock automatically when it is closed. locks
■ ELS and ESS types with status indicator lamps are
■ When the key or thumbturn is in the locked position
also available.
and the door is closed, the door locks automatically.
Sliding
ELSF, ESSF, ELM, ESM specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm) door locks
■ List of ELSF, ESSF, ELM, ESM series models
Model ELSF, ESSF (Note 1) ELM, ESM When ordering, add the cylinder symbol to the model, for example V-ELSF-5NU11S.
Rated voltage 24 V DC (Working voltage range 19 V~27 V DC) Compatible ▼ Electric locks
0.32 A (energizing time 0.2 seconds, 0.2 A (continuous energizing) cylinders and Model (Inside) Illustration (Outside) Security systems
Rated current energizing rate 1/20) cylinder symbols
Microswitch (for checking lock/unlock): 24 V DC, 0.1 A ELSF -3**
Switch capacity Thumbturn Ten-key
Reed switch (for checking door open/closed): 24 V DC, 0.1 A (resistance load) ELM pads
( )
(Reed switch is ON when the door is closed. )
ESSF -3* Lever Lever
Working temperature range -10~50°C (Must be no freezing or condensation.) ESM (knob) (knob)
Lead wire (with connector) Length 200 mm (Molex 1625-06P) GP (GP)
Electrical conductors RCL-21, 21U (Refer to P.72.) ELSF -5** Thumbturn Cylinder
Key switches
V (V18) ELM Interlock /
Control box RCB-730, 500, others (Refer to P.73.) GV (GV)
( ESSF
ESM -5* )
emergency
Backset 76 mm P (6-pin) Lever Lever door
Z (7-pin) (knob) (knob)
Door thicknesses (Note 1) 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm systems
Lock specifications
(Contact GOAL for more information.) (However for an S type, the minimum is 33 mm.) GP (GP) ELSF -6**
V (V18) Cylinder Cylinder
GV (GV)
ELM
Lever handles (ELSF, ELM)
Knobs (ESSF, ESM)
NU, KU, TU types, etc. (Refer to P.25~28.)
Q, Y, K, S, B types (Refer to P.36.)
P (6-pin)
Z (7-pin)
( ESSF -6*
ESM ) Lever
(knob)
Lever
(knob)
Hotel card
locks
* Cup handles can also be used (door thicknesses 33 mm or more).
GP (GP) ELSF -7**
Cylinder [symbol] (Note 2) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] V (V18) Cylinder
Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) GV (GV)
ELM
P (6-pin)
Z (7-pin)
( ESSF
ESM -7* )
Lever
(knob)
Lever
(knob)
Electric
locks
Note 1: ELS and ESS types with lamps are available, however the door thickness specifications are different. Please contact us.
2: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
■ ELSF, ESSF circuit diagram ■ ELM, ESM circuit diagram Electrical
conductors,
• Internal circuit diagram (This diagram shows the conditions with the door closed and locked.) • Internal circuit diagram (Diagram shows the conditions when the door is opened and unlocked.) Control
6P connector
Red Molex 1625-06P SOL: Solenoid coil Red
6P connector
Molex 1625-06P SOL: Solenoid coil boxes
Numbers are
ZD: Zener diode Numbers are
the connector numbers.
the connector numbers.
ZD: Zener diode
SOL ZD SOL ZD
SW: Microswitch (for checking lock/unlock) SW: Microswitch (for checking lock/unlock)
Brown Green
RSW: Reed switch (ON when door is closed) RSW: Reed switch (ON when door is closed)
SW Unlocked Orange SW Unlocked Yellow
Locked Yellow
Solenoid control method Locked Brown
Solenoid control method
Polarity Locked Unlocked Polarity Locked Unlocked
White
Red + – White
Red + – Dimensions
RSW RSW
Green Brown – + Blue Brown – +
69
Electric dead lock (motor lock) Splash-proof electric dead lock (motor lock)
▼ Information
EMV EMV series EMVSX EMVSX series
Precautions Applications Apartment building common entrances, office entrances, Applications Apartment building common entrances,
Table of contents / home entrances, emergency exits, etc. emergency exits, home entrances, gates, etc.
Product list
Basic information
• V-EMV-5 • V-EMVSX-5 (backset: 51 mm)
(Photo shows a V18 cylinder with backset 64 mm.) (Photo shows a V18 cylinder with backset 51 mm.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Precautions: Use with a side pressure on the deadbolt of 49 N or less. Precautions: U

se with a side pressure on the deadbolt of 49 N or less and only in
Mortise the vertical orientation that is shown in the photo.
locks
These electric locks use a motor to operate These splash-proof specification electric locks use a
Integral
locks the deadbolt and lock/unlock the door. motor to operate the deadbolt and lock/unlock the door.
Cylindrical
■ The lock is locked and unlocked by the action of an ■ This is an EMV motor lock with splash-proof specifications.
Rim dead
locks
electric motor contained within the lock. It can be used at entrances, gates, and other locations that
■ Can also be locked and unlocked using the key or are exposed to wind and rain.
Because the lock case is completely sealed with silicon, it can
Dead locks thumbturn. withstand use in locations that are exposed to wind and rain.
Cremon
locks
■ Because the lock body is compact, it can be ■ The backset is 51 mm only.
Glass door installed even on narrow vertical frames.
locks ■ Because the cylinders and thumbturns that are used are
Emergency Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
different from those used in the EMV, the door thicknesses
locks and door notch dimensions are different from the EMV.
Cup handle Model EMV(9P connector) Note: Because the cylinder and thumbturn mounting positions are reversed from those in
locks the EMV (cylinder or thumbturn is on bottom and deadbolt is on top), install the
Rated voltage 24 V DC (Working voltage range 19 V~27 V DC)
strike plate so that the actuator (magnet) is facing down.
0.2 A (with self-cut function)
Rated current (The power capacity must be 0.5 A or more.)

Sliding Microswitch (for checking lock/unlock): 24 V DC, 0.1 A Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
door locks Reed switch (for checking door open/closed):
Switch capacity 24 V DC, 0.1 A (resistance load) * Electrical specifications are the same as EMV.
Pay particular attention because the reed switch is ON Model EMVSX (9P connector)
▼ Electric locks when the door is closed. Backset 51 mm
Security systems Working temperature range −10~50°C (Must be no freezing or condensation.) GP,V18,GV GP, V, GV−EMVSX−5, 7...30~43 / 43~53 mm
Lock specifications
Lead wire Length 230 mm Door thicknesses Cylinder GP, V, GV−EMVSX−6 .......30~40 / 40~50 mm
(with connector) (Molex 1625-09P) (Contact GOAL P, Z−EMVSX−5.... 30~45 / 45~55 mm
Ten-key 6-pin, 7-pin
Electrical conductors RCL−27 for more information.) P, Z−EMVSX−6.... 37~47 / 47~57 mm
pads Cylinder
Control box RCB-730, RCB-500 (Refer to P.73.) P, Z−EMVSX−7.... 30~55 mm
Backset 38 mm, 51 mm, 64 mm, 76 mm Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less
Lock specifications
Key switches Door thicknesses 29~43 / 43~53 mm Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
Interlock / (Contact GOAL for more information.) Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.)
emergency Gap (door and jamb) 6 mm or less Key systems (V18, GV: Optional key change system available)
door (GV: Universal Key System not supported)
systems Various key systems available (MK, GMK, GGMK, CNK, etc.) Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
(GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available) ■ List of EMV, EMVSX series models
Hotel card When ordering, add the cylinder symbol to the model, for example V-EMV-5.
locks Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017.
Compatible
Illustration
cylinders and Model (Inside) (Outside)
(Illustration shows EMV.)
■ EMV, EMVSX circuit diagram cylinder symbols
Electric • Internal circuit diagram

Motor lock/unlock
locks (This diagram shows the conditions with the door closed and locked.)
operation EMV -3 Thumbturn
Connector Locked Unlocked

Molex 1625-09P1 Red - +
(Numbers in circles are connector numbers.) GP (GP)
Electrical Green + - V (V18)
conductors, Control circuit (example)
Unlock SW GV (GV) EMV -5 Thumbturn Cylinder
Control Self-cut circuit Red 2 To red P (6-pin) EMVSX
boxes M
Green 1 To green
24 V DC
Z (7-pin)
RSW (ON when door is closed) White Lock SW Door closed
SW1 (ON when locked) Yellow
4 To white
To yellow Locked GP (GP)
9
V (V18)
EMV
To brown Unlocked
SW2 (ON when unlocked) Brown
8
Blue 5 To blue GV (GV) -6 Cylinder Cylinder
P (6-pin) EMVSX
FG
3
Z (7-pin)
GP (GP)
Dimensions V (V18)
Note: S
et the motor energizing time within the range of three to five seconds. The power
capacity must be 0.5 A or more. GV (GV) EMV -7 Cylinder
P (6-pin) EMVSX ( Inthistheis case
a dummy plate. )
of EMVSX,
Z (7-pin)
70
SXEV Electric locks for sliding doors (motor locks)
SXESV SXEV, SXESV series ▼ Information
Applications Apartment building common entrances, office entrances, home entrances, gates, emergency exits, etc. Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
• V-SXEV-5 (backset: 51 mm) • Splash-proof V-SXESV-5 (backset: 51 mm)
(Photo shows V-SXEV-5 with V18 cylinder.) (Photo shows V-SXESV-5 with V18 cylinder.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Precautions: 1
. Use with a side pressure on the deadbolt (hooked deadbolt) of 19.6 N or less.
2. The splash-proof type SXESV can be used only in the vertical orientation shown in the photo. Mortise
locks
These electric locks use a motor to operate the deadbolt (hooked

deadbolt) and lock/unlock the sliding door. Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Features Specifications (Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm)
■ The lock is locked and unlocked by the action of an Model SXEV, SXESV (Splash-proof) (9P connector)
Rated voltage 24 V DC (Working voltage range 19 V~27 V DC) Rim dead
electric motor contained within the lock. locks
0.2 A (with self-cut function)

Rated current
■ Splash-proof SXESV is also available. (The (The power capacity must be 0.5 A or more.)
thumbturn is the standard type only.) Microswitch (for checking lock/unlock): 24 V DC, 0.1 A Dead locks
Microswitch (for checking door open/closed): 24 V DC, 0.1 A Cremon
Switch capacity
(Pay particular attention because the microswitch is ON locks
when the door is closed.) Glass door
Working temperature range −10~50°C (Must be no freezing or condensation.) locks
Lead wire Length 230 mm
(with connector) (Molex 1625-09P) Emergency
locks
Control box RCB−730, 500 series (Refer to P.73.) Cup handle
Backset 51 mm locks
SXEV
GP,V,GV,P,Z−3,5,6,7.............. 29~43 / 43~53 mm
Door thicknesses GP,V,GV−5,7.......................... 30~43 / 43~53 mm

Sliding
SXESV
GP,V,GV−6............................. 30~40 / 40~50 mm

Lock specifications
(Contact GOAL for door locks

P, Z−5 ........ 30~45 / 45~55 mm P, Z−7......30~55 mm
more information.)
P,Z−6 ..................................... 37~47 / 47~57 mm
▼ Electric locks
Cylinder [symbol] (Note) GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV], 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] Security systems
(V18, GV cylinders: Optional key change system available)
Key systems (GV: Optional Universal Key System (UKS2) available) Ten-key
(Note: Universal Key System for splash-proof type SXESV pads
is not supported.)
SXEV.............Standard type, TM, TME, other types
Thumbturn Key switches
SXESV...........Standard type only
Interlock /
Model No. SXEV−3, 5, 6, 7 SXESV (splash-proof type)−5, 6, 7 emergency
Note: Production of new master key plans for 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders discontinued as of March 2017. door
systems
■ SXEV, SXESV circuit diagram (Note)
• SXEV,SXESV (9P connector) Hotel card

Motor lock/unlock
locks
9P connector operation
Molex 1625-09P1 <Control circuit>
(Numbers in circles are connector numbers.) Locked Unlocked
Red - +
Green + - Electric
Self-cut circuit Unlock SW
Red locks
2 To red
M
Green 24 V DC
1 To green
RSW (ON when door is closed) White 4 To white Lock SW Door closed
Electrical
SW1 (ON when locked) Yellow 9 To yellow
Locked conductors,
SW2 (ON when unlocked) Brown Unlocked Control
8 To brown boxes
Blue 5 To blue
3
FG Note: S
et the motor energizing time within the range of three to five seconds.
The power capacity must be 0.5 A or more.
Dimensions
71
Concealed type electrical conductors
▼ Information
RCL-21,27 RCL-21, 27 series
Precautions Applications Used for wiring that is connected to electric locks and other products installed on doors.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
Cylinders
• RCL-21,27 • RCL-21U
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
Lever
handle
locks
Mortise
locks
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Precautions: Be aware that a concealed type electrical conductor cannot be used with a center-hanging type door.
Rim dead
locks
Concealed type electrical conductors that the leads are not exposed
Dead locks
when door is closed.
Cremon
locks Specifications
Glass door
locks ■ RCL series concealed type electrical conductor specifications and types of electric locks used
Note: Because the door side cable length is 100 mm, use an extension cord when necessary.
Emergency
locks Number of Cable length (mm) Front Lead wire
Cup handle Model Connector (heat-resistant wire) Electric lock used
lead wires Door side Frame side Lock case
locks
Stainless steel
RCL-21 6 2,000 150 UL-2586
Steel plate Molex ● ELSF, ELM lever handle-type electric locks
1625-06P,R AWG24
Sliding (Note) Stainless steel ● ESSF, ESM mortise lock-type electric locks
RCL-21U 6 100 150 (11/0.16)
door locks ABS plastic
Stainless steel UL-2586
Molex ● EMV, EMVSX electric dead motor lock (Refer to P.70.)
RCL-27 7 2,000 150
1625-09P,R
AWG24 ● EU series function-switching electric locks (Refer to P.67,68.)
▼ Electric locks Steel plate (11/0.16)
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
72
Electric lock control boxes Electric lock controllers
RCB-500 RCB-500 series RCB-730 RCB-730 ▼ Information
Applications Control of electric locks Applications Control of electric locks Precautions

Table of contents /
Product list
• RCB-505 (for 5 lines) • RCB-730 Basic information
Cylinders
Keying
systems
▼ Locks
Push-pull
locks
• Operation panel Lever

handle
RSP-410U RSP-410UH locks
(With unlock hold function)
Mortise
locks
Integral
• Operation panel locks
Cylindrical
RSP-410U RSP-410UH locks
■ Circuit diagram (With unlock hold function)
Rated voltage for indicator lamp illumination: 24 V DC
Switch capacity: 24 V DC, 0.1 A Rim dead
Red R1 5.6 k Door open Red LED
locks
1
Yellow R2 5.6 k Unlocked Red LED
2
R3 2.2 k
3
Brown Locked Green LED Dead locks
Cremon
White Unlock switch
4 locks
Blue Lock switch
5 Glass door
6
Green locks
Emergency
Precautions:
locks
1. This product uses indoor specifications. Do not use it in locations that are exposed
Cup handle
to contact with rainwater.
2. When used with an interlock door system, there is no operation button or indicator Precautions: This product uses indoor specifications. Do not use it in locations that are locks
lamp. The size is the RCB-505 size. exposed to contact with rainwater.
Sliding
door locks
Specifications Specifications
RCB-501~RCB-515 Model RCB-730
Model ▼ Electric locks
(The last 2 digits of the model number are the number of lines.) Input voltage 100 V AC (50/60 Hz) Security systems
Number of lines that Power consumption 10 VA (maximum)
1~15 lines (Each line can control a different electric lock.)
can be used Rated output voltage 24 V DC
● ELSF, ELM series lever handle-type electric locks Working temperature range −10~+40°C (Must be no freezing or condensation.) Ten-key
(Refer to P.69.) ● ELSF, ELM series lever handle-type electric locks
pads
Compatible ● EMV, SXEV series motor locks (Refer to P.70.)
electric locks (Refer to P.69.)
● EU series function-switching electric locks (Refer to P.67,68.) Compatible ● EMV, SXEV series motor locks (Refer to P.70,71.)
Key switches
● ESSF, ESM series mortise lock-type electric locks electric locks ● EU series function-switching electric locks (Refer to P.67,68.)
(Refer to P.69.) Interlock /

● ESSF, ESM series mortise lock-type electric locks
emergency
Input voltage, (Refer to P.69.) door
rated output voltage 100 V AC (50/60 Hz), 24 V DC ● Can connect to RSP-410U, 410UH operation panels systems
Varies depending on the type of electric locks used and External input (maximum 4).
Power consumption the number of lines. ● Unlock can be held by non-voltage a contact input.
RCB-501~RCB-505: Width 400 × Height 300 × Thickness 120 Hotel card
Standard external locks
RCB-506~RCB-510: Width 400 × Height 550 × Thickness 120
dimensions (mm)
RCB-511~RCB-515: Width 400 × Height 800 × Thickness 120
Standard finish Baked coating (Munsell 2.5Y-9/1 semi-gloss)
Operation panel RSP-410U, etc.
External input (Maximum 3 can be connected per line.) Electric
locks
● 24-hour timer (A)
● Weekly timer (B)
Special function ● Interlock control function (H)
Electrical
(symbol) ● Spare power supply function (F)
● Forced unlock of one electric lock one time only in the

conductors,
(options) Control
event of a power outage (L) (Motor locks, instantaneous
boxes
flow of current types)
● Various other functions are available.
Dimensions
73
Dimensions
<Locks>
1. Push-pull locks, passage latches �� 75-87

2. Lever handle locks, partition locks, passage latches �� 88-101
3. Mortise locks �� 102-108
4. Integral locks, cylindrical locks �� 109-115
5. Rim dead locks �� 116-117
6. Dead locks, cremon locks, sliding hung door locks, cam locks � 118-131
7. Glass door locks �� 132-136
8. Emergency locks, automatic locking locks for auxiliary doors � 137-149
9. Cup handle locks �� 150-154
10. Sliding door locks �� 155-158

(Examples of use: Buildings, hotels, residences, etc.)
1. Numeric keypad systems �� 159

2. Key switches �� 160
3. Interlock door systems, emergency door systems �� 165
4. Hotel card locks �� 161-164
5. Electric locks (various types) �� 165-170
6. Electrical conductors, control boxes, operation panels �� 171-173
74
Text P. 19
PY Push-pull passage latch PY handles

Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb) ▼ Information
51 mm (GOL type only) 28~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 /
6 mm or less
64 mm 48~53 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm Basic information
■ Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm)
● PY handles (plate handles) Cylinders
Keying
systems
GOL type
Backset 51, 64
85
GOM type, GMA type GOU type GOX type ▼ Locks
24 61
Top of lock front

Backset 64 Backset 64 Backset 64 Push-pull
φ120 locks
50
120 41
36 84 39 81
44
Top of lock front Top of lock front Top of lock front

35 35 35
Through hole Through hole Through hole Lever
50
50
50
handle
300
120
140
125
24
44
locks
24
44
44
24
4−R6 4-R6
2-φ9 2-φ9
through holes through holes
44
4-R6 Mortise
125
2-φ9 through holes
locks
2-φ24 through holes
(Notch dimensions are the same (Notch dimensions are the same
4-φ12 through holes as the GOM type.) as the GOM type.)
Integral
(Notch dimensions are the same locks
18
as the ARC type.) Cylindrical
13
55
13
54
58
locks
37
37
24
24
49
47
14.5
55
49.5
18
Rim dead
locks
10
40.5
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
75
Text P. 20
▼ Information
PY Push-pull passage latch PY handles
Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
(Note)
28~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 /
35, 51, 64 mm 6 mm or less
Precautions 48~53 mm
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm)
(Note)
Cylinders ● PY handles (bar handles) (* Can be used with backset 35 mm, 51 mm, or 64 mm.) Note: Be aware that when used with backset 35 mm, the locks
Keying and notches are different from backset 51 mm and 64 mm.
(* Bar handle notch dimensions are all the same as the ARC type.)
systems
▼ Locks ● ARC type ● GOB type ● GOF type
26 φ32 φ30
Push-pull
locks
Backset
35, 51, 64 (Note)
Lever 40 40 40
handle （37.5）
*
locks
(Lock center in case of
B/S 51, 64 mm)
44
(Note)
Mortise (Lock center in case of
locks B/S 35 mm)
140
210
500
210
500
210
500
25
Integral
locks
44
Cylindrical
locks
2-φ24 through holes 40.5 40.5 40.5
4-φ12 through holes * (37.5)
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
* The ARC handle escutcheon is aluminum or brass.
Glass door Dimensions in ( ) indicate the dimensions for a brass handle.
locks
Emergency
32
*(62)
64
64
62
locks
Cup handle
* (16)
18
18
locks 18
*(8)
10
10
10
Sliding
door locks
● MOA, MOB, MOC type

▼ Electric locks
Security systems φ30
Ten-key
pads
40
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
210
400
Hotel card
locks
40.5
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
62
18
10
Dimensions
76
Text P. 21
PXK Push-pull locks

(* GOH, GOQ handles are for out-swinging doors only.)
Compatible cylinders Model No. Handle Hand * Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
PXK SK-5 GOE, GOH, GOQ V18 [V] 6 pins [P] R

GOE, L
GV [GV] 7 pins [Z]
GOH UR 64 mm 40~43 mm
31~34 / 34~37 / 37~40 / ▼ Information
GP [GP] 5
UL
V18 [V] R (gap 6 mm or less)
GV [GV] GOQ L Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● V-PXK SK-5 GOE(R) <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOE handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.> Cylinders
* In addition to standard type thumbturns, TM and TME security thumbturns are also available. Case depth: 85 Keying
<Notch> systems
* Thumbturn Door
20.2
(standard type) thickness
●Upper strike plate 47
59 55
Hooked deadbolt Backset 64
44 25 35.5 Backset 64
25
2-M4 countersink Top of front
4 47
▼ Locks
10
14
22
47.5
21.5
12
56.5
45
13
47.5
Mounting screw pitch: 150
6
32
Push-pull
15
Case width: 126

Front length: 170
φ35
through hole locks
33
20 17.5 25
16
61.5
5
105
124
148
10.5 21
40
33
16
φ35
32.5
15 12 through hole
Lever
handle
21.5
φ12
12
349
22
through hole locks
349±1
L 14
10
(Note 1)
t1.5
2.5
2-M4 countersink
5
23
350
350
440
R5
21.5
28 23 17 37 Mortise
locks
Integral
●Lower strike plate locks
25 4
Top of front Cylindrical
2-M4 countersink 25 locks
12 Mounting screw pitch: 100 12
22
Case width: 78 23
48.5
10
20.5
62
48.5
13
Front length: 124
6
14
φ35
through hole
Rim dead
45
110
37
90
locks
29
69
14
10.5 20
* Thumbturn
23
20.5
(standard type)
Dead locks
10
Case depth: 84
Cremon
t1.5
2.5
locks
10.5
18.6
21.5
Glass door
R3
18.8 locks
(Note 1)
■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension Emergency
Precautions when selecting a strike plate locks
For single leaf door For double leaf door Cup handle
Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard
(minimum~less than)mm Classification (mm) (minimum~less than)mm Classification (mm) locks
according to the door thickness, however in the case of a single leaf
31~34 20.5L 20.5 31~34 18.5L 18.5 door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the
34~40 22.5L 22.5 34~38 20.5L 20.5 strike plate may protrude by a large amount. Check the conditions
of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip Sliding
40~43 24.5L 24.5 38~42 22.5L 22.5
(L) dimension from the table so that the amount of strike plate door locks
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 42~43 24.5L 24.5 protrusion is not too large.
▼ Electric locks
● V-PXK SK-5 GOH(R) (* For out-swinging doors only) ● V-PXK SK-5 GOQ(R) (* For out-swinging doors only) Security systems
<Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOH handle, R type for right-hinged <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOQ handle,
out-swinging door, cylinder with luminescent material. > R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.> Ten-key
* The inside handle is a GOE type. * The inside handle is a GOE type. pads
* Dimensions not listed are the same as the illustration above. * Dimensions not listed are the same as the illustration above.
Door
Door Case depth: 85 thickness 71 Case depth: 85 Key switches
thickness 39.6 Backset 64
15
Backset 64
Cylinder with 35.5 50
Interlock /
54
8.5 luminescent material emergency
40
door
systems
75
54
47.5
81
47.5
157
Hotel card
locks
18 29
22.3
Electric
locks
449.5
295.5
84.3
350
500
350
26.5 27
18 Electrical
8.5 conductors,
Control
boxes
127
48.5
48.5
73
45.5
75
17.4 Dimensions
39.6
77
Text P. 21
▼ Information
PXK Push-pull locks
PXK SK-5 GON, GOP Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
V18［V］ R 31~34 / 34~37 / 37~40 / 40~43 mm

5 64 mm
Precautions GV［GV］ L (gap 6 mm or less)
Table of contents /
Product list
● V-PXK SK-5 GON (R) (* For out-swinging doors only)
Cylinders
Keying <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GON handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.>
systems * In addition to TM thumbturns, TME, TMB, and TMK security thumbturns are also available.
Main lock case depth: 85 <Notch> (same for GON, GOP types)
* Be aware that this is different from
▼ Locks
20.2
φ30
PXK SK-5 GOE, GOH.
● Upper strike plate * TM thumbturn Door thickness
(standard specifications) Backset 64 Backset 64
21 52 25 54 2-M4 countersink
4
Push-pull 49
Mounting screw pitch: 150 10

14
locks
22
47.5
21.5
12
56.5
6
47.5
13
27.5
Front length: 170
30
15
Case width: 126

φ35
16 through hole
33
20 17.5 25
61.5
54
25
Lever 2-φ12 through holes
5
105
124
148
10.5 21
handle 16
33
locks φ35
12 through hole
15
21.5
70 67
12
22
10
349±1
L 14
349
Mortise (Note 1) 30
t1.5
25 38 7 7 35 25
2.5
locks
23
5
350
280
350
405
R5
21.5
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks ● Lower strike plate
25 25
4
Top of front
2-M4 countersink 25
12
23 Case width: 78 23
22
48.5
Rim dead
Front length: 124

20.5
10
36
Mounting screw
48.5
62
6 13
locks
14
φ35
pitch: 100
27.5
through hole
110
29
69
37
90
14
Dead locks 20
Cremon
20.5
12
locks
10
Glass door 2-M4 countersink Auxiliary lock case depth: 84

t1.5
2.5
locks
21.5
10.5
18.6
R3 18.8
Emergency (Note 1)
locks ■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension
Cup handle
locks For single leaf door For double leaf door Precautions when selecting a strike plate
Door thickness
Classification
L dimension Door thickness
Classification
L dimension The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard
(minimum~less than)mm (mm) (minimum~less than)mm (mm)
according to the door thickness, however in the case of a single
31~34 20.5L 20.5 31~34 18.5L 18.5 leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame,
Sliding the strike plate may protrude by a large amount. Check the
34~40 22.5L 22.5 34~38 20.5L 20.5
door locks conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the
40~43 24.5L 24.5 38~42 22.5L 22.5
optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the amount of strike
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 42~43 24.5L 24.5 plate protrusion is not too large.
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
● V-PXK SK-5 GOP（R）(* For out-swinging doors only) <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOP handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.>
* Dimensions not listed are the same as above except for the different handle.
Ten-key
pads
φ30
● Upper strike plate Door 2-M4

Key switches 63 thickness 63 countersink Backset 64
54
Interlock / 2-M4 countersink Top of front
52
49
emergency
14
47.5
21.5
12
door
34
systems
16
33
119
5
105
124
148
Hotel card 16
33
locks
21.5
12
L 14 63 63
(Note 1)
t1.5
25 38 38 25
2.5
30
Electric
23
5
415
300
R5
locks 21.5
Electrical
conductors, ● Lower strike plate
Control 2-M4 countersink 25
Top of front
boxes
22
48.5
105
20.5
10
31
110
69
37
90
14
20.5
2.5 10
Dimensions
t1.5
21.5
R3 18.8
78
Text P. 21
PX Push-pull locks
PX GDT-5 GOE, GOH
(* GOH handles are for out-swinging doors only.)
Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
R
▼ Information
V18 [V] 6 pins [P] 31~34 / 34~37 / 37~40 /
5 L 64 mm 40~43 mm
GV [GV] 7 pins [Z] UR
GP [GP] UL (gap 6 mm or less) Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● V-PX GDT-5 GOE(R) <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOE handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.> Cylinders
* In addition to standard type thumbturns, TM and TME security thumbturns are also available. Keying
Case depth: 82
<Notch> systems
(same for GOE, GOH types)
20.2
15
11
* Thumbturn (standard type)
59 Door thickness 55
● Upper strike plate 44 25 35.5 2-M4 countersink Backset 64
Backset 64
▼ Locks
4
10
Top of front
2-M4 countersink 28
27.5
22
8.5
47.5
Push-pull
45
58
47.5
12
17.5
17
11 locks
Front length: 170

φ35
Case width: 126

8.5
through hole
20 21 20
37
18
61.5
5
100
107
124
85
Lever
37
φ35
handle
32.5
15 12 through hole
locks
17.5
12
φ12
t2
8.5
22
through hole
366.5±1
L 14
2.4
2.4 or less
366.5
(Note 1)
10
22 R2
Mortise
locks
350
440
350
21.2 28 23 17 37
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
● Lower strike plate
2-M4 locks
countersink
2-M4 countersink 4
Top of front
5
31
14.5
31
Rim dead
8
Front length: 100
40.5
locks
φ35
through hole
65
54
80
96
25
45
21
Dead locks
14.5
* Thumbturn Cremon
8
locks
10
t2 24.6 (standard type) Case depth: 84

25
2.4
Glass door
12
22
19
locks
(Note 1)
■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension
20.8
Emergency
Precautions when selecting a strike plate locks
For single leaf door For double leaf door Cup handle
The strike plate shown in the table at right is set as standard Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension
according to the door thickness, however in the case of a single (minimum~less than)mm Classification (mm) (minimum~less than)mm Classification (mm) locks
leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame, 31~34 20L 20 31~37 18L 18
the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
34~40 23L 23 37~42 20L 20
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike Sliding
plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the 40~43 25L 25 42~43 23L 23
door locks
amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large. * Indicate the door thickness when ordering.
● V-PX GDT-5 GOH (R) (* For out-swinging doors only) ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
<Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOH handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door, cylinder with luminescent material.>
* When a GOH handle is used, the inside handle is a GOE type.
* Same as above except for the different inside handle and direction (hand) specification. Ten-key
Door
thickness 39.6
Case depth: 82 pads
Backset 64
15 Cylinder with
54
● Upper strike plate 8.5 luminescent material
40 Key switches
Top of front
2-M4 countersink 28 Interlock /
27.5
emergency
8.5
54
17.5
12
81
door
8.5 systems
157
37
18
100
107
124
5
85
Hotel card
37
locks
17.5
12
t2
8.5
L 14 18
2.4 22.3 29
(Note 1)
2.4 or less
22 R2
449.5
Electric
295.5
84.3
350
21.2 locks
18
● Lower strike plate 8.5 Electrical
conductors,
2-M4 countersink Control
Top of front
5
boxes
14.5
127
65
54
80
96
73
45.5
14.5
t2 24.6
2.4
22 17.4
Dimensions
39.6
20.8
79
PXK Push-pull locks PXK SK-5 GSA
Text P. 21
▼ Information PX PX GDT-5 GSA Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
V18 [V］ R
L 31~34 / 34~37 / 37~40 / 40~43 mm
GV [GV］ 5
UR
64 mm
(gap 6 mm or less)
Precautions GP [GP］ UL
Table of contents /
Product list
● V-PXK SK-5 GSA(R) <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GSA handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.>
Cylinders
Keying * In addition to standard type thumbturns, TM and TME security thumbturns Case depth: 85
systems are also available. <Notch>
Door
(same for GOE, GOH,
* Thumbturn (standard type)
GOQ, GSA types)
20.2
thickness
Upper strike plate 59 55
▼ Locks 47 44.5 25 35.5 2-M4 countersink
Backset 64
47 Backset 64
4
2-M4 countersink
10
14
Top of front
22
25
47.5
57
12
21.5
Push-pull
47.5
56.5
13
locks 6
15
Case width: 126

Front length: 170
16 φ35
17.5 25
33
through hole
5
124
61.5
105
148
10.5 21
16
33
Lever
12 φ35
20
handle
32.5
through hole
21.5
locks 15
349±1
12
L 14 φ12
349
through hole
22
10
(Note 1)
t1.5
2.5
350
464
Mortise 28 23 17 37
locks
23
5
350
R5
21.5
Integral Lower strike plate

locks
25 4
Cylindrical
12
25
locks
22
10
48.5
Front length: 124
20.5
13
62
6
14
48.5
Rim dead
110
57
29
69
37
90
14
locks
10.5 20 φ35
through hole
* Thumbturn
20.5
(standard type)
12
Dead locks
18.6
10
Case depth: 84
Cremon 2-M4 countersink
locks
21.5
t1.5
2.5
Glass door
locks
R3
18.8
Emergency
locks Note 1: For the relationship between door thicknesses and strike plate lip (L) dimension, refer to P.77.
Cup handle
locks
● V-PX GDT-5 GSA(R) <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GSA handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.>
Case depth: 82
Sliding
door locks
15
11
* Thumbturn Door
20.2
(standard type) thickness

59 55 Backset 64
● Upper strike plate 47 4 47
▼ Electric locks
44.5 25 35.5 2-M4 countersink
Security systems
10
Top of front
2-M4 countersink 28
27.5
22
25
8.5
57
47.5
58
12
17.5
Ten-key 11 17
pads
Case width: 126
Front length: 170
8.5
20 21 20
37
18
5
100
107
124
85
Key switches
37
Interlock / 15 12
emergency
17.5
12
door
22
t2
8.5
systems L 14
2.4
10
366.5
(Note 2)
2.4 or less
22 R2
Hotel card
350
464
locks 21.2
28 23 17 37
Electric ● Lower strike plate

locks
2-M4
2-M4 countersink countersink
4
Top of front
5
10
Electrical
14.5
31
8
Front length: 100
40.5
Mounting screw
conductors,
Control
10 pitch: 80
65
54
80
96
25
boxes
57
21
14.5
* Thumbturn
8
t2 (standard type)
24.6 25
2.4 Case depth: 84
22
12
19
20.8
Dimensions
Note 2: For the relationship between door thicknesses and strike plate lip (L) dimension, refer to P.79.
80
Text P. 22
PZK Push-pull locks

PZK SK-5 GOF Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
R
▼ Information
V18 [V] (V18, GV, GP) 36~38 / 38~41 / 41~44 mm
6 pins [P] L 6 mm or less
GV [GV] 5 64 mm
7 pins [Z] UR (6 pins, 7 pins) 31~34 / 34~37 / 37~40 / 40~43 mm
GP [GP] UL Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● V-PZK SK-5 GOF (R) (double-lock type, hooked deadbolt) Cylinders
<Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOF handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.> Keying
systems
* In addition to standard type thumbturns, TM and TME security thumbturns are also available.
Hooked deadbolt
(for crowbar countermeasure) Case depth: 85 ▼ Locks
20.2
* Thumbturn (standard type) Door
thickness
66 66 Push-pull
● Upper strike plate 55 48.3 locks
50 27.5 25 27.5 Backset 64 55
4
2-M4 countersink Top of front Top of front
14
10
22
Lever
46.5
21.5
56.5
47.5
6 13
handle
15
locks
Case width: 126

Front length: 170
16
20 17.5 25
33
5
154
154
10.5
105
124
148
21
16
33
15
Mortise
12 locks
21.5
22
10
L 14
349
50
Integral
t1.5
2.5
(Note 1)
5-mounting screws locks
5
23
2-M4 countersink
φ30 φ30 Cylindrical
350
450
R5 locks
21.5
Rim dead
2-M4 countersink
locks
● Lower strike plate
4
Top of front Top of front
2-M4 countersink 25 Dead locks
22
23
Cremon
20.5
locks
10
48.5
6 13
115
115
Front length124
62
Glass door
23 Case width: 78
14
locks
10.5
53.5
110
29
69
37
90
14
20 Emergency
locks
20.5
50 50
Cup handle
10
27.5 25 27.5 locks

* Thumbturn
(standard type) 48.3 Case depth: 84
t1.5
2.5
21.5
19
Sliding
R3 18.8
door locks
<Notch>
▼ Electric locks
34
Backset 64 Security systems
Top of front
Ten-key
47.5
pads
φ35
through hole
Key switches
61.5
Interlock /
emergency
φ35
door
32.5
through hole
systems
(Note 1) φ12
through hole
349±1
■Strike plate lip (L) dimension

Hotel card
For single leaf door For double leaf door locks
Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension
350
(minimum~less than)mm Classification (mm) (minimum~less than)mm Classification (mm)

31~34 20.5L 20.5 31~34 18.5L 18.5
34~40 22.5L 22.5 34~38 20.5L 20.5 Electric
40~44 24.5L 24.5 38~42 22.5L 22.5 locks
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 42~44 24.5L 24.5
Top of front Electrical

conductors,
Precautions when selecting a strike plate
48.5
Control
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door boxes
thickness, however in the case of a single leaf door and depending on the conditions of
φ35
the door and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount. through hole
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip
(L) dimension from the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
Dimensions
81
Text P. 22
▼ Information
PZ Push-pull locks
PZ GDT-5 GOF Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
R
V18 [V] (V18, GV, GP) 36~38 / 38~41 / 41~44 mm
6 pins [P] L
GV [GV] 5 64 mm 6 mm or less
7 pins [Z] UR (6 pins, 7 pins) 31~34 / 34~37 / 37~40 / 40~43 mm
Precautions GP [GP] UL
Table of contents /
Product list
●V-PZ GDT-5 GOF(R) <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOF handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.>
Cylinders
Keying * In addition to standard type thumbturns, TM and TME security thumbturns are also available.
systems
Thumbturn
20.2
▼ Locks
15
11
In addition to the standard type
shown in the illustration,
● Upper strike plate various other types are available. Door Case depth: 82
66 thickness 66
55 48.3 2-M4 countersink Backset 64
50 27.5 25 27.5 4
Push-pull
10
locks 28
27.5
22
8.5
46.5
58
47.5
12
17.5
φ30 φ30 17
Front length: 170
Case width: 126

8.5
Lever
20 21 20
5 37
18
handle
154
154
100
107
124
85
locks
37
12
17.5
12
Mortise t2
22
L 14
8.5
2.4
locks (Note 1) 5-mounting
366.5
10
22 screws
2.4 or less
350
21.2
450
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
● Lower strike plate 2-M4 countersink

Rim dead
locks 2-M4 countersink 4
10
Top of front
5
14.5
31
8
Front length: 100

115
115
40.5
Dead locks
Cremon
65
54
80
96
25
53.5
locks
21
Glass door
locks
14.5
50 27.5 27.5
8
t2 24.6 48.3 25
10
Emergency 2.4
22
locks
Case depth: 84
Cup handle
locks
12
19
20.8
Sliding
door locks
34
<Notch>
▼ Electric locks Backset 64
Security systems
Top of front
47.5
Ten-key
pads
φ35 through hole
61.5
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
32.5
door
φ35 through hole
systems
366.5±1
φ12 through hole

Hotel card (Note 1)
locks
350
For single leaf door For double leaf door

(minimum~less than)mm Classification (mm) (minimum~less than)mm Classification (mm)
Electric 31~34 20L 20 31~37 18L 18
locks
34~40 23L 23 37~42 20L 20
40~44 25L 25 42~44 23L 23
Electrical * Indicate the door thickness when ordering. Top of front

conductors,
31
Control
boxes Precautions when selecting a strike plate
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door φ35 through hole
the door and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
Dimensions
82
PLK
Text P. 22
Push-pull locks
PL PLK (hooked deadbolt), PL (standard deadbolt) Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
V18 [V]
▼ Information
6 pins [P] 3, 5 R type 29~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 /
GV [GV] 64 mm 6 mm or less
7 pins [Z] 6, 7 L type 43~48 / 48~53 mm Precautions
GP [GP]
Table of contents /
Product list
● V-PLK-5 GOVA (R) <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOVA handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.> Cylinders
* In addition to the standard type thumbturn shown in the illustration, various other types are available. Keying
systems
B B ( For
refer to the table below. )
dimensions A and B,
Case depth: 85 ▼ Locks
Door
* Thumbturn (standard type) A thickness A Backset 64
2-M4 countersink
2-M4 countersink 25 4.5
Top of front
Push-pull
10
21.5
2-R1
21
19.5 locks
21
46.5
21.5
64
12.5
φ40
28

6
15
φ33 Lever
through hole handle
Case width: 158

Front length: 200
33
10.5
20 17.5 25
locks
Spacing: 110
105
124
148
5
8
33
16 2-φ8 through holes

Mortise
15 12 locks
90
53
21.5
28
40
L 14
R8 Integral
(Note) 30
21
locks
t1.5
2.6
10
10 24 24 10 38 Cylindrical
5
47 47 27.5 locks
23
90
21.5
Rim dead
(Note)
locks
21
For single leaf door For double leaf door Dead locks
Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension Cremon
Classification Classification
(minimum~less than)mm (mm) (minimum~less than)mm (mm) locks
29~33 20.5L 20.5 29~33 18.5L 18.5 Glass door
locks
33~38 22.5L 22.5 33~38 20.5L 20.5 ■ Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns (mm)
38~42 24.5L 24.5 38~42 22.5L 22.5 Dimension (mm) Emergency
Door thickness
A
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 42~43 24.5L 24.5 (mm)
(Collar height)
B locks
(Cylinder and thumbturn height)
Cup handle
29~43 19.5 38.5 locks
Precautions when selecting a strike plate 43~53 14.5 38.5
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door 53~63 19.5 48.5
63~73 14.5 48.5 Sliding
door locks
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip 73~83 19.5 58.5
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
● V-PL-5 GOVA(R) <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOVA handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.>
* Thumbturn, direction (hand), cylinders, thumbturn dimensions A and B, and other characteristics are the same as above. Ten-key
pads
B B ( For
refer to the table above. )
dimensions A and B,
Case depth: 85
* Thumbturn (standard type) Door
A thickness A Backset 64 Key switches
2-M4 countersink
2-M4 countersink 25 4.5 Interlock /
Top of front emergency
10
door
21.5
2-R1
21
19.5
systems
46.5
21.5
64
φ40
28
21
12 Hotel card
φ33
through hole locks
Case width: 158
Front length: 200
Spacing: 110
33
20 17.5 25
105
124
148
5
8
33
16 2-φ8 through holes Electric

locks
15 12
90
21.5
53
28
40
L 14 Electrical
R8 conductors,
(Note) 30
21
t1.5
Control
2.6
10
10 24 24 10 38 boxes
5
47 47 27.5
23
90
21.5
21
Dimensions
83
Text P. 23
▼ Information
PVKU Push-pull locks
PVKU-5 GOR Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
V18［V］ R 31∼34 / 34∼37 / 37∼40 / 6 mm

5 64 mm
GV［GV］ L 40∼43 mm or less
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information Door thickness: ## mm or more∼less than ## mm
Cylinders ● V-PVKU-5 GOR TM（R） (* For out-swinging doors only)

Keying <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, GOR handle, TM thumbturn, R type (right-hinged out-swinging door).>
systems * In addition to TM thumbturns, TME, TMB, and TMK security thumbturns are also available.
6 (hooked deadbolt thickness)

15 (latch thickness)
10.5 (deadbolt thickness)
▼ Locks
Case depth: 85
Push-pull
20.2
locks
*TM type
thumbturn 46.6 Door thickness 33.5 Backset 64
25 2-M4 countersink
Lever 4
7.8
12.5
2-M5 countersink 13.1 33.5
handle Top of front
10
locks
22
10
21
21
47.5
56.5
12.5
35
35
6
Case width: 126

69
10.5
15
Mortise
Front length: 170

locks
31
20 17.5 25
61.5
61.5
118
140
160
6.5
94
40
Integral
31
8.7
locks
211
Cylindrical 15 12
locks 15.4
21
22
10
10
Rim dead 2-φ38 through holes
locks L 12.5 11 11
(Note 1)
3.6
t2
Dead locks
22
3.6
Cremon 46.5 46.5

locks 1.15 3.15 63 62.5 62.5 63
Glass door 10.6 8.6
locks 23.5
Emergency
locks
Cup handle (Note 1)
locks ■Strike plate lip (L) dimension
For single leaf door
Door thickness L dimension
Sliding (minimum∼less than) mm
Classification
(mm) The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard according
door locks to the door thickness, however in the case of a single leaf door and
31∼34 20L 20
depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate
34∼40 22L 22 may protrude by a large amount. Check the conditions of the door and
▼ Electric locks 40∼43 24L 24 frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from
Security systems
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering.
the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
84
latches PXY & dead locks LDK
Text P. 23
PXY & LDK Push-pull passage
Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
▼ Information
PXY ー 1 Same for right 31∼34 / 34∼37 / 37∼43 mm
6 mm
and left, inside 64 mm
LDK V18 [V], GV [GV], GP [GP]
29∼43 / 43∼53 mm or less
5 and outside Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Door thickness: ## mm or more∼less than ## mm Basic information
● PXY-GOT & V-LDK-5 (* For out-swinging doors only) <Illustration shows combined use of PXY-GOT handle and LDK dead lock. > Cylinders
Keying
10.5
systems
20
6
(Note 1)
19.5 B B Case depth: 85
● LDK strike plate A Door thickness A 2-M4
countersink
Backset 64 ▼ Locks
Top of front
25 4.5 ● Dead lock LDK
2-M4 countersink
21
22
10
21
64.5
21.4
Push-pull
47
R1
Front length: 130

R3
13
Case width: 88
.2
.6
14 locks
φ40
15
φ33
67.2
110
through hole
33
90
25
(Note 1)
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns (mm)
Lever
21.4
21
Door thickness
Dimension (mm) handle
t1.5 25 A
10
B locks
3.1 (mm) (Collar height) (Cylinder and thumbturn height)
22
29∼43 19.5 38.5
62
21.2 43∼53 14.5 38.5
31
53∼63 19.5 48.5
Mortise
locks
26
63∼73 14.5 48.5
52
(19 at smallest part)
73∼83 19.5 58.5
Integral
21
15
locks
40 Cylindrical
52 locks
26
31
62 ● Push-pull lock
● PXY strike plate Case depth: 82 PXY-GOT <Detailed notch diagram>
Rim dead
52 Door thickness 52 locks
25 2-M4 countersink Backset 64
2-M4 countersink Top of front 62 Lock body center position Top of front
33 33
19.5 Case width: 61 19.5
15
8
Dead locks
40
15
17
16
15.5
31.5
15 Cremon
50
8.5
9 12
100
locks
36
38
32
54
70
80
20
18.5
9 12
15
25.5
12 Glass door
25.5
25
9
16
58
17
t1.5
R4.5
locks
9
1.9 29 25
8
12 L 14.5 R4.5
R1.5
(Note 2)
Emergency
locks
21
Cup handle
locks
320
240
190
Sliding
240
door locks
2-φ9 holes
▼ Electric locks
56.5
Security systems
20
26 26
2-φ9 holes
Ten-key
pads
20
Key switches
10.5
20
6
● Dead lock LDK Interlock /

(Note 1) emergency
● LDK strike plate 19.5 B B
A Door thickness A
Case depth: 85
Backset 64
door
25 2-M4 countersink
4.5 systems
Top of front
2-M4 countersink
21
22
10
21
64.5
21.4
Hotel card
R1
47
R3
Front length: 130
Case width: 88
13
.2
.6
14
locks
φ40
15
φ33
67.2
110
through hole
33
90
25
21.4
21
Electric
10
locks
10
t1.5 25
3.1
22
21.2 Electrical
(Note 2) conductors,
■PXY strike plate lip (L) dimension Control
boxes
(minimum∼less than) mm Classification
(mm) (minimum∼less than) mm Classification
(mm)
The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard
31∼33 20L 20 31∼33 16L 16 leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame,
33∼43 25L 25 33∼37 18L 18 the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 37∼42 20L 20 Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike Dimensions
plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the
43 23L 23 amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
85
Text P. 24
PY & LDK Push-pull passage latches PY & dead locks LDK Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
▼ Information
PY ー 1 Same for right 28∼33 / 33∼38 / 38∼43 / 43∼48 / 48∼53 mm 6 mm
and left, inside 64 mm
V18 [V], GV [GV], GP [GP] or less
Precautions LDK 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z]
5 and outside 29∼43 / 43∼53 mm
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders ● PY-GOM & V-LDK-5 (* For out-swinging doors only)
20
Keying <Illustration shows combined use of PY-GOM handle and LDK dead lock.>
systems (Note 1)
Thumbturn B B Case depth: 85
In addition to the standard Door thickness Backset 64
● LDK strike plate type shown in the illustration, A 25 A Hooked deadbolt ● Dead lock LDK
▼ Locks various other types are available. (for crowbar countermeasure)
4.5
21
R 1.2
22
19.5
21
10
47
R 3.6
64.5
21.4
Push-pull
26
Front length: 130
13
Case width: 88
φ40
locks 14
6
15
67.2
110
25
33
90
10.5 φ33 through

hole
Lever
handle
21.4
21
10
locks 2-M4 countersink

25
t1.5
3.1
22
Mortise ●
21.2 Door Push-pull passage latch
locks thickness
Case depth: 84
● PY strike plate 2-M4 countersink
25
4
Backset 64 4-R 6 PY-GOM
Top of front
2-M4 countersink

15
35
Integral
22
40
8
17
Front length: 100

16
locks
50
Case width: 56
Cylindrical 8.5
120
24
36
38
32
54
70
20
44
64
locks 18.5
15
12
17
16
t1.5 23
22
10
29 47
Rim dead 1.9
L 14.5 Through hole
locks 12
R 1.5
(Note 2) 2-φ9 through holes
21 120
Dead locks
36
Cremon
18
locks
Glass door
55
locks
Emergency
21
locks
Cup handle
locks 55
18
36
Sliding 120
door locks
▼ Electric locks Thumbturn

In addition to the standard B
(Note 1)
B
Security systems Case depth: 85
type shown in the illustration, Door thickness
● LDK strike plate various other types are available. A 25 A Hooked deadbolt Backset 64 ● Dead lock LDK
(for crowbar countermeasure) 4.5
Ten-key 2-M4 countersink Top of front

pads
21
22
R 1.2 19.5
21
10
47
R 3.6
64.5
21.4
26
Front length: 130
13
Case width: 88
φ40
14
Key switches 6
15
Interlock /
67.2
110
25
33
90
emergency 10.5 φ33 through

door hole
systems
21.4
21
10
2-M4 countersink
25
Hotel card
t1.5
3.1
locks
22
21.2
(Note 2) (Note 1)
■PY strike plate lip (L) dimension ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns (mm)
Electric
For single leaf door For double leaf door Dimension (mm)
locks Door
B
Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension thickness A (Cylinder and
(minimum∼less than) mm Classification (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm Classiﬁcation (mm) (mm) (Collar height) thumbturn height)
Electrical 28∼33 20L 20 29∼33 16L 16 29∼43 19.5 38.5

conductors, 33∼43 25L 25 33∼37 18L 18 43∼53 14.5 38.5
Control
43∼53 30L 30 37∼42 20L 20 53∼63 19.5 48.5
boxes
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 43∼47 23L 23 63∼73 14.5 48.5
47∼51 25L 25 73∼83 19.5 58.5
53∼57 28L 28
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door thickness, however in the case of a
single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
Dimensions
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so
that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
86
Muffled type push-pull passage latches PYS
P. 24
PYS
Text
Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb) ▼ Information
8 mm
64 mm 28∼35 / 35∼42 / 42∼49 mm or less Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● PYS No. 1 type (backset 64 mm) Note 1: The PYS No. 1 type has a stamp on the handle. The PYS type has no stamp. Cylinders
Approx. Keying
14 76 Door thickness systems
140 ▼ Locks
Case depth: 84
25 2-M4 countersink Backset 64
3.5 Push-pull
9.5
locks
φ54
20.5
45.5
2-M4 countersink
51
30
24.6 Lever

handle
locks
99
15.5
Front length: 144

8
30
2-φ9 through holes
103
18 38
11
34.5 34.5
140
φ24 through hole
19
Mortise
98.5
62
17
65
80
80
96
locks
(Note 2)
24
15
おす
Latch adjustment screw
10 (at time of shipping)
6 Auxiliary latch roller (Note 2)
20.5
Integral
15.5
Main latch roller locks

8
9.5
L 12.3 Cylindrical
Approx. locks
t1.5
(Note 3) 41
1.9
14 Stamp (Note 1)
81
6
16.5
21 Note 2: Adjust the amount of latch roller projection to a Rim dead

position where it operates correctly according to the locks
door gap.
(Available main latch projection lengths: 8.5∼13 mm
(10 mm at time of shipping))
Dead locks
Cremon
(Note 3) locks
Glass door
■Strike plate lip (L) dimension locks
For single leaf door For double leaf door Precautions when selecting a strike plate
The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard Emergency
(minimum∼less than) mm
Classification
Classification according to the door thickness, however in the case of a single locks
(mm) (mm)
leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame, Cup handle
28∼33 20L 20 29∼33 16L (double) 16 the strike plate may protrude by a large amount. locks
33∼40 25L 25 33∼37 18L (double) 18 Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike
40∼47 30L 30 37∼42 20L (double) 20 plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the
amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large. Sliding
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 43∼47 23L (double) 23
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
87
List of lever handles (1/2) (Lever handle locks AHL, LG, LX, HL series,
▼ Information electric locks EU, ELSF, ELM series, others)
Note 1: Models indicated with (R, L) have handle shapes that are vertically asymmetric and have lever handle handing (R-hand, L-hand).
(For the relationship between handle direction (hand) and corresponding door direction (hand), refer to the illustration on P.28.)
Precautions 2: When using a handle marked with *, there is the risk that depending on the conditions of use, the end of the handle shaft may contact the frame. Check the detailed handle dimensions and the path when the door opens and closes.
Table of contents / In particular be sure to check when using a lever handle lock with small backset (LG, LX with B/S 32 mm and 38 mm, and LY with B/S 32 mm).
Product list 3: K SA, KSB, and KSC types can be used with a backset of 51 mm or more.
Basic information
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Cylinders ● Stainless steel handles (Rose is R4U rose.)

Keying
systems NU type KU type TU type ZU type * (Note 2) COMU type (R, L) (Note 1)
9
9
9
φ23 φ23 φ23 φ23 φ23
30
▼ Locks
55.5
55.5
57.5
62.5
66.5
13
17
23
27
13
130 130 135 130 130
Push-pull
locks
φ50
φ50
φ50
φ50
φ50
23
18
23
26
23
Lever
handle
locks
DU type JUPU type ORIU type * (Note 2) LWINU type (R, L) (Note 1) DBRU type (R, L) *(Note 1, 2)
9
9
9
φ22 φ22 φ23 φ23 φ22
73.5
55
65.5
66.5
15
64
51
Mortise
24
36
locks 20
24.5 15
140 135 130 118 131
φ22
φ22
19
φ50
φ50
Integral
30
φ50
φ50
φ50
φ30
locks
Cylindrical
locks
KIAU type * (Note 2) ● Aluminum handles (Rose is R4U rose except for ST handle.)
Rim dead
locks
AU type (R, L) (Note 1) ATLU type (R, L) *(Note 1, 2) BU type
9
φ23
66.5
Dead locks
9
9
36
φ23 φ23 φ23
63.5
Cremon 23
64.5
65.5
locks 82
27
27
25
Glass door
13
locks 130
φ50
116 116
56
Emergency
15
32
locks
φ50
φ50
φ50
22
Cup handle
locks
● Aluminum handles (Rose is R4U rose except for ST handle.)
Sliding
BRKU type (R, L) *(Note 1, 2) COMU type (R, L) (Note 1) DU type EU type (R, L) *(Note 1, 2) GOK type * (Note 2)
door locks
9
φ23
9
φ23 φ22 φ23

φ23
64.5
65.5
66.5
62.5
68.5
27
51
▼ Electric locks
27
22
23
23.5
Security systems 14.5 13
123 26
124.5 140 138
14.5
130
8.5
φ22
Ten-key
φ50
26
24.6
φ50
φ50
φ50
φ50
23
pads
Key switches
Interlock / HU type (R, L) *(Note 1, 2) JU type LBU type NFA type OBYU type * (Note 2)
emergency
door
9
systems φ23 φ22 φ23 φ23 φ23

68.5
70.5
63.5
65.5
68.2
29
30
25
Hotel card
126 24
locks 126
11
126 126 152

φ23.2
28.5
φ50
φ50
φ50
φ22
φ50
φ50
24
24
Electric
locks
ORIU type * (Note 2) PU type (R, L) (Note 1) PASU type (R, L) *(Note 1, 2) ROAU type (R, L) (Note 1) ROBU type * (Note 2)
Electrical
9
9
9
9
25.5
conductors, φ23 φ23 φ23 φ23 φ23

68.5
56.5
63.5
28 68.5
Control
55
16
boxes
25
25
20 12.5
24.5 20 111
13
130 127 112

136
φ50
21
φ50
φ50
25
φ50
35
30
8
φ50
Dimensions
88
List of lever handles (2/2) (Lever handle locks AHL, LG, LX, HL series,
electric locks EU, ELSF, ELM series, others) ▼ Information
Note 1: Models indicated with (R, L) have handle shapes that are vertically asymmetric and have lever handle handing (R-hand, L-hand).
(For the relationship between handle direction (hand) and corresponding door direction (hand), refer to the illustration on P.28.)
2: When using a handle marked with *, there is the risk that depending on the conditions of use, the end of the handle shaft may contact the frame. Check the detailed handle dimensions and the path when the door opens and closes. Precautions
In particular be sure to check when using a lever handle lock with small backset (LG, LX with B/S 32 mm and 38 mm, and LY with B/S 32 mm). Table of contents /
3: KSA, KSB, and KSC types can be used with a backset of 51 mm or more. Product list
Basic information
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Cylinders
● Aluminum handles (Rose is R4U rose except for ST handle.) Keying
systems
TU type WINU type (R, L) (Note 1) ZU type * (Note 2) ST type (Special rose) (R, L) *(Note 1, 2)
▼ Locks
9
9
9
φ23 φ23 φ23
57.5
55.5
63.5
φ24
23
61
13
68
30
13
Push-pull
135 130 130
113 locks
36
φ46
φ50
φ50
23
26
φ50
Lever
handle
43
locks
Mortise
KSA type * (Note 2, 3) KSB type * (Note 2, 3) KSC type * (Note 2, 3) locks
● Anti-bacterial lever handles
φ24.3 φ24.3 φ24.3 DU11-9S type
（58）
9
9
57.5
61
(Stainless steel) (* Rose is R4U rose.) Integral

locks
（18）
25 25
17.5
25 Cylindrical
21
165 165 165 φ22 locks
66.5
51
φ50
φ50
φ50
26.5
26.5
26.5
140
Rim dead
locks
φ22
φ50
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
● Brass handles (Rose is R3 rose for PRS and ROL handles, and is R4U rose for other handles.) Glass door
locks
BRKU type (R, L) *(Note 1, 2) PRS type (R, L) *(Note 1, 2, 4) ROL type (R, L) *(Note 1, 2, 4) SWUU type * (Note 2) ZU type * (Note 2)
<Door center> <Door center>
Emergency
locks
9
9
φ23 φ23 φ23 Cup handle
55.5
8
φ21 φ21 locks

68.5
13
72
68
16
85
23
13
25
26
14.5
27 130 Sliding
124.5 13.5 12
130 145
112 door locks
φ23
φ50
26
φ50
φ50
φ46
φ46
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Note 4: Be aware that the method of fastening the handle is different between the R3 rose and the R4U rose.
Ten-key
● High class lever handles ● Reinforced wood lever handles (Rose is R4U rose.) pads
DLCU type (R5U rose) GLYU type (R5U rose) HIBU type (R5U rose) * (Note 2) PRCU type * (Note 2) RNT type * (Note 2)
Key switches
Interlock /
9
9
φ23 φ23 emergency

11
11
11
φ23 φ23 door

66.5
73.5
φ23
φ25
φ29
φ25
systems
68.4
69
71
19
φ25
20
19
Hotel card
139.5 137 137 135 locks
136
φ24
φ50
φ31
φ50
φ54
φ54
φ 54
Electric
locks
<Fixed handles are also available. > (* Illustration shows an NU lever handle, however various types of handles are available. )
Electrical
● Fixed handle on both sides ● Fixed handle on one side (special orders) conductors,
Control
There is a dummy rose on the door inside.
boxes
Dimensions
89
Text P. 29, 30
Lever handle locks
▼ Information AHL, LGK, LGF, LG, LGT, LX series escutcheons
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
Cylinders ■ Escutcheons for AHL lever handle locks <Hotel locks AHL-9> <Anti-panic locks AHLP>
( )
Keying
<Lever handle locks AHL> ● S1U escutcheon ● ELTP rose
( )
systems
● R4U rose ● S1U escutcheon * With AHL-9 hotel locks, an S1U * With AHLP anti-panic locks, the rose
(standard specification) (option) escutcheon is the standard is a special ELTP rose, and the door
specification. notch hole is changed to the notch
▼ Locks 62 62 hole for an NK rose of an EU electric
φ36 through hole lock. (September 2012)
(Cylinder and thumbturn
mounting hole)
Push-pull φ44 φ36 through hole
55
55
locks φ36 through hole
35
35
Escutcheon mounting dowel pitch: 180

φ36 through hole
φ36 through hole
150
36
72
Lever
(Cylinder and thumbturn
Spacing: 95
Spacing: 95
Spacing: 95
Spacing: 95
handle mounting hole) φ38 through hole
220
locks 15R
220
(φ30 through hole) 15R (φ30 through hole) 2-R 5.5

2-4R φ11 through hole
(φ8 through hole)
Mortise
locks 2-4R 2-4R (φ8 through hole)
(φ8 through hole) 34
15R Fixed handle
34 34
70
70
(φ30 through hole)

φ50 44
Integral 2-φ12 through holes φ62
locks
Cylindrical
9

locks
19
7
9
9
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks ■ Escutcheons for LGK, LGF, LG, LGT, LX lever handle locks
Cremon
locks ● R4U rose (standard specification) ● K1U escutcheon ● N1U escutcheon (option)
( ) ( )
Glass door * Can be used with a Escutcheon for LG, LX (* Can be used with a backset of 38 mm or more. )
locks backset of 38 mm or more. with backset 32 mm 50
Emergency φ40 φ40

locks φ33 through hole φ33 through hole φ33 through hole
Cup handle
locks
Spacing (LG: 80, LX: 75)
2-φ8 through holes 2-φ8 through holes

φ25 through hole
Sliding φ25 through hole φ25 through hole
door locks
178
2-φ8 through holes

30
30
▼ Electric locks
80
Security systems
φ50 (R4U rose)
57
20
20
φ54 (R7U rose)

34
32
9.5 (R7U rose)
Ten-key
9 (R4U rose)
pads
9
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems ● N5U escutcheon (option) ( Stainless steel: t2.0
Aluminum: t3.0 ) (* Can be used with a backset of 51 mm or more. )
190
Hotel card 30
locks
5-φ10 through holes With an aluminum escutcheon,

five screws are exposed.
Electric
locks
φ36 through hole

190
170
Electrical
conductors, φ25 through hole
Control
boxes
35
45
20
20
170
Dimensions With a stainless steel escutcheon,
one screw is exposed.
90
Text P. 30
AHL Lever handle locks

AHL
Model Backset Compatible cylinders Model No. Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
▼ Information
76 mm GP［GP］
6 pins [P] When R4U rose is used: 35∼42.5 / 42.5∼50 mm
1, 3, 5, 6, 68, 7, 8
AHL 100 mm V18［V］
7 pins [Z]
(9: For hotel locks, refer to P.31.)
When S1U escutcheon is used: 33∼38 / 38∼43 /
GV［GV］ 43∼48 / 48∼53 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The model No. 6, 68, 8 notches are the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However with No. 3 and 7, there is a mounting hole
for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only. For No. 1, there is only the lever mounting hole. )
Cylinders
● V-AHL-5NU （R4U）(backset 76, 100 mm) <Illustration shows example using a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R4U rose. > Keying
* In addition to the NU lever handle shown in the illustration, various other types are available. systems
(Refer to P.88, 89.) Backset （mm） 76 100
Case depth（mm） 106 130
▼ Locks
(Note 1) Case depth
20 B B 2-M4 countersink
A Door thickness A Backset
25.5 6.6
Top of front
Push-pull
10
locks
27
48.5
39
2-M4 countersink
63.5
8.5
21
φ44
12
19.5
30
12 φ36

through hole
Lever
Spacing: 95
Case width: 150

8.5 (Cylinder and thumbturn handle
Front length: 204
30
Thumbturn
37
18 mounting hole) locks

104.5
(90° rotation)
15R
107
100
124
13
85
(φ30 through 130

hole)
24
37
2-4R
15 (φ8 through Mortise
13
φ50
hole)
23
locks
19.5
19.5
12
10
t2
8.5
28 Lever fastening
2.4 screw (inside)
L 14 34
Integral
27
22 R2
(Note 3)
10
9 9 locks
2.4
55.5 55.5
Case steady brace
Cylindrical
locks
21
17∼45
21
(Note 1) When an R4U rose is used Rim dead
locks
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns
Door Dimension (mm)
thickness
（mm）
A B
(Cylinder and ● V-AHL-5NU(S1U) <Illustration shows example of using an S1U escutcheon. > Dead locks
(Collar height) thumbturn height)
Cremon
Backset （mm） 76 100 locks
35∼50 17.5 39
Case depth（mm） 106 130 Glass door
(Note 2) B locks
50∼63 17.5 46 20 B Case depth
A Door thickness A Backset Emergency
63∼73 22.5 56 6.6 62 locks
25.5
Cup handle
73∼83 17.5 56 locks
20
35
35
48.5 Sliding
30
φ36 door locks

(Note 2) When an S1U escutcheon is used through hole
Case width: 150
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns (Cylinder and thumbturn

Spacing: 95
Spacing: 95
mounting hole)
Door Dimension (mm)
2-4R (φ8 through hole) ▼ Electric locks
95
B
220
thickness A Security systems

(Cylinder and 15R (φ30 through hole)
（mm） (Collar height) thumbturn height)
33∼38 22 39
23
Ten-key
pads
38∼43 19.5 39
50
50
34
70
43∼48 17 39 Key switches

20
Interlock /
8 8
48∼53 14.5 39 2-φ12 through holes emergency
door
systems
(Note 3) Hotel card

■Strike plate lip (L) dimension locks
Model Escutcheon used (minimum∼less than) mm Classification (mm)
35∼42.5 25L 25
R4U rose Electric
42.5∼50 30L 30
AHL locks
33∼43 25L 25
S1U scutcheon
43∼53 30L 30
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. Electrical
conductors,
Precautions when selecting a strike plate Control
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard boxes
leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame,
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike
plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the
amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
Dimensions
91
Text P. 30
▼ Information
AHLP Anti-panic locks
AHLP
Model
AHLP
Backset Compatible cylinders
76 mm
GP［GP］ 6 pins [P]
V18［V］ 7 pins [Z]
Model No.
5, 7
Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
33∼38 / 38∼43 / 43∼48 /

100 mm 48∼50 / 50∼53 mm
GV［GV］
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list Door thickness: ## mm or more∼less than ## mm
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (Model No. 7 has thumbturn and cylinder notch holes on one side only. )
● Anti-panic locks V-AHLP-5NU (R)

Cylinders (backset 76, 100 mm) <Illustration shows example of a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, ELTP rose, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door. >
Keying
systems * Be aware that the door notch dimensions are different from AHL.
Backset （mm） 76 100
Case dept （mm） 106 130
▼ Locks 20 B
(Note 1)
B 2-M4 countersink
Case depth

25.5 6.6
Top of front
Push-pull
10
27
48.5
locks 2-M4 countersink 39
63.5
8.5
21
φ44
12
19.5
30
Case width: 150

12 φ36

through hole
Spacing: 95
Lever 8.5 (Cylinder and thumbturn
Front length: 204
30
Thumbturn
37
handle 18 mounting hole)

104.5
(90° rotation)
locks φ38
107
100
124
13
ELTP rose
85
through hole 130

(Note 3) (Note 3)
24
37
15 13
φ62
Mortise
19.5
19.5
locks
12
2-R 5.5
10
t2
8.5
28 φ11 through hole

2.4 (Note 3)
L 14
27
22 R2 44
(Note 2)
10
Integral 19 19
2.4
locks 64 64
Case steady brace
Cylindrical
locks 21
17∼45
21
Rim dead
locks Note 3: The ELTP rose notch hole is changed to the notch hole
for an NK rose of an EU electric lock.
(September 2012)
(Note 1) (Note 2)
Dead locks
Cremon ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns ■Strike plate lip (L) dimension
locks Door Dimension (mm) Door thickness L dimension
B Model Escutcheon used Classification
Glass door thickness A
(Cylinder and (minimum∼less than) mm (mm)
（mm） (Collar height)
locks thumbturn height)
33∼43 25L 25
33∼50 17.5 39 ELTP rose
Emergency AHLP 43∼53 30L 30
(Special rose)
locks 53∼63 33L 33
Cup handle 50∼63 17.5 46
locks
63∼73 22.5 56
Sliding 73∼83 17.5 56

door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
92
Text P. 31
AHL-9 Lever handle type

Hotel locks AHL-9
Compatible cylinders Model No.
V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 9
Hand
R
Backset
76 mm
Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
33∼38 / 38∼43 / 6 mm ▼ Information

L 100 mm 43∼48 / 48∼53 mm or less
GV［GV］
Precautions
Table of contents /
Door thickness: ## mm or more∼less than ## mm
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) Basic information
● V-AHL-9NU (S1U) (R) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, S1U escutcheon, R type for left-hinged in-swinging door.>
* The S1U escutcheon is provided as standard. Cylinders
Backset (mm) 76 100 Keying
systems
Case depth (mm) 106 130
20 39 39 Case depth
▼ Locks
A Door thickness A (Note 1) Backset
25.5 2-M4 countersink 6.6 62
Push-pull
Top of front
locks
20
10
27
48.5
55
63.5
35
35
Lever
21
handle
φD
(Note 1)
30
φD
Escutcheon mounting screw pitch: 180
12
locks
Case width: 150

30
Front length: 204
95
Mortise
95
13
220
15
13
220
Indicator 130 locks
8 7 24
1 Integral
23
15 9 locks
Cylindrical
10
locks
50
50
Fixed lever
70
27
10
Rim dead
locks
47.5 8 8 45.7
55.5 53.7 Case steady brace

Dead locks
Cremon
locks
17∼45
● Strike plate Top of front
21
Glass door
locks
39
2-M4 countersink
Emergency
8.5
locks
<Door notch dimensions>
12
17.5
Cup handle
locks
Backset 76, 100
8.5
Top of front
37
18
104.5
φ36 through hole Sliding

100
107
124
door locks
85
48.5
35
37
φ36 through hole ▼ Electric locks

Center of handle notch hole Security systems
17.5
19.5
36
72
12
t2 28
Ten-key
8.5
2.4 L 14
pads
95
22 R2 (Note 2)
15R (φ30 through hole)

2.4
Key switches
2-4R (φ8 through hole) Interlock /
21.2 emergency
door
systems
(Note 2)
34
50
Hotel card
locks
Classification
(minimum∼less than) mm (mm) 2-φ12 through holes
33∼43 25L 25
43∼53 30L 30 (Note 1) Electric
■Dimensions A and D for cylinders and thumbturns locks
For double leaf door Door Dimension (mm)
Door thickness L dimension thickness A φD
(minimum∼less than) mm Classification (mm) (Collar height) (Collar diameter) The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as
(mm) Electrical
standard according to the door thickness, however
33∼38 18L 18 33∼38 14.0 42.6 conductors,
in the case of a single leaf door and depending on
Control
38∼43 20L 20 38∼43 11.5 42.1 the conditions of the door and frame, the strike
boxes
43∼48 23L 23 43∼48 9.0 41.7 plate may protrude by a large amount.
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and
48∼53 25L 25 48∼53 6.5 41.2
select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L)
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. dimension from the table so that the amount of
strike plate protrusion is not too large.
Dimensions
93
Text P. 32
▼ Information
LG Lever handle locks LG
GP［GP］ 6 pins [P] 1,3,33,
Backset
(Note 4)
Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
［V］ 7 pins [Z] 4,45 (Note 5)

32,38,51
V18 29∼33 / 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
5,6,7 64,76 mm
Precautions GV［GV］
Table of contents /
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The model No. 33, 4, 45, 6 notches are the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However for No. 3 and 7,
there is a mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only. For No. 1, there is only the lever mounting hole. )
Cylinders ● V-LG-5NU (R4U) (backset 38, 51, 64, 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R4U rose. >
Keying * In addition to the NU lever handle shown in the illustration, various other types are available. (Refer to P.88, 89.) In addition to the R4U rose (standard type) shown in the
systems illustration, various other escutcheons are available. (Refer to P.90.)
* In addition to the standard type front shown in the illustration, various other types are available. Backset （mm） 38 51 64 76
Case depth（mm） 56 72 85 97
▼ Locks
Thumbturn Case depth
B B
(In addition to the standard type shown (Note 1)
A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset
in the illustration, various other types are available. ) For dimensions
25 4.5
Push-pull Top of front A and B, refer to
the table on P.96.
10
locks
20.5
● Standard strike plate
19.5
39
2-M4 countersink
46.5
(Note 5)
64
(16)
φ40
10
28

Lever 12 21
20
handle φ33 through hole
Front length: 170
Case width: 129

(for mounting cylinder and thumbturn)
locks
Spacing: 80
25
87.5
φ25 through hole

Handle mounting screw
110
9
70
67
90
9 (inside)
2-φ8 through holes
20
Mortise 16
locks
φ50
23
15.5 12
22.5
20
10
t1.5 (Note 3)
20.5
(Note 2) 130
Integral
10
2.5 L 12.5
locks 22
9 9
34
R2.5 Case steady brace (internal)
Cylindrical 55.5 55.5
(Note 5) (17)
locks (Note 3)
2.5
20
Front mounting screw (also used as case steady brace screw)
24
Note 3: Because the case steady brace becomes effective when this screw is tightened, tighten this screw last.
Rim dead Note 4: With backset 32 mm, the escutcheon is a K1U escutcheon. The deadbolt throw is also 16 mm and the strike box depth is 17 mm.
locks Note 5: With the LG-4 and 45 in-room partition locks, the deadbolt throw is 16 mm and the strike box depth is 17 mm.
With backset 76 mm, the deadbolt throw is 21 mm and the strike box depth is 22 mm.
Dead locks ● Partition locks LG-4, (Note 5) ● V-LG-5NU (K1U) (backset 32 mm) (Note 4)
Cremon 45NU (R4U) (backset 38, 51, 64, 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder,
locks * Backset 32 mm is also available, however the escutcheon is a K1U escutcheon. (Note 4) NU lever handle, K1U escutcheon.>
Glass door * LG-45VF with large indicator is also available.
locks
Case depth: 50
Emergency Indicator (Locked: Red, Unlocked: Blue)
Backset 32
locks Case depth (For LG-4, there is no indicator. )
Cup handle Backset LG-45 emergency cylinder
20.5
(emergency unlock device)

locks 4.5
46.5
(Note 4)
Backset （mm） 38 51 64 76 16
Sliding (Note 5) Case depth（mm） 56 72 85 97
door locks φ33 through hole
Case width: 129
(21)
(for mounting cylinder
Spacing: 80
16 φ33 through hole and thumbturn)

(for mounting emergency
▼ Electric locks cylinder and thumbturn)
40
Security systems φ25 through hole

30
50
80
2-φ8 through holes
Ten-key
pads 12 (Note 3)
φ25 through hole
20.5
(Note 3) 2-φ8 through holes

32
Key switches Case steady brace
Interlock / 34 (internal)
emergency Case steady brace
(internal)
door
systems
(Note 2)
Hotel card For single leaf door For double leaf door
locks
(minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm)
29∼33 20L 20 29∼33 16L 16
Electric 33∼38 33∼37 18L 18

24L 24
locks 38∼43 37∼41 20L 20
43∼48 41∼45 22L 22
30L 30
48∼53 45∼49 24L 24
Electrical
53∼58 49∼53 26L 26
conductors, 34L 34
Control 58∼63 53∼57 28L 28
boxes 57∼61 30L 30
61∼65 32L 32

The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door thickness,
however in the case of a single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and
Dimensions frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L)
dimension from the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
94
Text P. 32
LG ND cylinders with indicator function
ND cylinders Lever handle locks LG Compatible cylinders Model No.
Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
▼ Information
［V］ 7 pins [Z]
R type
V18 5 51, 64, 76 mm 29∼33 / 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
L type
GV［GV］ Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
(Note 2)
● V-LG-5NU (R) (ND) (backset 51, 64, 76 mm) <Illustration shows an ND cylinder of a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R type. >
* Use an ND cylinder with a lock backset of 51 mm or more. Cylinders
Keying
* In addition to the V18 cylinder shown in the illustrations, GP, GV, 6-pin, and 7-pin ND cylinders are also available.
systems
* In addition to the NU lever handle shown in the illustration, various other types are available. (Refer to P.88, 89.)
* In addition to the standard type front shown in the illustration, various other types are available.
▼ Locks
Backset （mm） 51 64 76
Case depth （mm） 72 85 97 Push-pull
locks
Thumbturn (Note 1)
B C Case depth Locked/unlocked indicator
(In addition to the standard type shown
in the illustration, various other types are available. ) A Door thickness D 2-M4 countersink Backset Locked: Red
25 4.5 Unlocked: Blue
Top of front
Lever
10
20.5
● Standard strike plate handle
19.5
locks
39
2-M4 countersink
46.5
64
φ40
φ50
10
28
21
16
12
20
φ33 through hole

Mortise
Front length: 170
Case width: 129

Spacing: 80
21 locks
25
87.5

Handle mounting screw ND cylinder
110
9
70
67
90
9 (inside)
2-φ8 through holes
20
16
Integral
locks
φ50
23
15.5 12
Cylindrical
22.5
20
locks
10
t1.5 (Note 3)
20.5
(Note 4) 130
10
2.5 L 12.5
9 9
22 R2.5 34
55.5 55.5 Case steady brace (internal) Rim dead
locks
2.5
(Note 3)
20
24
Dead locks
Note 3: Because the case steady brace becomes effective when this screw is tightened, tighten this screw last. Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
(Note 2)
Emergency
■ND cylinder direction (hand) locks
Cup handle
R type L type locks
ND cylinder ND cylinder
(Note 1)
■Dimensions A, B, C, and D for cylinders and thumbturns Sliding
door locks
Door Dimension (mm)
thickness A B C D
(mm) (Thumbturn collar height) (Thumbturn height) (ND cylinder height) (ND cylinder collar height)
▼ Electric locks
29∼43 19.5 38.5 55 35.5 Security systems
When ND cylinder is installed When ND cylinder is installed

43∼53 14.5 38.5 65 35.5 on the right side as viewed on the left side as viewed
from the lock front from the lock front Ten-key
pads
Key switches
(Note 4) Interlock /
■Strike plate lip (L) dimension emergency
door
For single leaf door For double leaf door systems
29∼33 20L 20 29∼33 16L 16

Hotel card
locks
33∼38 33∼37 18L 18
24L 24
38∼43 37∼41 20L 20
43∼48 41∼45 22L 22
30L 30
48∼53 45∼49 24L 24 Electric
locks
49∼53 26L 26
Precautions when selecting a strike plate Electrical

The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door thickness, conductors,
however in the case of a single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and Control
frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount. boxes
Dimensions
95
Text P. 32
▼ Information
LGK Lever handle locks LGK (hooked deadbolt)
Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
29∼33 / 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
［V］ 7 pins [Z]
V18 3,5,6,7 64 mm
(Gap: 6 mm or less)
Precautions GV［GV］
Table of contents /
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However for No. 3 and 7,
there is a mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only. )
Cylinders ● V-LGK-5NU （R4U）(backset 64 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R4U rose. >
systems illustration, various other escutcheons are available. (Refer to P.90.)
Thumbturn B (Note 1) B Case depth: 85
▼ Locks (In addition to the standard type shown
in the illustration, various other types are available.)
A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink
Backset 64
2-M4 countersink 25 4.5
Top of front
R2.5
10
20.5
21
19.5
Push-pull 10
locks R1
46.5
R3.6 21
20
64
13
φ40
28

6
15
φ33 through hole
Front length: 170
Case width: 129

105.5
Lever
Spacing: 80
25
16
10.5 34
100
120
140
locks
62
Lever mounting screw
9
(inside) 2-φ8 through holes
9
20
23
15.5 12
Mortise
34.5
locks
20
(Note 3)
10
20.5
130
10
t1.5
3.1 L 12.5
9 9
Integral 22 (Note 2)
55.5 55.5 (Note 3) Case steady brace φ50
locks
R2.5 Front mounting screw (also used as case steady brace screw) (internal)
Cylindrical
locks
2.5
(Note 2)
Strike plate when
20
L=18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30 Note 3: Because the case steady brace becomes effective when
12.3 9.6 this screw is tightened, tighten this screw last.
Rim dead 21.9
locks 14 11.3
25.3
R1
Dead locks (Note 2)
Cremon Strike plate when L=16
locks
Glass door
locks
(Note 2) (Note 1)
Emergency
■Strike plate lip (L) dimension ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns
locks
Cup handle For single leaf door For double leaf door Door Dimension (mm)
locks thickness A B
Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension (mm) (Cylinder and
Classification Classification (Collar height) thumbturn height)
29∼33 20L 20 29∼33 16L 16 29∼43 19.5 38.5

Sliding
door locks 33∼38 33∼37 18L 18 43∼53 14.5 38.5
24L 24
38∼43 37∼41 20L 20
53∼63 19.5 48.5
43∼48 41∼45 22L 22
▼ Electric locks 48∼53
30L 30
45∼49 24L 24 63∼73 14.5 48.5
Security systems
49∼53 26L 26
73∼83 19.5 58.5
Ten-key
pads
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door thickness, however in the case of a single leaf door and
Key switches
depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
Interlock /
emergency Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the amount of
door strike plate protrusion is not too large.
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
96
Text P. 33
LGF Lever handle locks

LGF (hooked deadbolt, latch with anti-friction latch bolt)
GP［GP］ 6 pins [P] 1,3,33
Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
▼ Information
64 mm
V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 4,45 (Note 4) 76 mm 29∼33 / 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
GV［GV］ 5,6,7 Precautions
Table of contents /
Door thickness: ## mm or more∼less than ## mm Product list
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The model No. 33, 4, 45, 6 notches are the same as No. 5 in the illustration.
However create a thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only. For No. 1, there is only the lever mounting hole. )
● V-LGF-5NU (R4U) (backset 64, 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R4U rose. >
Cylinders
* In addition to the NU lever handle shown in the illustration, various other types are available. (Refer to P.88, 89.) In addition to the R4U rose (standard type) shown in the Keying
illustration, various other escutcheons are available. (Refer to P.90.) systems
Thumbturn (In addition to the standard (Note 1) Backset （mm） 64 76
B B Case depth
type shown in the illustration,
▼ Locks
A Door thickness A Backset Case depth （mm） 85 97
various other types are available.) 25 2-M4 countersink 4.5
● Standard strike plate
Top of front
(* Special LGF strike plate)
10
20.5
2-M4 countersink 19.5
Push-pull
39
46.5
(Note 4)
64
locks

(16)
φ40
10
28
Ｆ 21
20
7
12
φ33 through hole
Front length: 170
Case width: 129

Spacing: 80
18
Lever
25
87.5
Latch with anti-friction latch bolt φ25 through hole handle

110

90
70
67
20 9
9 (inside) 2-φ8 through holes locks
φ50
23
15.3 12
22.5
20
Mortise
10
(Note 3) locks
20.5
t 1.5 L 12.5 130
10
2.5 (Note 2) 9 9
34
22
(Note 4) (17) Case steady brace (internal) φ50
R 2.5 55.5 55.5 Integral
(Note 2) (Note 3) locks
Strike plate when Cylindrical
2.5

L=16, 18, 20, 22, 24,
21
locks
20
12
26, 28, 30, 32, 34
24
R1
Note 4: With the LGF-4 and 45 in-room partition locks and backset 64 mm only, the deadbolt throw is 16 mm and the strike box depth is 17 mm. Rim dead
(Note 2) locks
Strike plate when L=14.5 With backset 76 mm, the deadbolt throw is 21 mm only.
24
Dead locks
Cremon
● Partition locks LGF-4, 45 Backset （mm） 64 76 locks
Case depth（mm） 85 97 Glass door
locks
LGF-45 indicator (Locked: Red, Unlocked: Blue)
2-M4 countersink Case depth (For LGF-4, there is no indicator. )
Emergency
Backset Emergency cylinder (emergency unlock device)
locks
4.5 Cup handle
locks
10
20.5
(Note 4)
64
46.5
(16) Sliding
21
door locks
φ33 through hole
Front length: 170
Case width: 129
(for mounting emergency cylinder

Spacing: 80
25
and thumbturn)
φ25 through hole ▼ Electric locks
9
Security systems
2-φ8 through holes
20
23
12
Ten-key
pads
(Note 3)
20.5
130
10
34
Key switches
φ50
R4U rose Interlock /
Case steady brace (internal) emergency
(Note 1) (Note 2) door
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns ■Strike plate lip (L) dimension systems
Door Dimension (mm) For single leaf door For double leaf door
thickness A B
(Cylinder and Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension Hotel card
(mm) (Collar height) Classification Classification
thumbturn height) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) locks
29∼43 19.5 38.5 29∼33 20L 20 29∼33 16L 16
43∼53 14.5 38.5 33∼38 33∼37 18L 18

24L 24
38∼43 37∼41 20L 20 Electric
53∼63 19.5 48.5
43∼48 41∼45 22L 22 locks
30L 30
63∼73 14.5 48.5 48∼53 45∼49 24L 24
73∼83 19.5 58.5 49∼53 26L 26

Electrical
53∼57 28L 28
conductors,
57∼61 30L 30 Control
61∼65 32L 32 boxes
65∼69 34L 34
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door thickness,
frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
Dimensions
97
Text P. 33
Earthquake-safe locks
▼ Information
LGT LGT Compatible cylinders Model No.
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3, 5, 6, 7 51, 64 mm 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm

Precautions GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However for No. 3
and 7, there is a mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only.
Cylinders ● V-LGT-5NU(R4U) (backset 51, 64, mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R4U rose.>
systems
illustration, various other escutcheons are available. (Refer to P.90.)
▼ Locks (Note 1)
Backset (mm) 51 64
B B Case depth Case depth (mm) 72 85

Thumbturn
In addition to the standard type shown in the A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset
illustration, various other types are available. Top of front 25 4.5
Push-pull
10
locks
20.5
19.5
39
2-M4 countersink
46.5
64
φ40
10
28
21

Lever 12
20
Front length: 170
Case width: 129

locks
Spacing: 80
25
87.5
φ25 through hole

110
9
70
67
90
9 (inside)
2-φ8 through holes
20
Mortise 16
φ50
locks
23
15.5 12
22.5
20
10
t1.5 (Note 3)
20.5
(Note 2) 130
Integral
10
2.5 L 12.5
locks 22
9 9
34
R2.5
Cylindrical 55.5 55.5 Case steady brace (internal)
locks (Note 3)
2.5
Front mounting screw
20
(also used as case steady brace screw)
24
Note 3: Because the case steady brace becomes effective
Rim dead when this screw is tightened, tighten this screw last.
locks
(Note 2) (Note 1)
Dead locks
Cremon For single leaf door For double leaf door Door
Dimension (mm)
B
locks Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension thickness A
Classification Classification (Cylinder and
(minimum~less than) mm (mm) (minimum~less than) mm (mm) (mm) (Collar height)
Glass door thumbturn height)
locks 29~33 20L 20 29~33 16L 16
29~43 19.5 38.5
33~38 33~37 18L 18
24L 24 43~53 14.5 38.5
Emergency 38~43 37~41 20L 20
locks 53~63 19.5 48.5
Cup handle 43~48 41~45 22L 22
30L 30 63~73 14.5 48.5
locks 48~53 45~49 24L 24
73~83 19.5 58.5
53~58 49~53 26L 26
34L 34
58~63 53~57 28L 28
Sliding
57~61 30L 30
door locks
61~65 32L 32
▼ Electric locks Precautions when selecting a strike plate

Security systems
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door
Ten-key Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip
pads (L) dimension from the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
98
Text P. 34
LX Lever handle locks LX Compatible cylinders

GP [GP] 6 pins [P] 1, 3, 33
Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
▼ Information
(Note 4)
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 4, 45 (Note 5) 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
32, 38, 51, 64 mm
GV [GV] 5, 6, 7 Precautions
Table of contents /
Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm Product list
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) The model No. 33, 4, 45, 6 notches are the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However for No. 3 and 7, there is a
mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only. For No. 1, there is only the lever mounting hole.
● V-LX-5NU(R4U) (backset 38, 51, 64 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R4U rose.> Cylinders
* In addition to the NU lever handle shown in the illustration, various other types are available. (Refer to P.88, 89.) In addition to the standard rose (R4U rose) shown in the Keying
illustration, various other escutcheons are available. (Refer to P.90 for details.) systems
Case depth
Thumbturn (Note 1) Backset (mm) 38 51 64 ▼ Locks
19.5 B B Backset
In addition to the standard type shown in the Case depth (mm) 55.5 68.5 81.5
illustration, various other types are available. A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink 4.5
25
Top of front
Push-pull
10
φ33 through hole
locks
24
41.5
2-M4 countersink (for mounting cylinder and thumbturn)
36
(Note 5)
(16)
69.5
φ40
28
21
15.5
AS.LX

12
Lever
Front length: 166

φ25 through hole
Case width: 118

handle
Spacing: 75
8.5 Handle mounting
25
screw (inside) locks
28.5
65
80
63
80
96
2-φ8 through holes

15.5
20
23
φ50
15.5
11 Mortise
15.5
locks
t2 24.5
(Note 3) 130
19.6 2.4 L
24
(Note 2) 34
22
10
Integral
(Note 5) (17)
locks
2.4
9 9 Case steady brace (internal)

55.5 55.5 Cylindrical
22.8 (Note 3) locks
20
Note 4: With backset 32 mm, the escutcheon is a K1U escutcheon. Rim dead
Note 5: With the LX-4 and 45 in-room partition locks, the deadbolt throw is 16 mm and the strike box depth is 17 mm.
locks
(Note 2)
For single leaf door ● V-LX-5NU(K1U) (backset 32 mm) (Note 4) Dead locks
Door thickness L dimension <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, K1U escutcheon.> Cremon
Classification
(mm) locks
Glass door
29~33 20L 20 Case depth: 48.5 locks
33~43 25L 25 Backset 32
43~53 30L 30 Emergency
φ33 through hole locks
24
For double leaf door (for mounting cylinder Cup handle

41.5
and thumbturn) locks

Door thickness L dimension (Note 5)
Classification
(minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (16)
21
29~33 16L 16
Sliding
Case width: 118
Spacing: 75
33~37 18L 18
door locks
37~41 20L 20
41~47 23L 23
40
30
47~51 25L 25 ▼ Electric locks

50
80
Security systems
51~57 28L 28
Precautions when selecting a strike plate (Note 3)

φ25 through hole
Ten-key
24
The strike plate shown in the table above is pads

set as standard according to the door 32 2-φ8 through holes
thickness, however in the case of a single leaf
Case steady brace (internal)
door and depending on the conditions of the
Key switches
door and frame, the strike plate may protrude
Interlock /
by a large amount. Check the conditions of the
emergency
door and frame, and select a strike plate with
door
the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so
systems
that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not
too large.
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
99
Text P. 34
Lever handle-type automatic locking locks
▼ Information
LH LH series Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
51 mm 33~43 / 43~53 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 7
64 mm (Gap: 6 mm or less)
Precautions GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders ● V-LHL, LHB, LHS, LHT-7NU(R) (backset 51, 64 mm)

Keying <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.>
systems
Precautions: 1. Be sure to install a door stop so that the door stops in the correct closed position.
2. For LHL, LHL-S, it is not possible to retract the trigger bolt using the key or the inside handle.
Be aware that if the door is closed and the trigger bolt enters the frame hole or strike plate hole, it will not be possible to open the door.
▼ Locks * In addition to the NU lever handle shown in the illustration, various other types are available. (Refer to P.88, 89.)
(Note 1) B Case depth

Backset (mm) 51 64
Push-pull Dimensions A and B are the same as the LX, HL series.
Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset
locks Refer to the following page. Case depth (mm) 72 85
25 4.5
Top of front
10
20.5
2-M4 countersink
39
Lever
46.5
L: LHL
L-S: LHL-S
handle
B: LHB
locks
φ40
10
S: LHS
94
20
S
T: LHT
15.5
Front length: 170
Case width: 129

8.5 (Stamp indicating the model) 14
φ33 hole (cylinder side only)
Spacing: 80
Coin plug
87.5
Mortise (LHS only) Fixed handle 130

110
70
33
90
25
locks 18
24.5
φ50
23
Integral 15.5
8
9
22.5
20
locks
10
Trigger bolt
Cylindrical t1.5 (Note 3) 34
20.5
L 12.5 2-φ8 through holes
locks 14 2.5
10
(Note 2)
16.5
φ50 φ25 through hole
2.5
9 9 Case steady brace (internal)

55.5 54.5
Rim dead (Note 3) Gap 6 mm or less
locks Front mounting screw (also used as case steady brace screw)
24
Note 3: Because the case steady brace becomes effective
(Note 2) when this screw is tightened, tighten this screw last.
Dead locks
20
Cremon
locks For single leaf door For double leaf door
Glass door Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension
locks (minimum∼less than) mm
Classification
(mm) (minimum∼less than) mm
Classification
(mm)
Door stop
33~38 33~37 18L 18
Emergency 24L 24
locks 38~43 37~41 20L 20
Cup handle 43~48 41~45 22L 22 * A front with guard plate (LH No. 5 front) is also available.
locks 30L 30
48~53 45~49 24L 24 12 2
2
49~53 26L 26
* The indicated strike plates are set as standard, however strike plates are available with an L
26
38.5
Sliding
door locks dimension in 2 mm increments starting from 18 mm (18L strike plate). Specify the strike
plate according to the conditions of the door and frame.
12.5

▼ Electric locks The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door thickness, Door stop
Security systems
frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
Ten-key dimension from the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
pads
Key switches ● V-LHL-S-7NU(R) (muffled type) (backset 51, 64 mm)

Interlock / <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.>
emergency B Case depth
door Backset (mm) 51 64
Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset
systems Case depth (mm) 72 85
25 4.5
Top of front
10
Hotel card 2-M4 countersink

20.5
locks Muffling material

39
46.5
(plastic)
φ40
10
94
Stamp indicating
20
L-S
8.5 muffled type LHL-S 15.5
Front length: 170
Case width: 129
Electric 14 φ33 hole (cylinder side only)

Spacing: 80
Contains
locks muffling material
87.5
Fixed handle
130
110
70
25
33
90
18
24.5
Electrical
conductors,
φ50
23
15.5
8
Control 9
22.5
20
10
boxes Trigger
bolt (Note 3) 34
20.5
t1.5 L 12.5 2-φ8 through holes

10
14 2.5 (Note 4)
16.5 φ50 φ25 through hole
9 9
6
Case steady brace (internal)

55.5 54.5
(Note 3)
24 Front mounting screw (also used as case steady brace screw)
Dimensions
Note 4: LHL-S strike plate L dimension Note 3: Because the case steady brace becomes effective
L=18,20,22,24,26,28 when this screw is tightened, tighten this screw last.
100
Text P. 35
HL, HLP Lever handle locks HL HLP and HLTP include products for different directions (hands).
HLT Anti-panic locks HLP Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
HL,HLT GP [GP] 6 pins [P] 3,5,6,7 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm ▼ Information
Automatic locking locks HLT, HLTP

6 mm
HLP V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3,5,6,7 76 mm
or less
29~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~53 mm
HLTP GV [GV] 7 Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However for No. 3
and 7, there is a mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only. (Note 1)
● V-HL-5NU (backset 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle. > ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns Cylinders
Dimension (mm)
* The HLT external dimensions are the same. Door thickness B Keying
A systems
(mm) Cylinder and
* In addition to the NU lever handle shown in the illustration, various other types are available. (Refer to P.88, 89.) (Collar height) thumbturn height
29~43 19.5 38.5

43~53 14.5 38.5 ▼ Locks
53~63 19.5 48.5
63~73 14.5 48.5
Push-pull
73~83 19.5 58.5
locks
(Note 1)
19.5 B B Case depth: 109.5
A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset 76
26 6 Lever
Top of front handle
locks
10
25
59.5
φ33 through hole
79.5
2-M4 countersink (forandcylinder
thumbturn) Mortise
117
locks
129.5
10
18
20
Case width: 170

φ40
HL
28
Front length: 220

7
Spacing: 80
21
Integral
17 12
locks
φ25 through hole
130
Cylindrical
locks
25
104
100
120
140
36
37
20.5
10
20
23
φ50
Rim dead
2-φ8 through locks
8
holes
20
18
15.5
10
R4U rose
10
t2 28 Dead locks
25
34
10
19.6 2.4 L 14 Cremon

(Note 2) 9 9 locks
22 21 (Door closed)
55.5 55.5
Glass door
12 (Door open)
2.4
locks
26
17∼45
Emergency
22
locks
Cup handle
Case steady brace
locks
● Anti-panic locks V-HLP-5NU (R) ● Anti-panic type automatic locking locks V-HLTP-7NU (R) Sliding
<Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.> <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, R type for right-hinged out-swinging door.> door locks
(* The notch hole is changed.) (* The notch hole is changed.)
(Note 1)
19.5 B
A Door thickness A
B B
Door thickness A (Note 1) ▼ Electric locks
Backset 76 Backset 76 Security systems
A notch on Ten-key
this side is not
pads
79.5
79.5
necessary.
Through
hole φ33 φ33 hole
(forthumbturn
cylinder and
) (cylinder
)
side only Key switches
φ40
φ40
HLP HLTP
Interlock /
(Note 3) (Note 3) emergency
φ38 through φ38 through door
80
80
130 130
hole hole systems
φ62
φ62
Hotel card
23
23
2-R 5.5 2-R 5.5 locks

(Note 3) (Note 3)
φ11 through hole φ11 through hole
19 19 44 ELTP rose 19 19 44 ELTP rose

(Note 3) (Note 3)
64 64 64 64 Electric
(Dimensions not listed are the same as HL, HTL.) locks
Note 3: The ELTP rose notch hole is changed to the notch hole
(Note 2)
for an NK rose of an EU function-switching electric lock.
■Strike plate lip (L) dimension (September 2012)
For single leaf door For double leaf door Electrical

conductors,
Classification
Classification
(mm) Control
Precautions when selecting a strike plate boxes
29~33 20L 20 29~33 16L 16L
The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as
33~43 25L 25 33~37 18L 18L standard according to the door thickness, however
43~53 30L 30 37~42 20L 20L in the case of a single leaf door and depending on
the conditions of the door and frame, the strike
53~60 33L 33 43~47 23L 23L
plate may protrude by a large amount.
47~51 25L 25L Check the conditions of the door and frame, and
53~57 28L 28L select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) Dimensions
dimension from the table so that the amount of
57~61 30L 30L
101
Text P. 37
AH Mortise locks AH
▼ Information AHP Anti-panic locks AHP Model Compatible cylinders
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
Model No.
1, 3, 5, 6,
Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
35~50 mm
AH 68, 7, 8
76 mm (When S1 escutcheon is used: 35~53 mm)
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z]
100 mm
Precautions AHP GV [GV] 5, 7 R-hand, L-hand * 35~45 / 45~50 mm
Table of contents /
Product list Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) The model No. 6, 68, 8 notches are the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However for No. 3 and 7, there is a
mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only. For No. 1, there is only the knob mounting hole.
Cylinders ● V-AH,AHP-5Q (backset 76, 100 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, Q type knob.>
Keying * The shape and notch dimensions of AHP anti-panic locks are the same as AH, however there are products for lock handing
systems (Note 1)
and the door thickness specifications are also different.
* In addition to the Q type knob shown in the illustration, various other types are available.
Backset (mm) 76 100
■Dimensions A and B for
▼ Locks
(Refer to illustration below.) cylinders and thumbturns
(Note 1) Dimension (mm)
20 B B Case depth Door thickness B
A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset (mm) A
Cylinder and
(Collar height) thumbturn height
25.5 6.6
Push-pull Top of front
locks 35~50 17.5 39
10
48.5
27
39
2-M4 countersink 50~63 17.5 46

8.5
63.5
63~73 22.5 56

21
φ43.3
19.5
12
30
Lever 12 φ36
through hole 73~83 17.5 56
Case width: 150

Front length: 204
handle 8.5
Thumbturn
(
mounting hole for
)
Spacing: 95
24 13 30
37
locks 18 (90° rotation) cylinder and thumbturn

104.5
1
φ30 through hole
100
107
124
85
36
37
Mortise 15
φ51
φ75
13
19.5
19.5
locks
12
t2 28
10
8.5
2.4 L 14
22 44
27
R2 (Note 3)
Integral 10
locks 2-φ12 through holes
2.4
44
Cylindrical 74 74 Case steady brace
locks 21 Latch
17∼45
21
Deadbolt
Anti-friction latch bolt
Rim dead
locks
● V-AH-5B(S1) <Illustration shows example of using B type knob, S1 escutcheon.> (Note 2)
Dead locks ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and

(Door thickness 35~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm)
Cremon Backset (mm) 76 100 thumbturns when S1 escutcheon is used
locks Case depth (mm) 106 130 Dimension (mm)
Glass door Door thickness B
A
locks (Note 2) Case depth (mm)
(Collar height)
Cylinder and
20 B B Backset thumbturn height
A Door thickness A 6.6
Emergency 25.5 35~38 22 39
6.5
locks
38~43 19.5 39
Cup handle
43~48 17 39
48.5
locks
55
48~53 14.5 39
35
35
30
Case width: 150

Escutcheon mounting
Sliding φ36 through hole (Note 3)

dowel pitch: 180
door locks Mounting hole for ■Strike plate lip (L) dimension
Spacing: 95
Spacing: 95
cylinder and thumbturn

φ30 through hole For single leaf door
220
2-φ12 through Door thickness L dimension

▼ Electric locks holes Model
Classification
(mm)
Security systems
φ57
AH 35∼50 25L 25
35∼45 25L 25
50
44
AHP
Ten-key 45∼50 30L 30
70
pads 47 47
8 8 For double leaf door (AH, AHP)
75 74 62 Door thickness L dimension
Key switches Classification
2-φ12 through holes (minimum∼less than) mm (mm)
Interlock /
35∼37 18L 18
emergency
door 37∼42 20L 20
systems 43∼47 23L 23
47∼51 25L 25
● AH, AHP knob (* AH-82, 84, 85 knobs are Q, Y, K types only.)
Hotel card 53 28L 28
locks Knob: Q type Knob: K type Knob: Y type Knob: B type * Indicate the door thickness when ordering.
Rose: S-2 type Rose: S-2 type Rose: S-2 type Rose: S-2 type
The strike plate shown in the table above is
set as standard according to the door
φ57
φ51
φ75
φ51
φ75
φ53
φ75
φ75
Electric thickness, however in the case of a single

locks leaf door and depending on the conditions
of the door and frame, the strike plate may
44 44 47 protrude by a large amount.
44 74 74 76.5 Check the conditions of the door and
Electrical 74 frame, and select a strike plate with the
conductors, optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so
Control Knob: S type Knob: P type Knob: ORB type that the amount of strike plate protrusion is
boxes Rose: S-8 type Rose: S-8 type Rose: S-8 type not too large.
φ75
φ57
φ75
φ51
φ75
φ68
Dimensions 77 82 69.5 48
102
Text P. 37
AH- Mortise office locks
82, 84, 85 AH-82, 84 (push-button), 85 (turn-button) Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
35~37.5 / 37.5~42.5 / ▼ Information
76 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 82, 84, 85 42.5~47.5 / 47.5~50 mm
100 mm
GV [GV] (Gap: 6 mm or less) Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm
Basic information
● V-AH-82, 84Q (backset 76, 100 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, Q type knob, push-button.> Backset (mm) 76 100 Cylinders
* AH-82, 84 knobs are Q, Y, K types only. Keying
systems
(Note 1)
20 B B Case depth
A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset ▼ Locks
25.5 6.6
Top of front
10
Push-pull
48.5
27
locks
48.5
φ36 through hole
63.5
Mounting hole for cylinder and thumbturn
21
φ43.3
30
12

φ36 through hole Lever
(mounting hole for
Case width: 150

Thumbturn handle
30
Front length: 204
cylinder and thumbturn)
The strike plate is the same (90° rotation)
Spacing: 95
1 2-φ12 through holes locks
as V-AH-5Q on P.102.
95
15 13
24 13
Push-button
φ30 hole
36
Mortise
locks
φ51
φ75
9
2-φ12 through holes 15
10
φ50 hole (one side only) Integral
Create a φ50 hole on the side of 44
27
44 locks
the knob with push-button.
10
Cylindrical
44 locks
Case steady brace
5 74 74
Latch
17∼45
Rim dead
21
Deadbolt locks
Anti-friction latch bolt

Dead locks
Cremon
locks
● V-AH-85Q (backset 76, 100 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, Q type knob, turn-button.> Backset (mm) 76 100 Glass door
* AH-85 knobs are Q, Y, K types only. locks
20 B
(Note 1)
B Case depth
Emergency
A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset locks
25.5 6.6 Cup handle
Top of front locks
10
27
48.5
48.5
63.5
Sliding
21 door locks
φ43.3
30
12

(mounting hole for cylinder and thumbturn) (mounting hole for
Case width: 150
Thumbturn ▼ Electric locks

30
Front length: 204

(90° rotation)
Spacing: 95
1 2-φ12 through holes Security systems

15 13
φ30 through hole
24 13
Turn-button φ30 through hole

36
Ten-key
pads
φ51
φ75
9
15
Key switches
10
Interlock /
The strike plate is the same 44 emergency
27
44
door
10
as V-AH-5Q on P.102. 2-φ12 through holes

systems
44
14 74 74
Note 2: The strike plate is the same as the AH series on P.102,
however refer to the table below for the lip (L) dimension. Hotel card
locks
(Note 1) (Note 2)
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns ■Strike plate lip (L) dimension
Dimension (mm) For single leaf door For double leaf door
Door thickness B Electric
A Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension
(mm)
(Collar height) Cylinder and Classification Classification locks
thumbturn height (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm)
35~42.5 25L 25 35~37 18L 18
35~50 17.5 39
42.5~50 30L 30 37~42 20L 20
50~63 17.5 46 Electrical
63~73 22.5 56 Precautions when selecting a strike plate 43~47 23L 23 conductors,
47~50 25L 25 Control
73~83 17.5 56 The strike plate shown in the table above is
set as standard according to the door boxes
thickness, however in the case of a single leaf
door and depending on the conditions of the
door and frame, the strike plate may protrude
by a large amount.
Check the conditions of the door and frame,
and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L)
dimension from the table so that the amount Dimensions
of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
103
Text P. 37
Mortise hotel locks
▼ Information
AH-9 AH-9 (S1 escutcheon) Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
R 76 mm 6 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 9 36~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm
Precautions L 100 mm or less
GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders
Keying
● V-AH-9Q (S1) (R) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, Q type knob, S1 escutcheon, R type for left-hinged in-swinging door.>
systems * In addition to the standard S1 escutcheon shown in the illustration, No. 1 and No. 9 type escutcheons are also available. Backset (mm) 76 100
(Refer to the following page for details.)
(Note 1)
▼ Locks 20 39 39 Case depth
25.5 6.6
Top of front
Push-pull
10
locks
48.5
27
39
55
2-M4 countersink
35
8.5
63.5
12
17.5
Lever 21
φD
30
φD
12
handle
Case width: 150

locks 8.5
Front length: 204
30
37
18
Spacing: 95
φ 10
15 4 Fixed knob
220
100
107
124
13
85
Mortise
24
37
locks
8 7
φ 51
1
17.5
9
15
12
10
13
Integral
50
t2
8.5
locks 28
70
2.4
Cylindrical L 14
27
R2
locks 22 (Note 2)
10
2.4
44 8 8 44 2-M4 countersink 62
Rim dead 73.8 72.9
locks 21.2
(Note 1)
■Dimensions A and D for cylinders and thumbturns <Door notch dimensions>
Dead locks
Cremon Dimension (mm)
● S1 escutcheon
locks Door thickness (Create through holes for all notches.)
A φD
(mm)
Glass door (Collar height) (Collar diameter)
Backset 76, 100
locks 36~38 14.0 42.6
38~43 11.5 42.2 Top of front
Emergency
43~48 9.0 41.7
locks φ36 through hole
48.5
Cup handle 48~53 6.5 41.2
locks
35
(Note 2)
■Strike plate lip (L) dimension φ36 through hole
Sliding For single leaf door For double leaf door
36
72
door locks
Door thickness L dimension Type of Door thickness L dimension
(minimum∼less than) mm (mm) escutcheon used (minimum∼less than) mm (mm)
S1 escutcheon, 36~38 18L 18
95
▼ Electric locks 36~48 25L 25
No. 9 escutcheon
38~43 20L 20 φ30 through hole
Security systems
36~43 25L 25
S1 escutcheon 43~48 23L 23
43~53 30L 30 2-φ12 through holes
48~53 25L 25
Ten-key
Precautions when selecting a strike plate * Indicate the door thickness when ordering.
pads
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard
according to the door thickness, however in the case of a
44
50
Key switches single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door
Interlock / and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
emergency Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a
strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table
door
so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
systems
● Example of using an S1 escutcheon (S1 escutcheons are installed on both the outside and inside of the door.)
Hotel card
locks ● AH-9B (with S1 escutcheon) ● AH-9ORB (with S1 escutcheon)
<Illustration shows a B type knob, R type V-AH-9B (S1) (R).> <Illustration shows an ORB type knob, R type V-AH-9ORB (S1) (R).>
Backset 76, 100
59 39 Backset 76, 100 59 39
Electric
locks
55
Electrical
conductors,
Control Fixed knob
95
boxes Fixed knob

220
φ57
68
48
Dimensions 47 47
8 8 62
Door 58 8 Door thickness 8 58 62
75 thickness 74
104
Text P. 37
Mortise hotel locks
AH-9 AH-9 (examples of using No.9 escutcheon, No.1 escutcheon) Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) ▼ Information
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
R 76 mm 36~42, 42~48 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 9
L 100 mm (Gap: 6 mm or less) Precautions
GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Product list
● Example of using a No. 9 type escutcheon Cylinders

Keying
(Note: No. 9 type escutcheons are installed only on the outside of the door. Pay attention when creating the door notches.)
systems
● AH-9B (with No. 9 escutcheon)
59 39 Backset 76, 100
▼ Locks
Push-pull
40
locks
Lever
handle
95
Fixed knob locks
200
φ75
φ57
Mortise
locks
Integral
47 47 locks
8 Cylindrical
67 locks
76 Door thickness 74 R 33.5
Rim dead
locks
● Example of using a No. 1 type escutcheon
(Note: No. 1 type escutcheons are installed only on the outside of the door. Pay attention when creating the door notches.)
Dead locks
● AH-9Q (with No. 1 escutcheon) Cremon
59 39 Backset 76, 100 locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
43.5
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
95
195
Fixed knob door locks
▼ Electric locks
φ75
φ51
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
44 8 44
67
74 Door thickness 72
Key switches
Interlock /
<Door notch dimensions> emergency
door
● No. 1 escutcheon, No. 9 escutcheon systems
(Note: Be aware that the notches are different on the inside and outside of the door.)
<Inside (thumbturn side)> <Outside (cylinder side)>
Hotel card
Backset 76, 100 locks
Top of front
48.5
48.5
Electric
locks
φ36 hole
(outside only)
36
72
Electrical
conductors,
95
95
φ30 through hole Control

2-φ12 boxes
through holes
44
60.5
Dimensions
105
Text P. 38
Mortise locks
▼ Information
AXF AXF (latch with anti-friction latch bolt) Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P] 1, 3, 33
64 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 4, 45 (Note 4) 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
76 mm
Precautions GV [GV] 5, 6, 7
Table of contents /
Basic information
mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only. For No. 1, there is only the knob notch hole.
● V-AXF-5Q (backset 64, 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, Q type knob.>
Cylinders
Keying * In addition to the Q type knob shown in the illustration, various other types are available. (Refer to P.107.)
systems * In addition to standard type thumbturns shown in the illustration, TM and TME type security thumbturns are also available. Backset (mm) 64 76
* Thumbturn (Note 1)
In addition to the standard type shown in the B B Case depth
▼ Locks illustration, various other types are available. A Door thickness A Backset
25 2-M4 countersink 4.5
● Standard strike plate Top of front
10
20.5
Push-pull
39
46.5
64
locks (Note 4)
(16)
φ40
AXF

28
21
7
Front length: 170
Case width: 129

(
for mounting cylinder
)
Spacing: 80
Latch with anti-friction
20 9 25
Lever 9 and thumbturn
latch bolt
handle
110
70
90
67
locks 18
φ75
φ51
12
15.3
Mortise (Note 3)
20.5
1.5 L 12.5
locks
10
2.5 (Note 2)
22 44
R2
2-φ12 through hole
(Note 4) (17) 44
.5
Integral 74 74 Case steady brace (internal) φ30 through hole
2.5
locks (Note 2)
Front mounting screw (Note 3)
Cylindrical Strike plate when
21
20
L=16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34 24
locks
14.5
(Note 2) Note 3: Because the case steady brace becomes effective when this screw is tightened, tighten this screw last.
Strike plate when L=14.5 Note 4: With the AXF-4 and 45 in-room partition locks and backset 64 mm, the deadbolt throw is 16 mm and the strike box depth is 17 mm.
Rim dead However with backset 76 mm, the deadbolt throw is 21 mm and the strike box depth is 22 mm.
locks
24
Dead locks (Note 1)

Cremon ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns ● Partition lock AXF-4, 45
locks Backset (mm) 64 76
Dimension (mm)
Glass door Case depth (mm) 85 97
Door thickness B
locks (mm)
A
Cylinder and
(Collar height) thumbturn height AXF-45 indicator (Locked: Red, Unlocked: Blue)
Emergency 33~43 19.5 38.5 2-M4 countersink Case depth (For AXF-4, there is no indicator.)
locks Backset Emergency cylinder (emergency unlock device)
Cup handle 43~53 14.5 38.5
4.5
locks 53~63 19.5 48.5
10
20.5
63~73 14.5 48.5
73~83 19.5 58.5
(Note 4)
64
46.5
Sliding （21）
door locks (Note 2) 16
■Strike plate lip (L) dimension φ33 through hole

Front length: 170
( forcylinder and thumbturn )

Case width: 129
mounting emergency
Spacing: 80
25
▼ Electric locks For single leaf door φ30 through hole

Security systems
Door thickness
9
Classification L dimension (mm) 2-φ12 through holes

20
29~33 20L 20
Ten-key 12
33~38
pads 24L 24
38~43
(Note 3)
20.5
43~48
10
Key switches 30L 30

48~53 44
Interlock /
emergency Case steady brace (internal)
door For double leaf door
systems Door thickness
Classification L dimension (mm)
● Cup handle locks AXFC-5 Backset (mm) 64 76
29~33 16L 16
Case depth
Hotel card 33~37 18L 18 Case depth (mm) 85 97
Backset
locks
37~41 20L 20 2-M4 countersink 4.5
41~45 22L 22
10
20.5
45~49 24L 24
Electric
46.5
49~53 26L 26
64
(Note 4)
locks 53~57 28L 28 (16)
21
φ33 through hole
Case width: 129
57~61 30L 30
Front length: 170
61~65 32L 32 (for mounting cylinder

)
Spacing: 80
and thumbturn
25
Electrical
conductors, 65~69 34L 34
9
Control
20
boxes
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard 12
according to the door thickness, however in the case of a
single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door
and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount. (Note 3)
20.5
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a

10
strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table 44
so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large. 2-φ12 through holes
Dimensions
Case steady brace (internal) φ30 through hole
106
Text P. 38
AS Mortise locks AS Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
▼ Information
GP [GP] 6 pins [P] (Note 3)
1, 3, 33, 4, 45 64 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
5, 6, 7 76 mm Precautions
GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Product list
mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only. For No. 1, there is only the knob mounting hole.
Cylinders
● V-AS-5Q (backset 64, 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, Q type knob.> Keying
* Various types of fronts and strike plates are available. (Same as those for the LX series lever handle locks.) systems
Backset (mm) 64 76
Case depth (mm) 84 96 ▼ Locks
(Note 1)
B B Case depth
Thumbturn (90° rotation) A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset
Push-pull
In addition to the standard type shown in the
25 4.5 locks
illustration, various other types are available.
Top of front
10
19.5
41.5
22
2-M4 countersink
36
(Note 3) Lever
57
(16) handle
φ40
15.5
28

8
AS LX 21
locks
Case width: 122

φ33 through hole
Front length: 166

12
20 6 25
Spacing: 80
8.5 2-φ12 through holes
85.4
( )
65
80
63
80
96
15.5 Can also be
(44)
above and below. Mortise
locks
15.5 11
φ51
φ75
15.5
t2 24.5
10.6
2.4 L 12.25 Integral
22
22 (Note 2) locks
10
R2
(Note 3) (17) 44 Cylindrical

44
2.4
2-φ12 through holes locks

74 74
φ30 through hole
22.8
Rim dead
20
locks
Note 3: With AS-4 and 45 partition locks, the deadbolt throw

is 16 mm and a strike box with depth 17 mm is set. Dead locks
Cremon
Glass door
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns ■Strike plate lip (L) dimension locks
Door thickness B Emergency
(mm) Cylinder and Classification Classification
(Collar height) thumbturn height (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) locks
29~33 20L 20 29~33 16L 16 Cup handle
29~43 19.5 38.5
locks
43~53 14.5 38.5 33~43 25L 25 33~37 18L 18
53~63 19.5 48.5 43~53 30L 30 37~41 20L 20
63~73 14.5 48.5 53~60 33L 33 41~47 23L 23 Sliding

73~83 19.5 58.5 47~51 25L 25 door locks
51~57 28L 28
57~61 30L 30
▼ Electric locks
61~67 33L 33 Security systems
thickness, however in the case of a single leaf door and depending on the conditions of Ten-key
the door and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount. pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
● AS series knobs door
systems
Knob: Q type Knob: K type Knob: Y type Knob: B type
Hotel card
locks
φ57
φ51
φ75
φ51
φ75
φ53
φ75
φ75
44 44 47
44 74 74 76.5
Electric
74 locks
Knob: S type Knob: P type Knob: ORB type

Rose: S-8 type Rose: S-8 type Rose: S-8 type
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
φ75
φ57
φ75
φ51
φ75
φ68
77 82 69.5 48
Dimensions
107
Text P. 39
HS, HSP Mortise locks HS, anti-panic locks HSP
▼ Information HST, HSTP Automatic locking locks HST, HSTP HS, HST Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P] 3,5,6,7
6 mm
HSP * V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3,5,6,7 R type 76 mm 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
or less
Precautions GV [GV] L type
Table of contents /
HSTP * 7
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However for No. 3 and 7, there is a mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only.)
Cylinders ● V-HS,HST,HSP-5Q (backset 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V-HS-5Q with V18 cylinder, Q type knob.>
Keying * HSP and HSTP have lock handing (R type: Right-hinged out-swinging or left-hinged in-swinging door, L type: Left-hinged out-swinging or right-hinged in-swinging door.)
systems * In addition to the Q type knob shown in the illustration, various other types are available. (Refer to illustration below.)
▼ Locks 19.5 B
(Note 1)
B Case depth: 109.5
A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset 76
Thumbturn (90° rotation) 26 6
In addition to the standard type shown in the Top of front
Push-pull illustration, various other types are available.
10
locks Model stamp
25
HST, HSP
HS: HS
59.5
HST: HST
79.5
2-M4 countersink HSP: HSP
HSTP: HSTP
Lever
117
129.5
handle
10
18
20
locks

φ40
28
HS
7
Front length: 220

Case width: 170

12
Spacing: 80
17
100
Mortise φ30 through hole
25
locks
104
100
120
140
36
37
20.5
10
20
φ51
φ75
Integral
locks
8
40
Cylindrical
20
15.5
18
10
locks
10
t2 28 44
25
2.4 L 14
10
22 44
(Note 2)
R2
Rim dead
(HS)
(HST,HSP)
locks 74 74 21 (Door open)
2.4
22
12 (Door closed)
26
17∼45
Dead locks
22
24
Cremon
locks
Case steady brace
Glass door
locks Note 3: In the case of HSTP-7*, the door notch dimensions are the
same as the above notch diagram except for the absence of
the thumbturn mounting notch hole.
Emergency (Note 1) (Note 2)
locks
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns ■Strike plate lip (L) dimension
Cup handle
locks
Door thickness B
(mm) Cylinder and Classification Classification
(Collar height) thumbturn height (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm)
Sliding 29~43 19.5 38.5 29~33 20L 20 29~33 16L 16

door locks 43~53 14.5 38.5 33~43 25L 25 33~37 18L 18
53~63 19.5 48.5 43~53 30L 30 37~42 20L 20
14.5 48.5 53~60 33L 33 43~47 23L 23

▼ Electric locks 63~73
47~51 25L 25
Security systems 73~83 19.5 58.5
53~57 28L 28
57~61 30L 30
Ten-key
63~67 33L 33
pads
Key switches thickness, however in the case of a single leaf door and depending on the conditions of
Interlock / the door and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
emergency Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip
door (L) dimension from the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
systems
● HS series knobs
Hotel card
locks Knob: Q type Knob: K type Knob: Y type Knob: B type
Electric
φ57
φ51
φ75
φ51
φ75
φ53
φ75
φ75
locks
44 44 47
44 74 74 76.5
Electrical 74
conductors,
Control Knob: S type Knob: P type Knob: ORB type
boxes Rose: S-8 type Rose: S-8 type Rose: S-8 type
φ75
φ57
φ75
φ51
φ75
φ68
Dimensions
77 82 69.5 48
108
Text P. 40
UC Integral locks UC Compatible cylinders

GP [GP],V18 [V]
Knobs Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
▼ Information
GV [GV] Q (11), B (11)
1, 3, 45, 5, 6, 7 57, 64, 83 mm
6 pins [P] 25~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
7 pins [Z]
5 pins [N]
Q, Y, K, B
(
For 45, knobs are
Q, K, E types only. ) 100 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
E
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The notch is the same as No. 5 in this illustration for all models.) Precautions: Be aware that depending on the frame conditions, when the backset is 57 mm,
there may be the risk of fingers being jammed when the knob is turned.
Cylinders
● P-UC-5Q (backset 57, 64, 83 mm) <Illustration shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob.> Backset (mm) 57 64 83 Keying
* Although a GP, V18, or GV cylinder can be installed, the knobs are limited to Q11 and B11. Case depth (mm) 77.5 84.5 103.5
systems
Case depth
4.5
44
74 Door thickness
25
74
44
2-M4 countersink
3.5
Backset
▼ Locks
Top of front
2-M4 countersink
10
18
29
36.5
φ30 through hole Push-pull
12 17
15.5
locks

47
Front length: 130

15.5 Notch
Case width: 72
25
hole center
34.5
(44)
φ51
φ75
65
80
63
80
96
20 12
Lever
8.5 7
handle
locks
49
7.7 11
15.5
14
36.5
44
8
29
t2
24.5
10
2.4 When the handing is changed,
L 12.25 the orientation of the lock body Mortise
17 is reversed. Create φ12 notch holes at 2 locations
(Note 1) to the left and right or above and below locks
R2 according to the door.
14
7.7
Integral
19
12.4 10.4 locks
22.8 Cylindrical
locks
12 Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
● P-UC-5Q (backset 100 mm) <Illustration shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob.> Glass door
* Although a GP, V18, or GV cylinder can be installed, the knobs are limited to Q11 and B11. locks
Case depth: 122
Backset 100
2-M4 countersink Emergency
4.5 74 Door thickness 74 22
2-M4 countersink
locks
44 25 44 4
Top of front
Cup handle
2
44
locks
15.5
26
30
11 17
50
48
Front length: 100
15.5
Case width: 48
Sliding
18 2 20
door locks
φ51
φ75
65
80
63
80
96
45
8.5 7
7
11
▼ Electric locks
50
14
Notch hole center
30
26
15.5
φ30 through hole Security systems

8
t2 When the direction (hand)

24.5 is changed, the orientation 2-φ12 through holes
2.4
L 12.25 of the lock body is reversed.
17 Ten-key
(Note 1)
17
R2 14 pads
7
Key switches
12.4 10.4 Interlock /
22.8 emergency
11 ● UC mounting auxiliary plate C (SUS304 t1.5) door
70 systems
58
Hotel card
locks
4-φ11 holes
(Note 1)
For single leaf door For double leaf door Electric
170
158
44
locks
25~33 20L 20 29~33 16L 16
44 φ30 hole Electrical
33~43 25L 25 33~37 18L 18
conductors,
43~53 30L 30 37~42 20L 20 Control
4-φ4 holes
53~60 33L 33 43~47 23L 23 90° φ6.5 countersink
boxes
47~51 25L 25
53~57 28L 28 The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard according to
the door thickness, however in the case of a single leaf door and
depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate may
protrude by a large amount.
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate Dimensions
with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the amount of
109
Text P. 40
Integral locks UC
▼ Information
UC List of knobs Compatible cylinders
GP [GP],V18 [V]
GV [GV]
Knobs
Q (11), B (11)
1, 3, 45, 5, 6, 7 57, 64, 83 mm

6 pins [P]
( For
Q, K, E types only.) 100 mm
45, knobs are 25~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
7 pins [Z] Q, Y, K, B
Precautions (Note)
Table of contents / 5 pins [N] E
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) Precautions: Be aware that depending on the frame conditions, when the backset is 57 mm,
there may be the risk of fingers being jammed when the knob is turned.
Cylinders ● Knobs used with 6-pin, 7-pin cylinders (* GP, V18, GV cylinders can also be installed with Q, B type knobs.) ● Knobs used with 5-pin cylinders
Keying
systems
● P, Z-UC-5Q ● P, Z-UC-5Y ● N-UC-5E
▼ Locks
φ51
φ75
φ51
φ75
φ50
φ65
Push-pull
locks
44 44 36
Knob: Q type Knob: Y type Knob: E type
Lever Rose: S-2 type 74 Rose: S-2 type 74 Rose: S-5 type 70
handle
GP, V18, GV cylinders can also be
locks installed with Q type (finish 11) knobs.
● P, Z-UC-5K ● P, Z-UC-5B ● N-UC-5CAP (antique locks)

Mortise
locks
Integral
φ53
φ75
φ57
φ75
φ52
φ65
locks
Cylindrical
locks
44 42.5
Knob: K type Knob: B type
Rim dead Rose: S-2 type 74 Rose: S-2 type 72 9 62 62
locks
An S10 rose (φ100 mm) is also available for Q, Y, K, B type knobs. GP, V18, GV cylinders can also be
installed with B type (finish 11) knobs.
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
● Knobs used with SP 5-pin cylinders (for G series only)
Glass door
locks ● S-G-5N
Emergency Knob: N type

locks
Cup handle
locks
φ65
φ50
Sliding
door locks
34.5 34.5
▼ Electric locks 62 62
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
110
Text P. 41
Integral locks
G G series Compatible cylinders
GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV]
Knobs Model No.
Q (11), B (11) 1, 3, 45, 5, 6, 7
▼ Information
Q, Y, K, B 25~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 / 53~63 mm
5 pins [N] E
(
For 45, knobs are
Q, K, E types only. 64, 100 mm )
Precautions
SP 5 pins [S] N 5 22~34 mm, 30~42 mm Table of contents /
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The notch is the same as No. 5 in this illustration for all models.)
Cylinders
● P-G-5Q (backset 64 mm) <Illustration shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob.> Keying
systems
▼ Locks
● Standard strike plate, No. 12 type strike plate (Note)
( Dimensions in ( ) are No. 12

type strike plate dimensions. ) 4.5 74 Door thickness 74
2-M4 countersink
Case depth: 89
Push-pull
locks
44 25 44 Backset 64
4
2-M4 countersink φ30 through hole
Top of front

15
Lever
33.25
handle
15.5
8
16
50
locks
Front length: 100

7.5
33.5
φ51
φ75
39
38
37
54
70
27
15
15.5
10 Mortise
15.5
16
15 locks
33.25
8
t1.5 44
29
1.9 For a wooden door, a φ54
24 (30) 14.5
15 through hole can also be used.
38.5 (44.5) Integral
locks
R12 Cylindrical
locks
17.5
7
14
11
Strike plate for single leaf door
19
t1.5
(3.5)
5.5
14.5
(23) Rim dead
locks
Strike plate for double leaf door ● No. 17 type strike plate
t1.5
L
2-M4 countersink Dead locks
L=18,20.5
Cremon
15.5
Note: Use the standard (S1) strike plate for door thickness 25∼43 mm,
16
locks
the No. 12 type strike plate for door thickness 43∼53 mm, and
the No. 17 strike plate for door thickness 53∼63 mm. 7.5 Glass door
locks
39
54
38
37
70
15.5
Emergency
locks
15.5
16
Cup handle
t1.5 29 locks
● P-G-5Q (backset 100 mm) <Illustration shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob.> 1.9 32
15 46.5
Sliding
R2 door locks
19
30
● Standard strike plate, No. 12 type strike plate (Note) ▼ Electric locks
( )
Security systems
Dimensions in ( ) are No. 12 4.5 74 Door thickness 74
type strike plate dimensions.
2-M4 countersink Case depth: 125
44 25 44 Backset 100
Ten-key
4
2-M4 countersink Top of front φ30 through hole pads
15
31
15.5
Key switches
16
50
Front length: 100
7.5
Interlock /
emergency
φ75
φ51
39
38
37
54
70
27
15
38
15.5 door
systems
10
15.5
16
15
8
31
t1.5 44 Hotel card

29
1.9
24 (30) 14.5 For a wooden door, a φ54 locks
15 through hole can also be used.
38.5 (44.5)
R12
Electric
7
17

14
11
19 locks
t1.5
(3.5)
5.5
14.5
(23)
Strike plate for double leaf door

Electrical
conductors,
t1.5
L
Control
L=18,20.5 boxes
Note: Use the standard (S1) strike plate for door thickness 25∼43 mm,
the No. 12 type strike plate for door thickness 43∼53 mm, and
the No. 17 strike plate for door thickness 53∼63 mm.
Dimensions
111
(U.S. UL fire resistance standard certified product)
P. 42
UH Uni-Locks (cylindrical locks)

Text
▼ Information UH series Knobs Compatible cylinders
6 pins [P]
Model No.
1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Backset Door thickness (Note)
30~34 mm (special thin specification)
Gap (door and jamb)
Q, K, Y, B 60, 70, 89, 127 mm 34~50 mm (standard) 6 mm or less

Precautions 7 pins [Z] 8,* 9*
50~60 mm (special thick specification)
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information Door thickness: ## mm or more~## mm or less
(The notch is the same as No. 5 in this illustration for all models.) Precautions: 1. Press the button on the door inside to lock. Be aware
that the lock cannot be locked using the key.
Cylinders However model No 6 (double-cylinder lock) and model
Keying
systems
● P-UH-5Q (backset 60, 70, 89, 127 mm) No. 7 (single-cylinder outside lock) are locked and
unlocked from the outside using the key.
<Illustration shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob. > 2. Be aware that depending on the frame conditions,
when the backset is 60 mm, there may be the risk of
Note: Special thin specification is required for door thickness 30~34, and special thick specification is
▼ Locks required for door thickness 50~60 mm. Please contact us.
fingers being jammed when the knob is turned.
Push-pull Backset (mm) 60 70 89 127

locks Latch case depth (mm) 36.3 46.4 65.1 103.3
187
2-M4 countersink
Lever 16 Door thickness 16 Backset
handle 44 28.5 44 2-M4 countersink
φ54 through hole
locks 14 4.2
8
16
17
8
Front length: 57
Mounting screw
6.5
Mortise
φ24.6
φ51
φ85
φ22
8 pitch: 41
32
54
70
38
locks
36
17.5
2-φ8 holes (outside only)

17
16
Integral (notch for fastening rose)

8
locks 28.5
Cylindrical φ26 through hole 54
locks 27 14.25
2.5
t2
Latch case depth
4.2
Strike plate for
6
Rim dead
15
single leaf door
φ24.6
28.5
locks
5
16
26
23
Dead locks
Cremon L 14.2 * With the UH-8 automatic locking locks and UH-9 hotel locks, the knob
locks Strike plate for on the outside of the door is fixed. The UH-9 outside knob cylinder
t2
Glass door double leaf door includes an indicator (occupancy indicator).

locks (Special thick specification
is not available for
Emergency double-leaf doors.) L=18, 20.5
locks
Cup handle
locks
● List of UH series knobs (For standard door thickness 34~50 mm)

Sliding
door locks
● UH-5Q ● UH-5K
187 187
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
R R
Ten-key
pads
φ51
φ85
φ53
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency Door thickness 16 44 44
door Knob: Q type Knob: K type
systems Rose: H-1 type Rose: H-1 type
Hotel card
locks
● UH-5Y ● UH-5B
Electric
locks 187 185
Electrical
conductors,
R R
Control
φ51
φ57
boxes
44 46
Knob: Y type Knob: B type
Dimensions Rose: H-1 type Rose: H-1 type
112
P. 43
US Uni-Locks (cylindrical locks)

Text
US series Knobs Compatible cylinders Model No.

6 pins [P]
Backset Door thickness
25~30 mm (for thin doors)
Gap (door and jamb)
▼ Information
Q, Y, K, B 7 pins [Z] 1, 4, 5, 6 50, 57, 60, 64 30~45 mm (standard) 6 mm or less
7, 8* 70, 89, 127 mm Precautions
E, F 5 pins [N] 45~60 mm (for thick doors)
Table of contents /
Product list
Door thickness: ## mm or more~## mm or less Basic information
(The notch is the same as No. 5 in this illustration for all models.) Precautions: 1. P
ress the button on the door inside to lock. Be aware that the lock
cannot be locked using the key. However model No 6 (double-
Cylinders
● P-US-5Q cylinder lock) and model No. 7 (single-cylinder outside lock) are
locked and unlocked from the outside using the key. Keying
<Illustration shows a 6-pin cylinder, Q type knob, backset 60 mm.> 2. Be aware that depending on the frame conditions, when the systems
backset is 60 mm or less, there may be the risk of fingers being
Backset （mm） 50 57 60 64 70 89 127 jammed when the knob is turned.
Latch case depth（mm） 24.9 31.9 35.3 39.3 45.3 64.1 102.1
3. Be aware that although mounting is possible when the door ▼ Locks
thickness at the rose mounting point is 25 mm or more, the
thickness at the latch front mounting point must be 28 mm or more.
170
2-M4 countersink 44 15.2 Door thickness 15.2 44 Push-pull
29 2-M4 countersink Backset locks
25.4
φ54 through hole
10 3.5
8
16
17

Front length: 57
6 Lever
handle
φ21.5
φ51
φ75
φ19
38
54
32
70
36
16 locks
2-φ8 holes (door outside only)
(notch for fastening rose)
17
16
A 14.5 54 Mortise
C
B
Strike plate for

5.5
* With the US-8 automatic locking locks, the knob

D
single leaf door Latch case depth

21 on the outside of the door is fixed.
5.5
Integral
4
14.5
locks
φ21.5
Strike plate dimensions for single leaf door
25.4
L 14.5
15
Cylindrical
t1.5
A B C D locks
Strike plate for For thin doors, standard doors（mm） 24 1.2 1.6 11.7
double leaf door
For thick doors （mm） 32 1.5 1.9 12
L=18, 20.5
Rim dead
locks
● List of US series knobs
Dead locks
(With 6-pin or 7-pin cylinder and standard door thickness 30~45 mm) (With 6-pin or 7-pin cylinder and thin door 25~30 mm) Cremon
170 locks
● US-5Q 170
Glass door
locks
Emergency
φ67.6
locks
φ51
φ51
φ75
Cup handle
locks
Knob: Q type Door thickness Knob: Q type Door

44
Rose: S-2 type Rose: S-4 thickness 18.5 44
Sliding
door locks
(With 6-pin or 7-pin cylinder and thick door 45~60 mm)
▼ Electric locks
170
● US-5K Security systems
φ64.4
φ51
φ53
Ten-key
pads
44
Knob: K type Knob: Q type Door thickness 8 44 Key switches
Rose: S-2 type Rose: S-6 Interlock /
emergency
door
● With 5-pin cylinder (E type, F type knob) systems
● US-5Y
165
● US-5E Hotel card
locks
φ51
φ50
φ65
44
Knob: Y type Electric
Rose: S-2 type locks
Knob: E type
8 7 36
182 Rose: S-5 type
● US-5B Electrical
162 conductors,
● US-5F Control
boxes
φ57
φ50.5
Knob: B type 45
Rose: S-2 type
Knob: F type
8 7 38.2 Dimensions
Note: The rose shape differs depending on the door thickness. Rose: S-5 type
(25~30 mm: S-4 type, 30~45 mm: S-2 type, 45~60 mm: S-6 type)
113
P. 43
Uni-Locks (cylindrical locks)
Text
▼ Information
ULW ULW series Knobs Cylinder Model No. Backset Door thickness Gap (door and jamb)
E, F Wafer cylinder 5 50, 57, 60, 64, 70, 89, 127 mm 25~30, 27~37 mm 6 mm or less
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
(The notch is the same as No. 5 in this illustration for all models.) Precautions: 1. P
ress the button on the door inside to lock. Be aware
that the lock cannot be locked using the key.
Cylinders 2. Be aware that depending on the frame conditions,
Keying when the backset is 60 mm or less, there may be the
systems ● ULW-5E <Illustration shows an E type knob with backset 60 mm.> risk of fingers being jammed when the knob is turned.
3. Be aware that although mounting is possible when the
door thickness at the rose mounting point is 25 mm or
▼ Locks Backset （mm） 50 57 60 64 70 89 127 more, the thickness at the latch front mounting point
must be 28 mm or more.
Latch case depth（mm） 24.9 31.9 35.3 39.3 45.3 64.1 102.1
Push-pull
locks
165 Backset
2-M4 countersink 2-M4 countersink
29 36 15 Door thickness 14 36
8 7 10 3.5
Lever 25.4
handle
8
17
16
8
locks
Front length: 57
Mounting screw
6
φ21.5
φ65
φ50
φ19
54
32
36
38
70
8 pitch: 41
16
Mortise
locks
17
16
φ54 through hole

Integral 24 14.5 φ22 through hole <The notch hole is the same
1.6
t1.2
locks for the ULW-1, 3, 4, 49, 5 types.>

5.5
Cylindrical Strike plate for

12
single leaf door

locks Latch case depth
5.5
21
● Guard plate
4
14.5
(Set as standard with ULW-5.)
φ21.5
25.4
15
Rim dead
12.5 32
locks 30.8 t1.2
21.9
11.8 16
Dead locks
5
Cremon
locks
41
57
25
Glass door
locks
Emergency 24
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks ● ULW-5F <Illustration shows an F type knob with backset 60 mm.> Backset （mm） 50 57 60 64 70 89 127
Note: F type knob for ULW has been discontinued. Latch case depth（mm） 24.9 31.9 35.3 39.3 45.3 64.1 102.1
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
4.5 162 Backset
29 37 8 Door thickness 7 37
Ten-key 25.4 10 3.5
pads
8
17
16
8
Mounting screw
Front length: 57
6
Key switches
φ50.5
φ21.5
φ65
φ19
36
38
32
54
70
8 pitch: 41
Interlock / 16
emergency
door
systems
17
16
φ54 through hole

φ22 through hole <The cut-out hole is the same
Hotel card for the ULW-1, 3, 4, 49, 5 types.>
24 14.5
locks
1.6
t1.2
Strike plate for

5.5
Latch case depth

Guard plate
5.5
single leaf door

12
●
4
21 (Set as standard with ULW-5.)

φ21.5
25.4
Electric 14.5
15
locks 12.5 32
30.8 t1.2
21.9
11.8 16
Electrical
5
conductors,
Control
41
57
25
boxes
24
Dimensions
114
Text P. 43
ULW Uni-Locks (cylindrical locks)

ULW series Cylinder Model No. Knobs Backset Door thickness Gap (door and jamb) ▼ Information
1, 4, 49 50, 57, 60, 64, 70, 89, 127 mm 25~30, 27~37 mm
E, F 6 mm or less
1, 4, 49 BL 60, 64, 89 mm 25~30, 27~37 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Door thickness: ## mm or more~## mm or less Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The notch is the same for all models.)
Precautions: Precautions: Be aware that depending on the frame
conditions, when the backset is 60 mm or less, there
● ULW-4E BL, 49E BL type may be the risk of fingers being jammed when the
Cylinders
Keying
(ULW-1E BL has the same dimensions as knob is turned.
systems
Backset 60 64 89 Also be aware that although mounting is possible
the illustration below except for the absence (mm)
when the door thickness at the rose mounting point is
of the push-button and emergency cylinder.) Latch case depth (mm) 35.3 39.3 64.1
25 mm or more, the thickness at the latch front
mounting point must be 28 mm or more. ▼ Locks
● BL strike plate
<KD type> <No. 18, 25 type> 165
2-M4 countersink 36 14 Door thickness 16.3 36 Backset Push-pull
2-M4 countersink
25.4 10 3.5 locks
8
8
17.8
17.8
R1.5 R1.5
16
16
8
Front length: 57
Mounting screw
6.2 6.2
φ21.5
Lever
34.4
34.4
φ65
φ50
φ19
38
32
54
70
38
32
54
70
8 pitch: 41
16 16
handle
locks
17.8
17.8
16
16
Mounting screw φ54 through hole

8
29 29 Not present on
ULW-1E BL.
φ22 through hole Mortise
23.7 14.5
R12 For the BL type, the latch uses nylon, and the structure is Latch case depth locks
t1.2
t1.2
5.5
installed from the outside using screws. The strike plate
4.9
5
10
10
specifications are also different.
φ21.5
25.4
15
15 R8.2 7.4 R8.2
7.4 18.4 Integral
18.4 L
locks
No. 18 type: L=20 Cylindrical
No. 25 type: L=22 locks
● ULW-49*BL type key
39.6
Rim dead
(Key used during construction) locks
17.6
Dead locks
Cremon
(Chip key) locks
Glass door
locks
22
Emergency
(Emergency key)
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
● ULW-49E (with construction key system for bathroom) door locks
(ULW-4E has the same dimensions as the illustration below. ULW-1E Backset (mm) 50 57 60 64 70 89 127
has the same dimensions except for the absence of the push-button
and emergency cylinder. )
Latch case depth (mm) 24.9 31.9 35.3 39.3 45.3 64.1 102.1
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
165 Backset
36 15 Door thickness 14 36 Ten-key
25.4 10 3.5 pads
8
16
17
8
Front length: 57
Mounting screw
6 Key switches
Interlock /
φ21.5
φ65
φ50
φ19
36
38
32
54
70
8 pitch: 41
16 emergency
door
systems
17
16
φ54 through hole

29
Hotel card
The rose on the cylinder side is fixed. Latch case depth locks
φ22 through hole
5.5
24 14.5
t1.2
1.6
5.2
φ21.5
Strike plate for

25.4
12
15
single leaf door

21
14.5
Electric
locks
● ULW-49E key
56.7
Electrical
Key No. stamp conductors,
Control
(Unlocked with the key during construction.) boxes
012345
32 After construction is completed,

insert the chip key. Thereafter it
can be unlocked using a coin or
similar means.
Chip key
Dimensions
115
Text P. 44
▼ Information
MH Rim dead locks MH Compatible cylinders Model No. Hand Thumbturn Door thickness
Same for right Standard type
V18［V］ 30~50,
5 and left, inside TME type
Precautions GV［GV］ 50~70 mm
and outside TMK type
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders ● V-MH-5 <Illustration shows a lock with a V18 cylinder.>

Keying * GV cylinders can be installed, however GP, 6-pin, and 7-pin cylinders cannot.
systems
* In addition to standard type thumbturns shown in the illustration, TME and TMK security thumbturns are also available.
TME thumbturns do not have a TM function (function that prevents it from rotating under eccentric force) in normal mode.
▼ Locks
n φ28 16.5
Push-pull Cylinder escutcheon

locks
28.5
36
<Mounting auxiliary plate>
4-M5 tapping holes (for fastening lock body)
Lever Center of notch hole Center of notch hole 2-M6 countersink (for fastening cylinder)
handle (φ30 through hole) 11.5 Door thickness 10 33 Clearance from wall 5 55 30.5 (φ30 through hole)
locks 29 10 6 Stroke 25.5
45
9.5
33
43 7.5 4
φ8
φ14 hole
9.5
Mortise
locks
39
20
24
4
14
23
48
68
16
Integral
105
64
55
75
94
locks
30
Cylindrical 27
66
locks
t3
9.5
Door warpage prevention device
Rim dead Lock body liner

5-M4 countersink (for fastening auxiliary plate)
locks Mounting Use as necessary according to the
auxiliary plate conditions at the installation position. 2-M6 reverse tapping holes (for door warpage prevention device)
Dead locks
Cremon ● V-MH strike plate ● V-MH strike plate liner (2 liners) ● V-MH L type strike plate (t3.2) ● V-MH flat strike plate (t2.0)
locks (Use as necessary according to the conditions
at the installation position.) 19.5
Glass door 21 22
locks 21 t2 2-M4 countersink
20.5
10 10 5
t3.2
Emergency
locks
Cup handle 10
locks 9
86
68
86
68
39
44
36
60
80
80
60
40
9 3.5
38
38
9.5
Sliding
2
door locks
10.5 10.5 20 t2
▼ Electric locks 0.8
Security systems 4-M4 elongated holes for pan head screw 4-M4 countersink
<Door notch dimensions> Door outside notch diagram Notch diagram for V-MH
Ten-key Door outside notch diagram Door inside notcht diagram for V-MH strike plate L type, flat type strike plate
pads
* Three types of strike plates are notch diagram
notch diagram
included in the set. Use the 33
10
appropriate one according to
Key switches the conditions of the door and
20
10
Interlock / frame.
60 (Note 3, Note 4)
48
emergency
20
44 (Note 3)
27
door φ30 through hole

55
65
systems
68
2-φ10 through holes 2-φ8 holes (Note 1) 27
5-M4 tapping holes (Note 2)

Hotel card
locks 4-M4 tapping holes (Note 2)
Note 1: When using a warpage prevention device, create 2-φ8 holes on the door inside. 4-M4 tapping holes (Note 2)
2: Create M4 taps for mounting the lock body and strike plate before installing the parts.
(Not necessary for a wooden door. )
3: Be aware that the mount screw pitch for an L type strike plate is different (44 mm or 60 mm) depending on the mounting direction.
4: The mounting screw pitch for a flat strike plate is 60 mm.
Electric
locks
● Example of using V-MH strike plate ● Example of using V-MH L type strike plate
Use a lock body liner in cases
Out-swinging door Out-swinging door In-swinging door
such as airtight doors.
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Lock body liner
Dimensions
116
Text P. 44
MDU Rim dead locks
MD MDU, MD series Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Door thickness
• When a 12 mm collar is used ▼ Information
V18［V］ 6 pins [P] 24~27 (cannot be used for wooden doors) / 27~34 / 34~41 mm (liner used)
GV［GV］ 7 pins [Z] 30~36 / 36~43 / 43~50 mm (no liner)
MDU 5, 7 • When an embedded collar is used Precautions
GP［GP］ 35~38 / 38~45 / 45~52 mm (liner used) Table of contents /
41~47 / 47~54 / 54~61 mm (no liner) Product list
3 23 mm or more
MD SP 5 pins [S]
5, 7 23~30 (cannot be used for wooden doors) / 30~40 mm
Basic information
Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm Cylinders

■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) Keying
(Create a thumbturn mounting hole notch for model No. 3, or cylinder mounting hole notch for No. 7, on one side only.) systems
● V-MDU-5 <Illustration shows MDU with V18 cylinder and liner.> ● MDU mounting auxiliary plate (t2.0)
Cylinder mounting hole
(Be sure to use.) ▼ Locks
φ30 through hole (when a 12 mm collar is used)
φ38 through hole (when an embedded collar is used) 4-M4 countersink (for mounting cylinder)
12 Door thickness 11 36 4-M4 tapping holes
4-M4 mounting screws (for mounting lock body)
2 23 Push-pull
40 30 locks
3.5
12 mm collar Lock body center 4-M4 tapping holes
11
(φ30 through hole)
Notch hole
center Lever
handle
23.5
φ17
locks
4
φ44
φ39
98.5
105
76
30
55
76
31.5
φ24
Lock body center

8 Mortise
Thumbturn center
1 locks
11
3.5
Liner 3.5 10 30 10 3.5 2-φ12 40
φ35.5
Integral
φ44
18.5 6 22 57 50.5
Embedded collar
locks
4-M4 countersink (for mounting auxiliary plate) Cylindrical
(φ38 through hole)
locks
● MDU strike plate ● MDU strike plate notch

(Steel door) Rim dead
M4 round tapping hole 4-M4 tapping holes
● MD flat strike plate (t2.0) ● MD L type strike plate (t3.2) locks
19.5
2-M4 countersink 4-M4 countersink Dead locks
20.5
t3.2
Cremon
locks
80
65
38
38
65
3.5 10 8 3.5 Glass door

Strike plate center locks
Lock body center 9
Emergency
80
60
40
44
36
60
80
10 3.5 9.5 6.5 locks
10 10
Be sure to fasten
Cup handle
25 16 using 4 screws. locks
20 t2 10.5 10.5
Sliding
MD mounting auxiliary plate (t2.0) door locks
● S-MD-5 <Illustration shows an MD and SP 5-pin cylinder.> ●
(MK and other key systems are not supported.) (Use as necessary according to
the door conditions.)
42 for standard 36
2-M4 countersink (for mounting auxiliary plate) ▼ Electric locks
33 for thin door 2-M4 tapping holes Security systems
(for mounting lock body)
Door thickness 23
4-M4 mounting screws 2-φ6 holes 30
Ten-key
pads
11
Cylinder mounting hole

φ21 through hole
2 10
φ22
Key switches
Interlock /
φ19.5
φ34
100
φ24
emergency
30
76
98
40
76
door
7.5 6 systems
Cylinder collar
11
Hotel card
locks
10 30 10 4-M4 tapping holes 31 26
(for steel door)
25.5 50 57
● When an MDU strike plate is used ● When an MD strike plate is used Electric
locks
Out-swinging door In-swinging door Out-swinging door
Example of using Plain strike plate, L type strike plate,
mounting auxiliary plate out-swinging door in-swinging door
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
(When the mounting auxiliary plate

is used, this strike plate can also
be installed on flush doors.)
Dimensions
117
Text P. 45
▼ Information
LDK Dead locks LDK
(hooked deadbolt)
Model Compatible cylinders
GP [GP]
Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
6 pins [P] 64 mm
LDK V18 [V]
7 pins [Z]
3, 5, 6, 7
76 mm
29~43 / 43~53 mm 6 mm or less
Precautions GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Product list
(The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3)
Cylinders or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only. )
Keying
systems ● V-LDK-5 (backset 64, 76 mm) Backset (mm) 64 76
<Illustration shows example of using model No. 5 with V18 cylinder.> Case depth (mm) 85 97
* Use with a gap of 6 mm or less.
▼ Locks
(Note 1) Case depth
19.5 B B
Hooked deadbolt Backset
A Door thickness A
Push-pull (for crowbar countermeasure) 4.5
locks 25
Top of front
2-M4 countersink
21
22
47
10
Lever 21
64.5
21.4

R1
R3
.2
.6
handle 13
φ40
Front length: 130

14 28
Case width: 88
locks 6
15
67.2
110
33
90
25
Thumbturn φ33 through hole
Mortise (90°rotation)
10.5 (for mounting cylinder
locks and thumbturn)
21.4
21
10
Integral t1.5
locks 3.1 25 2-M4 countersink
Cylindrical 22 Gap 6 mm or less
locks With standard front
20
Rim dead 21.2
locks With guard front
(Note 1)
Dead locks ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns

Cremon 26
Door thickness Dimension (mm)
locks (mm) A B
Glass door
t2
29~43 19.5 38.5 12

locks
43~53 14.5 38.5
Emergency
locks 53~63 19.5 48.5
Cup handle
locks 63~73 14.5 48.5
73~83 19.5 58.5
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
118
Text P. 45
HD Dead locks HD
Seal locks HDFU
Note: GV cylinders cannot be used with HDFU.
Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
▼ Information
HD GP [GP]
6 pins [P]
(Note 2)
V18 [V] 3, 33, 4, 45, 5, 6, 7 38, 51, 64, 76 mm 29~43 / 43~53 mm
7 pins [Z]
HDFU (Note) GV [GV] 7 64, 76 mm 33~40 / 40~50 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
(The model No. 33, 4, 45, 6 notches are the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a thumbturn
mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only. ) Cylinders
Keying
● V-HD-5 (backset 38, 51, 64, 76 mm) Backset (mm) 38 51 64 76 systems
<Illustration shows example of using model No. 5 with V18 cylinder.> Case depth (mm) 54.5 68.5 81.5 93.5
▼ Locks
(Note 1)
19.5 B B Case depth
Thumbturn (90° rotation) A Door thickness A Backset Push-pull
2-M4 countersink locks
4.5
Top of front (for mounting cylinder and thumbturn)
2-M4 countersink
10
20.5
40.5
23
(Note 2)
Lever
15.5
handle
56
（16）
φ40
locks
28
21
Front length: 130

H D
Case width: 84
65
54
80
96
25
16 Mortise
12
locks
15.5
23
t2
Integral
10
2.4 24.6
locks
22
(Note 2)
4.5
（17）
Cylindrical
22
Plain strike plate locks

Note 2:
21 Flat front
20
With model No. 4 and 45 and deadbolt
R60 throw of 16 mm, a strike box with depth
2.8
t1.5
17 mm (17.4 mm with rounded strike 4.5

Rim dead
（17.4）
(Note 2)
box) is set.
locks
22.4
Rounded strike plate When the deadbolt throw is 16 mm, a Rounded front
20
(R60 curved surface) cylinder-type emergency unlock device (R80 curved surface)
21 cannot be used.
R80
Dead locks
(Note 1)
Cremon
locks
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns Glass door
Door thickness Dimension (mm) locks
(mm) A B
29~43 19.5 38.5 Emergency

locks
43~53 14.5 38.5 Cup handle
locks
53~63 19.5 48.5
63~73 14.5 48.5

Sliding
73~83 19.5 58.5 door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
● Seal locks V-HDFU-7 (backset 64, 76 mm) Backset (mm) 64 76 pads
Note: GV cylinders cannot be used with HDFU. Case depth (mm) 81.5 93.5
Case depth
Key switches
Backset Interlock /
48
4-M4 tapping holes emergency
24.5 45 (for mounting seal device) door
35 (cylinder side only)
systems
φ33 hole
(for mounting cylinder) Hotel card
60
locks
40.5
(cylinder side only)

69
92
● Changeable auxiliary plate

H D
(PSD mounting auxiliary plate G)
17
Electric
32
(SUS304 t1.5)
locks
173
2-M4 countersink
7.5
Electrical
35
conductors,
Control
boxes
80
95
φ33 hole
48
50
7.5
(Conditions after seal device cover was opened)

Dimensions
119
1502 Dead locks
Text P. 46
▼ Information 1503 1502, 1503 Model Compatible cylinders Model No.

GP [GP], V18 [V], GV [GV]
Backset Door thickness Gap (door and jamb)
25~38 / 38~48 / 48~58 mm

1502,1503 3, 5, 6, 7 25, 32 mm (Note 1)
Precautions 6 pins [P], 7 pins [Z] (Contact GOAL for more information.)
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) Door thickness: ## mm or more~less than ## mm
Cylinders ● V-1502 (backset 25 mm), 1503 (backset 32 mm) -5 Model 1502 1503
Keying <Illustration shows example of using model No. 5 with V18 cylinder.> Backset (mm) 25 32
systems
(The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3) Case depth (mm) 41 48
or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only. )
▼ Locks * The thumbturn is the standard type shown in the illustration only.
16.5 B
(Note 2)
B Case depth
A Door thickness A
Backset
22.5
2-M4 countersink 4
25.5 (Note 1)
locks
10
24.5
44.5
36
2-M4 countersink
58
Lever

handle
9
φ40
φ40
Front length: 120

17
27
locks 15.4
Case width: 71
10
13
30
42
37
58
76
Mortise Thumbturn φ33 through hole

(360° rotation) (for mounting cylinder
locks and thumbturn)
17
24.5
9
Integral
10
locks 26
Cylindrical
locks R80
t1.5
t1.5
Rounded strike plate Plain strike plate 4

(R80 curved surface)
17
2.6
1.9
16
Flat front
16
Rim dead
locks 21
4.5
(Note 2)
Dead locks
Cremon ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns Rounded front
locks Door thickness Dimension (mm)
Glass door (mm) A B
R80
locks 19.5 36
25~38
Emergency 38~48 14.5 36 Note 1:

locks There are two types of front width dimension for both flat front and
Cup handle 19.5 46 rounded front: 22.5 mm and 25.5 mm. Be sure to specify the one
48~58
you want.
locks For door thickness of 25~less than 28 mm, be sure to use a lock with
58~68 14.5 46 a front width of 22.5 mm.
68~78 19.5 56
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
120
CGT
Text P. 47
Mortise lock dead locks
AHD CGT, AHD Model Compatible cylinders Model No.
GP [GP]
35~38 / 38~45 / 45~55 / * 40 mm or more for
▼ Information
CGT 6 pins [P] 51 mm 55~65 / 65~75 mm wooden doors
V18 [V] 3, 5, 6, 7
AHD GV [GV] 7 pins [Z] 76, 100 mm 35~50 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
(The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only.)
Cylinders
● V-CGT-5 (backset 51 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder with backset 51 mm.> Keying
(Note 1) Amount of thumbturn projection (Note 1) Amount of cylinder projection
systems
Case depth: 78
B Door thickness A Backset 51
24 25 4 ▼ Locks
Top of lock front
1
12 10
15.5
11 Push-pull
locks
23
14
φ40 notch hole
25
57
55
70
88

(cylinder side only)
Cylinder Lever
50
mounting screw
Front length: 200

handle
Case width: 156

locks
15.5
φ46
9
t2 25 Thumbturn
mounting screw
40
4
26 Mortise
60ﾟ
φ46
locks
43
16
Integral
φ40 notch hole locks
10 12
(thumbturn side only) Cylindrical
C D locks
Note 1: The amount that the cylinder and thumbturn project from the surface of the door
(dimensions A, B) and the amount of back part projection (dimensions C, D) vary
(Note 1) Amount of cylinder (Note 1) Amount of thumbturn
depending on the door thickness dimensions as shown in the table below.
back projection back projection
Rim dead
16
Therefore for wooden doors, use a door thickness of 40 mm or more.
When creating a relief hole for back part projection, do not create a hole that goes locks
all the way through the door.
■CGT: Amounts of cylinder and thumbturn projection A, B, C, D according to door thickness and cylinder type Dead locks
35~Less than 38 38~Less than 45 Cremon
Door thickness (mm) 45~Less than 55 55~Less than 65 65~Less than 75
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
locks
Glass door
6P cylinder 4.0 3.5 3.0 1.0
Amount of locks
cylinder projection GP, V, Z cylinder 4.5 4.0 3.5 1.5 1.0
A (mm) Emergency
GV cylinder 6 5.5 5.0 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0
locks
Amount of thumbturn projection B (mm) 2.0 1.0
Cup handle
Amount of cylinder back projection C (mm) 14.8 16.3 14.8 10.3 14.8 locks
Amount of thumbturn back projection D (mm) 14.9 14.9 10.4 14.9 10.4
Sliding
door locks
● V-AHD-5 (backset 76, 100 mm) Backset (mm) 76 100
<Illustration shows example of using model No. 5, V18 cylinder.> Case depth (mm) 106 130
(Note 2)
▼ Electric locks
20 B B Case depth Security systems
A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset

6.6
25.5
Top of front Ten-key
pads
10
48.5
27
37
2-M4 countersink
63.5
Key switches
15.5
φ43.3
21 Interlock /
30
emergency
φ36 through hole door

Thumbturn systems
30
Front length: 204

Case width: 150
(90° rotation)
65
54
80
96
and thumbturn)
16
12
Hotel card
36
locks
15.5
t2
2.4 24.5
1
22
Electric
10
locks
27
10
21
Electrical
(Note 2)
conductors,
■AHD: Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns Control
17~45
21
Door thickness Dimension (mm) boxes

(mm) A B
35~50 17.5 39
Case steady brace
50~63 17.5 46
63~73 22.5 56
73~83 17.5 56
Dimensions
121
Text P. 47
▼ Information
LXD Dead locks LXD Compatible cylinders
GP [GP]
6 pins [P]
V18 [V] 3, 4, 45, 5, 6, 7 32, 38, 51, 64 mm 29~43 / 43~53 mm
7 pins [Z]
Precautions GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Product list
The model No. 4, 45, 6 notches is the same as No. 5 in the illustration.
However create a thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only.)
Cylinders
Keying
systems ● V-LXD-5 (backset 32, 38, 51, 64 mm) Backset (mm) 32 38 51 64
<Illustration shows example of using model No. 5, V18 cylinder.> Case depth (mm) 48.5 55.5 68.5 81.5
▼ Locks
(Note 1) Case depth
Thumbturn
( )
19.5 B B
In addition to the standard type
shown in the illustration, various Backset
A Door thickness A
Push-pull other types are available. 2-M4 countersink 4.5
25
locks
2-M4 countersink
10
21.5
41.5
24
15.5
69.5
Lever (Note 2) (16)
φ40
21
handle AS.LX

locks
Front length: 166
Case width: 118

65
54
80
96
25
16
Mortise (for mounting cylinder
and thumbturn)
15.5
locks
8
24.6
(17) (Note 2)
t2
Integral
24
locks
2.4
Plain strike plate

22
10
Cylindrical
locks 21
4.5
(Note 1)
Rim dead
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns
20
locks
(mm) A B
Note 2:
Dead locks 29~43 19.5 38.5
When the deadbolt throw is 16 mm, a strike box with depth 17 mm is set.
Cremon When the deadbolt throw is 16 mm, a cylinder-type emergency unlock device cannot be used.
locks 43~53 14.5 38.5
Glass door
locks 53~63 19.5 48.5
Emergency 63~73 14.5 48.5

locks
73~83 19.5 58.5
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
122
Text P. 48
AD Tubular dead locks

AD series Compatible cylinders Model No.
GP [GP]
6 pins [P]
Backset
50, 60, 64, 70 mm
Varies depending on the model and ▼ Information
V18 [V] 3, 45, 5, 6, 7 type of cylinder used. For details, refer
GV [GV] 7 pins [Z] (600 mm backset is also to the table in the dimensions diagram.
SP 5 pins [S] 5 available. Refer to P.56.) 27~45 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● AD series models and door thickness according to cylinder type Cylinders

Cylinder type (symbol) Model Door thickness Keying
systems
AD-3 30~45 / 45~55 mm
AD-45 TSD emergency cylinder 33~45 mm
GP cylinder [GP] GP, V, GV-AD-5, 7 30~43 / 43~53 mm ▼ Locks

V18 cylinder [V]
GV cylinder [GV] GP, V, GV-AD-6 30~40 / 40~50 mm
P, Z-AD-5 30~45 / 45~55 mm Push-pull

6-pin cylinder [P] locks
P, Z-AD-6 37~47 / 47~57 mm
7-pin cylinder [Z]
P, Z-AD-7 30~55 mm
SP 5-pin cylinder [S] (Note 2) S-AD-5 22~27 / 27~45 / 45~55 mm
Lever
Note: 600 mm backset is also available and is listed in the sliding door lock section as a sliding hanger door lock.
Refer to P.50 for the main text and P.128 for the dimensions. handle
locks
● V(GP,GV)-AD-5 (Door thickness 30~43 / 43~53 mm) <Illustration shows example of using model No. 5 with V18 cylinder. >
● P(Z)-AD-5 (Door thickness 30~45 / 45~55 mm) (* Same for all models.) Mortise
Backset 50 60 64 70 locks
Note 1: The height of V18, GP, and GV cylinders is 30 mm, however the height of 6-pin and 7-pin cylinders is 26 mm. (mm)
Note 2: For SP 5-pin cylinders, the model is No. 5 only and MK and other key systems are not supported. Case depth (mm) 67 77 81 87
2-M4 countersink Door thickness Integral

Backset
2-M4 countersink
25.5 locks
(Thumbturn rotating angle) 110° φ22 through hole 3.7 Cylindrical
φ36 through hole
locks
8
16.5

Front length: 57
15
16
φ45.2
φ45.2
20.8
Rim dead
31
26
48
64
18
locks
16.5
t1.5 23 (Note 1) Dead locks

25.5 17 13.4 30 (GP, V, GV cylinder)
1.9
(26) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder) Cremon
Case depth
14.5 locks
Glass door
locks
16.5
9.5
12
22
(* The strike plate is the same for all AD series models.) Emergency
locks
φ45.2
Cup handle
locks
19
SP 5-pin
Sliding
● S-AD-5 cylinder
(Note 2) door locks
● V(GP,GV)-AD-6 (Door thickness 30~40 mm) ● V(GP,GV)-AD-6 ▼ Electric locks

Security systems
<Illustration shows example of using model No. 6 with V18 cylinder.> (Door thickness 40~50 mm)
(* A collar is required on both sides. ) (* Dimensions and strike plates not listed are the same as V-AD-5 above.) (* A collar is required on the inside.)
Ten-key
φ22 through hole pads
Inside 11.5 mm collar Outside 7 mm collar
Door thickness Backset Inside 6.5 mm collar Door thickness
Inside cylinder Outside cylinder Outside cylinder
22.4 Inside cylinder
φ36 through hole Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
φ45.2
φ50
φ60
φ50
6
systems
11.5 Hotel card

7 6.5
39.5 35 34.5 30 locks
(* For detailed collar illustrations, refer to the following page.)
Electric
● P(Z)-AD-6 (Door thickness 37~47 / 47~57 mm) <Illustration shows an example of using model No. 6 with a 6-pin cylinder. > locks
(* A collar is not required.) (* Dimensions and strike plates not listed are the same as V-AD-5 above.)
φ22 through hole

Door thickness Electrical
Backset conductors,
φ36 through hole
Control
boxes
φ45.2
φ45.2
23 Dimensions
Inside cylinder 26 26 Outside cylinder
123
▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
Cylinders
Keying
systems
<Collars used with AD-6>
▼ Locks ● Collar used with V (GP, GV)-6 (Door thickness 30~40 mm) ● Collar used with V (GP, GV)-6
(Use a collar on both sides.) (Door thickness 40~50 mm) (Use a collar on the inside only.)
Push-pull ● Inside 11.5 mm collar ● Outside 7 mm collar ● Inside 6.5 mm collar

locks
When installing, the M4 tapping hole When installing, the M4 tapping hole
should be facing up. should be facing up. (A-A cross-section)
(A-A cross-section)
11.5 t0.5 6.5
Lever 3.5 3.5
2-M4 4-φ6 holes 4-φ6 holes
1.5 1.5
handle tapping holes 2-M4 tapping holes
locks
φ45.8
φ38
φ58
φ60
φ34.5
φ34.5
φ50
φ50
φ46
φ46
A A A A
φ14.5 hole
φ14.5 hole
Mortise
locks
1.8 0.5
5.5
7
2-φ4.5 holes φ7.5 countersink 2-φ4.5 holes φ7.5 countersink
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
(* Same for all models.)
● AD-3 (Door thickness 30~45 / 45~55 mm) Backset (mm) 50 60 64 70
Rim dead Case depth (mm) 67 77 81 87
locks
Outside
2-M4 countersink dummy thumbturn
Door thickness Backset
2-M4 countersink
Dead locks (Thumbturn rotating angle) 110° 25.5 3.7
φ22 through hole
Cremon φ36 through hole
8
16.5
locks
Glass door Mounting screw pitch: 41 15
Front length: 57
locks 16
φ45.2
φ45.2
20.8
31
26
48
64
18
Emergency
locks
16.5
Cup handle
8
locks t1.5 23 17 13.5 4.6

1.9 25.5
14.5
Sliding
door locks 22
(* The strike plate is the same for all AD series models.)
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
● AD-45 TSD emergency cylinder (Door thickness 33~45 mm) Indicator

Ten-key (* Dimensions and strike plates not listed are the same as the AD-3 illustration.) (Locked: Red, Unlocked: Blue)
pads Door thickness Backset
2-M4 countersink
φ22 through hole

Key switches φ36 through hole
Interlock /
emergency
door
φ52
systems
Hotel card
locks 6
Emergency cylinder
(TSD emergency cylinder)
Electric ● V (GP, GV)-AD-7 (Door thickness 30~43 / 43~53 mm)

locks (* Dimensions and strike plates not listed are the same as the AD-3 illustration.)
● P(Z)-AD-7 (Door thickness 30~55 mm) 2-M4 countersink

Door thickness Backset
Electrical φ36
conductors, φ22 through hole through hole
Control
boxes
φ45.2
φ45.2
23 13.5 30 (GP, V, GV cylinder)

Dimensions
(26) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder)
Inside dummy thumbturn
124
Text P. 48
HN Automatic locking dead locks

HN series Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
▼ Information
HNL GP [GP]
HNB V18 [V]
6 pins [P]
3, 5, 6, 7 34, 51 mm 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm 6 mm or less
HNS 7 pins [Z] Precautions
GV [GV] Table of contents /
HNT
Product list
Basic information
(The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However for No. 3 and 7, there is a mounting hole for the cylinder and thumbturn on one side only.) Cylinders
Keying
● V-HNL, systems
HNB, HNS, HNT-5 (backset 34, 51 mm) Backset （mm） 34 51
<Illustration shows model No. 5, V18 cylinder, HNS with unlock hold button.> Case depth（mm） 51 68
(Except for the unlock hold button on the HNS, the shape is the same.) ▼ Locks
(Note 1)
18 B B Case depth
16 A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset

25
Push-pull
4.5
locks
Top of front
10
41.5
24
Lever
38
2-M4 countersink
handle
locks
80.5
φ40
H N
S
10
20
15.5

50
Latch Mortise
Front length: 166
Case width: 118

8.5 14
Unlock hold button and thumbturn)
(HNS only)
25
Thumbturn
110
Integral
70
33
90
(90° rotation)
18
locks
8
Cylindrical
8
Model symbol stamp locks
15.5
L: HNL 9
B: HNB Trigger bolt
S: HNS
20
Rim dead
10
T: HNT
locks
24
t1.5
10
L 12.5
14 2.5
(Note 2)
16.5 Dead locks
2.5
Cremon
locks
Glass door
20
locks
24
Emergency
Trigger bolt locks
Precautions: For HNL, it is not possible to retract the trigger bolt using the key or thumbturn. When the door is closed, the end of the trigger bolt Cup handle
contacts the strike plate and is retracted. locks
Therefore be aware in cases such as during installation or when the strike plate is not installed,
if the trigger bolt accidentally enters the frame hole or strike plate hole, it will not be possible to
open the door.
Sliding
door locks
(Note 2) (Note 1) ▼ Electric locks

■Strike plate lip (L) dimension ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns Security systems
Dimension (mm)
For single leaf door For double leaf door Door thickness
A B
Door thickness
Classification
Classification
L dimension (mm)
(Collar height) (Cylinder and thumbturn height)
Ten-key
(minimum~less than)mm (mm) (minimum~less than)mm (mm)
pads
29~33 20L 20 29~33 16L 16 29~43 19.5 38.5
33~43 24L 24 33~37 18L 18 43~53 14.5 38.5
43~53 30L 30 37~43 20L 20 53~63 19.5 48.5 Key switches
Interlock /
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 43~47 24L 24 63~73 14.5 48.5
emergency
47~53 26L 26 73~83 19.5 58.5 door
systems

Hotel card
locks
(L) dimension from the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too
large. Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
125
Text P. 49
Cremon locks
▼ Information
CMM CMM series Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
Gap (door and jamb)
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 1,3,5,6,7 64 mm (AL: 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / Door top and bottom:
Precautions GV [GV] 48~53 mm) 10 mm or less
Table of contents /
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3)
or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only. For No. 1, create a handle mounting hole only.
Cylinders ● V-CMM-5 (backset 64 mm) <Illustration shows example of using model No. 5 with V18 cylinder.>
Keying * Fixed handles for double-leaf doors are also available.
systems
* Emergency cover (for thumbturn) is also available.
38.5 38.5
16.5 (door thickness 29~33)
Case depth: 135
▼ Locks Collar height 8 Door thickness 8 Collar height 11.5 (door thickness 33~43)
6.5 (door thickness 43~53) Backset 64
27
51
6 φ8 Upper rod
10
locks
20
40
60
19.5
80
L=24 (door thickness 29~33 / 33~43 mm)
Lever
110.5
L=30 (door thickness 43~53 mm)

handle
130
30
locks
φ42.2
143
2-M4 countersink L 14

φ36 through hole
50
145
Front length: 270
Case width: 230

Mortise 15
10
20
95
locks
18
17
φ20 through hole
50
40
70
90
25
55
27.5
Integral 8
10 12
locks
Cylindrical
20
169
10
locks 12 2-φ12 through holes

t2 17.5
150
2.5
19
Rim dead
2.5
10
locks
20
23
10
51
Dead locks
24 24
Cremon 12 Case steady brace
Lower rod
locks 56 56 φ8
Glass door
locks
19∼58
20
24
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
<Main parts vertical cross-section side view> <Main parts vertical cross-section front view>
Sliding 35
door locks 21 14
51 Upper rod strike plate
Guide roller 29.5
74 74
(door and jamb)
10 mm or less
18 62
▼ Electric locks 34 Top strike 62
26
Upper gap
Security systems 2-M4 countersink

21
3
Door
top edge 11
21
Ten-key
35
10
7
Stroke 20
pads
17
3
Rod front
φ14
Key switches φ8 Upper rod

Upper rod Lower rod strike plate
Interlock / φ20.4 (φ14, stroke 20) 48
emergency 28 74
60
door 62
systems 45 2-M4 countersink
Handle center
of rotation
18
Hotel card
7
36
Door height (DH)
17
locks
Handle height (HH)
Electric
locks 28 60
φ20.4 Lower rod 48
(φ14, stroke 20) φ8 Lower rod
Rod front (same for upper and lower)
φ14
Electrical 60
Rod front
Stroke 20
48 2-M4 countersink
conductors, 11
t3.0
Control
10
boxes Door
(door and jamb)
28
bottom
10 mm or less
21
3
edge
Lower gap
39
R11 46 Bottom strike
23 62
18 18 74
36 51
Dimensions
126
Text P. 49
Cremon locks
CMM CMM series Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
Gap (door and jamb)
▼ Information
29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 1,3,5,6,7 64 mm (AL: 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / Door top and bottom:
GV [GV] 48~53 mm) 10 mm or less Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● Detachable handle CMM AL-5 K11S (backset 64 mm) Cylinders

Parts other than the detachable handle are the same as CMM-5 on P.126.
Keying
systems
Be aware that the notch dimensions are different from CMM-5.
▼ Locks
Backset 64 38.5 38.5 Push-pull

51 locks
6
Top of front
20
40
19.5 8 8 2-φ12 through holes 60 Lever

60 handle
80
locks
80
φ36 through hole
40
30
30
Mortise
85
50
50
145
145
15
Case width: 230
95
95
Integral
φ23
52
locks
60
18
32
Cylindrical
locks
Handle height HH (from door bottom edge)
130
2-escutcheon
mounting screws
17.5
Rim dead
Cover (Rotates 360°.)
locks
40
18.2
Dead locks
Cremon
20
14
23 locks
Detachable handle
Glass door
24 locks
56 27 81
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
● Strike for double-leaf doors CMM W-5 (backset 64 mm) Sliding

Dimensions of parts other than the receiving hole are the same as CMM-5 on P.126. door locks
The notch dimensions are the same as CMM-5.
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Backset 64 Ten-key
pads
<Example of installation>
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
80
Backset 64 Backset 64
door
W
systems
155.5
Cremon locks
Strike CMM-5 Hotel card
locks
(DH-HH)
17
75.5
75.5
Door height DH
Electric
36
locks
36
Handle height HH
Electrical
Receiving
hole conductors,
Control
boxes
Auxiliary Main
door door
Dimensions
127
Text P. 50
Sliding (hanger) door locks (vertical bolt locks)
▼ Information
AD AD (backset 600 mm) Compatible cylinders Model No.
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
Varies depending on the model.
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3,45,5,6,7 600 mm For details, refer to the table in
Precautions GV [GV] the dimensions diagram.
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
■Door thickness where AD (backset 600 mm) can be installed
Cylinders ● V-AD-5 (backset 600 mm) Cylinder type (symbol) Model Door thickness
Keying
systems
<Illustration shows example of using model No. 5 with V18 cylinder. > AD-3 30~45 / 45~55 mm
(Emergency cylinder) AD-45 (TSD em. cyl.) 33~45 mm
GP cylinder (GP) GP, V, GV-AD-5, 7 30~43 / 43~53 mm
Door thickness V18 cylinder (V)
▼ Locks 2-M4 countersink
17 13.4 25.5
30 (GP, V18, GV cylinder)
(26) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder) GV cylinder (GV) GP, V, GV-AD-6 30~40 / 40~50 mm
P, Z-AD-5 30~45 / 45~55 mm
6-pin cylinder (P)
P, Z-AD-6 37~47 / 47~57 mm
8
7-pin cylinder (Z)
16.5
P, Z-AD-7 30~55 mm
Push-pull
Note: For the dimensions of models No. 3, 45, 7, refer to P.129.
locks 16
φ45.2
φ45.2
31
26
48
64
Lever
16.5
handle φ25.5 through hole

8
locks t1.5
1.9 25.5 Front length: 57
14.5 Mounting screw pitch: 41

12
Mortise 18
2-M4 countersink
locks
22
15
Integral
3.7
locks
Cylindrical
locks φ25
Rim dead
Case depth: 617
Backset 600
locks
Dead locks
Cremon Lock body
locks
Glass door φ36 through hole
(Thumbturn rotating angle) 110°
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
23
locks
Sliding
door locks
<Double-cylinder lock (model No. 6)>
▼ Electric locks ● GP, V, GV-AD-6 (Door thickness 30~40 mm) (* Use a collar on both sides.) ● GP, V, GV-AD-6 (Door thickness 40~50 mm)
Security systems
(* Use a collar on the inside.)
Inside 11.5 mm collar Outside 7 mm collar Inside 6.5 mm collar
Door thickness Door thickness
Ten-key Inside cylinder Outside cylinder Outside cylinder
pads φ36 through hole
Key switches
φ45.2
φ50
φ60
φ50
6
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
11.5 7 6.5 30
39.5 35 34.5
φ25.5 through hole
Hotel card φ25.5 through hole
locks
● P, Z-AD-6 (Door thickness 37~47 / 47~57 mm) (* A collar is not used.)

Electric
locks
Door thickness
Inside cylinder Outside cylinder

φ36 through hole
Electrical
conductors,
Control
φ45.2
φ45.2
boxes
23
26 26
φ25.5 through hole

Dimensions
128
Text P. 50
Sliding (hanger) door locks (vertical bolt locks)
AD AD (backset 600 mm) Compatible cylinders Model No.
▼ Information
Varies depending on the model.
V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 3,45,5,6,7 600 mm For details, refer to the table in
GV［GV］ the dimensions diagram. Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
■Door thickness where AD (backset 600 mm) can be installed
● AD-3 (exit lock) (backset 600 mm) <Door thickness 30~45 mm> Cylinder type (symbol) Model Door thickness
Cylinders
Keying
AD-3 30~45 / 45~55 mm systems
(Emergency cylinder) AD-45 (TSD em. cyl.) 33~45 mm
GP cylinder (GP) GP, V, GV-AD-5, 7 30~43 / 43~53 mm
2-M4 countersink Door thickness V18 cylinder (V)
2-M4 countersink
17 13.4 25.5 GV cylinder (GV) GP, V, GV-AD-6 30~40 / 40~50 mm ▼ Locks
Outside dummy thumbturn P, Z-AD-5 30~45 / 45~55 mm
6-pin cylinder (P)
P, Z-AD-6 37~47 / 47~57 mm
7-pin cylinder (Z)
8
16.5
P, Z-AD-7 30~55 mm
Push-pull
Note: For the dimensions of models No. 5 and 6, refer to P.128.
16
locks
φ45.2
φ45.2
31
26
48
64
Lever
16.5
φ25.5 through hole handle

8
t1.5 4.6 locks

1.9 25.5 Front length: 57
14.5 Mounting screw pitch: 41

12
18 Mortise
2-M4 countersink
locks
22
15
Integral
3.7
locks
Cylindrical
φ25 locks
Rim dead
Case depth: 617
Backset 600
locks
Dead locks
Lock body Cremon
locks
φ36 through hole
Glass door
(Thumbturn rotating angle) 110°
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
23
locks
Sliding
door locks
● AD-45 (TSD em. cyl.) (lock with indicator) (backset 600 mm) (Door thickness 33∼45 mm)
▼ Electric locks
Indicator (Locked: Red, Unlocked: Blue) Security systems
2-M4 countersink Door thickness Emergency cylinder
(TSD emergency cylinder)
φ25.5 through hole
φ36 through hole Ten-key
pads
φ52
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
6 systems
Hotel card
locks
● GP, V, GV (P, Z)-AD-7 (backset 600 mm) (Door thickness varies depending on the cylinder type.
Refer to the table above. ) Electric
locks
2-M4 countersink
Backset 600 Door thickness
25.5
φ36 through hole φ25.5 through hole φ36 through hole
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
φ45.2
φ45.2
23 13.4 30 (GP, V, GV cylinder)

（26） (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder)
Inside dummy plate
Dimensions
129
Text P. 50
▼ Information
TSA TSA series Compatible cylinders
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
28~33 mm (using collars on both sides) (* Collar “28~33” stamp is visible.)
3, 3L, 33, 33L, 45, 45L
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 29 mm 33~38 mm (using collars on both sides) (* Collar stamp is on reverse side and not visible.)
Precautions 45EK, 45LEK, 5, 5L, 6, 7
GV [GV] 38~43 mm (no collar on either side)
Table of contents /
Product list
* The combination of cylinder, thumbturn, and other components can be freely ● V-TSA-5 (Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, standard type thumbturn.)
Cylinders selected.
Keying (For door thickness 28~33 mm)
systems ● Lock body
Door thickness 28~33
Slider head
7
▼ Locks 32 Collar 7 Collar
14
M8 tapping hole or M6 tapping hole 17 2.5
13.2
1
Push-pull
φ47.5
Locked
23
5
locks 12
Front width:17.5 Case depth:53
90
°
Slider head width: 17 Backset 29 16 11.5 7
6.5
Lever 30.5 34.7 (GP, V, GV cylinder)

handle Unlocked (30.3) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder)
locks
27
38.5
6.5
Slider
φ38 notch
( A collar is used on both sides. Install the collar
facing forward so that the “28~33” stamp is visible. )
12
Mortise through hole

91
locks 2.3 (For door thickness 33~38 mm) (For door thickness 38~43 mm)
Slider stroke17
6.2
52.5
2.5
Case width: 126
Front length: 180
Door thickness 33~38 Door thickness 38~43

5
Integral
23
26
Collar Collar
locks
Cylindrical
locks
φ45.2
Rim dead
locks 7 7 6.5
27
Dead locks 2-M4 countersink 28 32.2 (GP, V, GV cylinder) 25.5 29.7 (GP, V, GV cylinder)
Cremon (27.8) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder) (25.3) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder)
locks Precautions:
Glass door
locks
There are three types of lock body slider head specifications: type
with M8 tapping hole, type with M6 tapping hole, and type with no
( A collar is used on both sides. Install the collar
reversed so that the “28~33” stamp is not visible. ) ( A collar is not used. )
slider head. Be sure to specify one of the types when ordering. Note: For all of the models below, the method of using collar according to the door thickness is the same as
Emergency TSA-5 above.
locks
Cup handle ●V-TSA-5L ● TSA-45
locks
(
Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, L type thumbturn,
and door thickness 38~43 mm with no collar used. ) ( Illustration shows an emergency cylinder, standard type thumbturn,
and door thickness 38~43 mm with no collar used. )
Sliding Door thickness 38~43 Door thickness 38~43
door locks
6.5 29.7 (GP, V, GV cylinder) 6.5 7
85 (25.3) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder)
▼ Electric locks
23
Security systems
φ45.2
φ45.2
φ45.2
φ45.2
6
23
Ten-key
pads 25.5
Emergency cylinder
Key switches
Interlock / L type thumbturn
emergency
door
31.5
( TSA-45EK with emergency key for
construction is available as an option. )
systems ( FP type thumbturn for fireproof
doors is available as an option. )
Hotel card ●V-TSA-6 ●V-TSA-7 ●TSA-3
locks
(
Illustration shows a V18 cylinder and door
thickness 38~43 mm with no collar used. ) (
Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, dummy thumbturn on
inside, and door thickness 38~43 mm with no collar used. ) (
Illustration shows a standard thumbturn, dummy thumbturn on
outside, and door thickness 38~43 mm with no collar used. )
Door thickness 38~43 Door thickness 38~43 Door thickness 38~43
Electric 29.7 29.7 (GP, V, GV cylinder) 6.5 29.7 (GP, V, GV cylinder) 6.5 4.6
locks (25.3) (25.3) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder) (25.3) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder)
φ45.2
φ45.2
φ45.2
φ45.2
φ45.2
φ45.2
23
Electrical
conductors,
Control 25.5
boxes Outside dummy plate
Inside dummy thumbturn
1.5
( TSA-3L L type thumbturn and TSA-33 and 33L

thumbturns for both door sides are also available. )
φ46
Dimensions
Dummy plate
130
Text P. 50
KM Cam locks KM (no cover), KMC (with cover) Model Compatible cylinders
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
Door thickness
▼ Information
KM V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 1~10 mm
KMC (with cover) GV [GV] Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● V-KM (no cover) with No. 1 type cam (with No. 2 type cam) (Illustration shows cam installed for a right-hand R type.) Cylinders
Note 1: In the case of a left-hand L type, the cam is installed 180° reversed.
Keying
2: Because the cam is installed reversed, the distance from the door surface to the cam stored position can be changed. systems
60 (for No. 2 type cam)

45 (for No. 1 type cam)
20
▼ Locks
25 <Mounting nut cross-section>
3.2
4 (threaded part)
Mounting nut
(Any mounting direction can be used.)
Push-pull
42.7 (Note 2)
Cam stored position locks

Rubber liner φ31
20 (Note 2)
7
Cam stored position
Lever
7
36
handle
locks
2
φ34
Door surface 3
Door (panel) thickness (1~10 mm)
25.2 36
Cam (Note 1)
(Illustration shows installation for a right-hand R type.) Mortise
locks
<Notch center>
2
41.6
φ38
φ30
31
23
2
Integral
locks
(Locked)
Cylindrical
locks
62
47
31.3
(42.7)
Rim dead
locks
(Unlocked) Dead locks

Cremon
locks
● V-KMC Glass door
(with cover) with No. 1 type cam (with No. 2 type cam) (Illustration shows cam installed for a right-hand R type.) locks
Note 1: In the case of a left-hand L type, the cam is installed 180° reversed.
2: Because the cam is installed reversed, the distance from the door surface to the cam stored position can be changed.
Emergency
60 (for No. 2 type cam) locks
45 (for No. 1 type cam) Cup handle
20 locks
25
3.2
Mounting nut
<Mounting nut cross-section>
(Any mounting direction can be used.)
4 (threaded part)
Sliding
42.7 (Note 2)
Cam stored position

door locks
Rubber liner
φ31
20 (Note 2)
Cam stored position ▼ Electric locks

7
Security systems
36
3
2
6
Door surface φ34

Ten-key
(Cover closed) Door (panel) thickness (1~10 mm) pads
25.2 36
Cam (Note 1)
(Illustration shows installation for a right-hand R type.) Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
<Notch center> door
2
41.6
φ38
φ30
31
23
systems
(Locked)
Hotel card
locks
62
47
31.3
(42.7)
Electric
locks
(Unlocked)
(Cover opened) Electrical

conductors,
Control
boxes
(34.8)
(20.8)
Dimensions
(36) (19.6)
131
Text P. 51
Reinforced glass door locks
▼ Information
2510 2510 Compatible cylinders Model No.
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3, 5, 6, 7 25 mm 25~38 / 38~48 / 48~58 mm

Precautions GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a thumbturn
mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only.
Cylinders ● V-2510-5 (backset 25 mm) 88
Keying <Illustration shows example of using model No. 5 with V18 cylinder.>
systems 26 9 70 9
2-M5 mounting screws

▼ Locks ● 2510 top strike (sold separately) (for mounting upper strike plate)
57
30
15
Push-pull
Backset
28.5
Door top edge
25
4.2 or less
45
Lever
handle
locks
16
25
14
t2
Mortise Door side edge
55
locks 36.5
3
70
16
88
Integral
locks Side edge of
mounting plate
Cylindrical
locks 36.5
(Note)
B B
Mounting plate length: 126
A A 32
Rim dead
locks Mounting screw pitch: 117 2-M5 mounting screws
(for lock body mounting)
16.5 16.5
φ33 through hole (cylinder, thumbturn mounting hole)
Dead locks Cylinder fastening screw
(one side only in case of No. 3 and 7 types)
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
φ40
φ32
φ40
45
Emergency
φ32
9.5 9.5
Backset
locks
25
28.5 Door bottom edge

Cup handle
locks
1.5
15
15
30
Floor
Sliding
door locks φ10 hole
12
Notch hole for
20.5 fastening cylinder
▼ Electric locks Door thickness

Security systems
57
88
Ten-key
pads 107
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
(Note)
door
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns ● 2510 bottom strike (sold separately)
systems
Dimension (mm) 0.3 or less
Door thickness (mm)
A B
Hotel card 25~38 19.5 36.5
locks 38~48 14.5 36.5
16
14
25
8
48~58 19.5 46.5

58~68 14.5 46.5 t2
55
Electric 68~78 19.5 56.5
13 3
locks 88
16
Electrical
conductors, 15.5 57 15.5
Control
boxes
7.5 20
27
t1.5
18.5 9
Dimensions
132
Text P. 51
Reinforced glass door locks
HDT HDT Compatible cylinders Model No.
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
▼ Information
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3, 5, 6, 7 51, 64, 76 mm 29~43 / 43~53 mm
GV [GV] Precautions
Table of contents /
Basic information
● V-HDT-5 (backset 51, 64, 76 mm) Cylinders
<Illustration shows installation conditions of model No. 5 with V18 cylinder installed on bottom of door.> Keying
systems
Backset (mm) 51 64 76
Case depth (mm)
▼ Locks
69 82 94
Cylinder fastening screw 117.5

(Note 1)
B B Push-pull
23.5 84 10 locks
19.5 A Door thickness A
φ33 hole (through hole)
20∼45
cylinder
20 for thumbturn 20
Case steady brace Lever
handle
locks
18
28
30
φ40
φ40
Case depth
23 Mortise
Backset
23
Hole for operating cylinder locks
fastening screw 40.5
4.5
Integral
locks
21
Cylindrical
locks
2-M4 mounting screws
12 56 25
25 10 Mounting screw pitch: 120 10

Rim dead
Front length: 140
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
● HDT top strike (sold separately) ● HDT bottom strike (sold separately) Glass door
locks
Emergency
57 R12 16
locks
Cup handle
φ10 locks
14
25
22
4
55
t2
3
88 88 Sliding
2-M5 countersink door locks
70
t2
1
▼ Electric locks
3
φ6
23.5
16
14
25
Security systems
49
R12 t1.5 Weld

55
Ten-key
pads
9.5 9 8
18.5
Key switches
57
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
(Note 1)
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns Hotel card
locks
Dimension (mm)
Door thickness (mm)
A B
29~43 19.5 38.5
43~53 14.5 38.5
Electric
53~63 19.5 48.5 locks
63~73 14.5 48.5
73~83 19.5 58.5
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
133
Text P. 52
▼ Information
CG Glass door locks CG Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
35~38 / 38~45 / 45~55 / 55~65 / 65~75 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3, 5, 6, 7 51 mm
Precautions (Refer to the table in the illustration for details.)
GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Basic information
■ Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a thumbturn
Cylinders ● V-CG-5 <Illustration shows example of using model No. 5, V18 cylinder, no bracket.>
Keying
systems (Note 1) (Note 1)
Amount of thumbturn projection Amount of cylinder projection
22 156 22
▼ Locks 73 40 43 B Door thickness A 2-φ8 holes

Door end (hole for operating cylinder fastening screw)
Thumbturn rotating angle 16 Door end
60ﾟ
Push-pull
locks
Case depth: 78
φ46
φ46
12
2-M4
Backset 51
Mounting
screw
Lever φ40 notch hole (thumbturn side only)
φ40 notch hole (cylinder side only)
4
handle
locks
25
32.5 25 11 The lower screw is for fastening the thumbturn on the door hinge side. (The illustration
Mortise shows a thumbturn on the suspension side, but it may be a cylinder in some cases.)
locks 95 40 65 24
The upper screw is for fastening the cylinder on the door end side. (The illustration
Projection of cylinder back shows a cylinder on the door end side, but it may be a thumbturn in some cases.)
Front length: 200
Integral
locks
Cylindrical Note 1: The amount that the cylinder and thumbturn project from the surface of
(Note 1)
C
locks the door (dimensions A, B) and the amount of back part projection
(dimensions C, D) vary depending on the door thickness dimension as
D
shown in the table below.
Rim dead Projection of thumbturn back

locks
Dead locks ■ Amounts of cylinder and thumbturn projection A, B, C, D according to door thickness and cylinder type
Cremon 35~Less than 38 38~Less than 45
locks Door thickness (mm) 45~Less than 55 55~Less than 65 65~Less than 75
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
Glass door
locks GP, V, Z cylinder 4.5 4.0 3.5 1.5 1.0
Amount of cylinder projection 1.0
GV cylinder 6 5.5 5.0 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5
A (mm)
Emergency 6P cylinder 4.0 3.5 3.0 1.0
locks
Cup handle Amount of thumbturn projection B (mm) 2.0 1.0
locks Amount of cylinder back projection C (mm) 14.8 16.3 14.8 10.3 14.8
Amount of thumbturn back projection D (mm) 14.9 14.9 10.4 14.9 10.4
Sliding
door locks
● V-CG-5 B ( : with bracket) <Illustration shows model No. 5 / V18 cylinder, with bracket.>
( indicates bracket No. 1, 2, 3. ) (Dimensions not listed are the same as the illustration above.)
▼ Electric locks
Security systems (Note 1) (Note 1)
22 156 22 Amount of thumbturn projection Amount of cylinder projection
73 40 43
2-φ8 holes
Ten-key 17.5 Thumbturn rotating angle 17.5 Door end B Door thickness A
Door end (hole for operating cylinder fastening screw)
pads 60ﾟ 16
Key switches
Case depth: 78
φ46
φ46
2-M4
12
Interlock / Mounting screw Bracket

Backset 51
emergency (Note 2)
door
H (Note 2)
systems φ40 notch hole (thumbturn side only) φ40 notch hole (cylinder side only)
Bracket
(Note 2)
Bracket
4
Hotel card
25
(Note 2) Bracket
locks (Note 2)
32.5 25 11 The lower screw is for fastening the thumbturn on the door hinge side. (The illustration
shows a thumbturn on the suspension side, but it may be a cylinder in some cases.)
95 40 65 24
The upper screw is for fastening the cylinder on the door end side. (The illustration
shows a cylinder on the door end side, but it may be a thumbturn in some cases.)
Electric
locks Front length: 200
Projection of cylinder back
(Note 2)
Electrical
conductors, ■ Relationship between bracket
(Note 1)
C
Control used and H dimension

D
boxes
Bracket used H (mm)
No. 3 bracket 25
Projection of thumbturn back
No. 1 bracket 29
No. 2 bracket 32
Note 2: There are three bracket types. For the H
Dimensions dimension according to the type of bracket
used, refer to the table above.
134
▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
● CG top strike (sold separately) ● CG bottom strike (sold separately) Cylinders

Keying
systems
57 R12 16
φ10 ▼ Locks
14
25
26
4
55
t2
3
Push-pull
88 locks
88
2-M5 countersink
t2
70
Lever
3
handle
27.5
φ6 16
14
25
locks
53
R12 t1.5 Weld
55
Mortise
locks
9.5 9 8
18.5
57 Integral
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
135
Text P. 52
Glass sliding door locks
▼ Information
BGU BGU Compatible cylinders Model No.
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
27~32 / 32~37 / 37~42 /

V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3, 5, 6, 7 24 mm
42~47 mm
Precautions GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders ● V-BGU-5 (backset 24 mm) (standard type) <Illustration shows example of using a V18 cylinder. Dimensions in ( ) are reference dimensions.>
Keying * The separately sold top strike and bottom strike are the same as for glass door lock 2510. (Refer to P.132.)
systems
<Inside> 2-M5 mounting screws (70) <Outside>
Mounting screw pitch: 164 (41.5) (41.5)
14.9 Case
28 37 (127) 174
▼ Locks (70) 11
thickness
16.4 5 28.5 5
(127)
Unlocked 60° Locked
Door end
Door end
Push-pull
locks
41
41
N
45
Lever 24
(Note 1) (Note 1)
17.5
handle Inside escutcheon Outside escutcheon
locks 20 20
93 25 12 2 (escutcheon thickness) 5 154 5
Door thickness H (cylinder height)

(Note 1)
Inside escutcheon (Note 2)
Front width: 16.4
Front width 20.5 (No. 1
front) is also available.
Mortise
locks
Front mounting screw pitch: 107 35 <Door notch dimensions>
(119.5 from door end) 52
R18
Integral
Door end
locks
Backset
Cylindrical R18
24
locks
Outside escutcheon
(Note 1)
Through hole
Rim dead Note 1: Be sure to use an outside escutcheon on the door outside and
locks an inside escutcheon on the door inside.
<Appearance when used on single sliding door> (Note 2)
Dead locks ■ Cylinder height H according to the model and cylinder type
Cremon Inside cylinder
Cylinder type Outside cylinder Height H’ (mm) (model No. 6 only)
locks
Glass door
(Outside) BGU-5 (Inside) (symbol)
Model
Height H (mm) Door thickness Door thickness
27∼47 mm 47 mm or more
locks
GP, V18 cylinder (GP, V) 2.5 13.5 11.5
Door end
Door end
Emergency GV cylinder (GV) 4 15 13

N
5, 6, 7
locks 6-pin cylinder (P) 2.5 13 11.5
Cup handle
7-pin cylinder (Z) 3 13.5 12
locks
Dummy cylinder
Outside escutcheon
Inside escutcheon ● BGU-6 (double-cylinder lock)
Case
Sliding
N
BGU-3 thickness
16.4
11
door locks Outside escutcheon Inside escutcheon
N
BGU-6
▼ Electric locks Outside escutcheon Inside escutcheon
Security systems
41
41
N
BGU-7
Ten-key Outside escutcheon Inside escutcheon (Note 1)
Dummy cylinder Inside escutcheon (Note 1)
pads Outside escutcheon
N
BGU-7 Inside (Note 2)
12 2 (escutcheon thickness)
Outside escutcheon cylinder Inside escutcheon Inside cylinder height H’ Door thickness Outside cylinder height H
Key switches
(Note 2)
Interlock /
emergency
door
<Appearance when used on double sliding doors> (For double sliding doors, install so that the appearance is symmetrical on the left and right doors.)
systems
Left-side door Right-side door
Hotel card (Inside) BGU-5 (Outside) (Outside) BGU-5 (Inside)
locks
Door end
Door end
N N
Electric
Dummy cylinder Dummy cylinder
locks Outside Outside escutcheon
Inside escutcheon Inside escutcheon
escutcheon
BGU-3 N N
BGU-3
Electrical Inside escutcheon Outside Outside Inside escutcheon
conductors, escutcheon escutcheon
Control BGU-6 N N
BGU-6
boxes
Inside escutcheon Outside Outside Inside escutcheon
escutcheon escutcheon
BGU-7 N N
BGU-7
Inside escutcheon Dummy cylinder Outside Outside Dummy cylinder Inside escutcheon
escutcheon escutcheon
Dimensions BGU-7 Inside N
Outside Outside
N
BGU-7 Inside
Inside escutcheon cylinder escutcheon escutcheon cylinder Inside escutcheon
136
Text P. 53
LGH (A, B)
Emergency locks (with cylinder-type emergency unlock device)
Lever handle locks LGH (A, B)
Note: Universal Key System (UKS2) is not supported.
Model Compatible cylinders Model No.* Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) ▼ Information
GP [GP] 6 pins [P] 31, 5, 6,
LGH(A,B) V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] W6, 7, 51, 64, 76 mm 33~43 / 43~53 mm
GV [GV] 71, W71 Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● Lever handle lock-type emergency locks V-LGH(A,B)-6NU (backset 51, 64, 76 mm) Cylinders
<Illustration shows example of using a V18 cylinder, model No. 6, NU lever handle, cylinder-type emergency unlock device (R type).> Keying
systems
* LGKH (A, B) with hooked deadbolts and LGFH (A, B) with anti-friction latch bolt are also available. Except for the different deadbolt, latch, and strike plate, all parts are the same
as LGH (A, B). For the LGK and LGF dimensions, refer to P.96, 97.
* Please contact GOAL regarding off-set installation.
▼ Locks
(Note 1)
B C Case depth Case depth (mm) 72 85 97
A Door thickness 43.5 2-M4 countersink Backset
25
Push-pull
4.5
locks
Top of front
10
20.5
2-M4 countersink
39
46.5
Lever
64
90
90
handle
80
10
φ40
21

20
12 locks
Case width: 129

Front length: 170
35
Spacing: 80
25
87.5
50
Lever mounting screw Mortise
110
70
67
90
20 9
9 (inside) Emergency cover
locks
16
23
12
15.5
22.5
Integral
20
10
Door surface (Note 3)

t1.5 material thickness: (Note 5) 130 locks
20.5
2.5 L 12.5
2 mm or less Cylindrical
10
22 (Note 2) 9 9 φ50 locks

55.5 55.5 Case steady brace (internal)
R2.5
Front mounting screw (Note 5) Rim dead

2.5

locks
20
24 Note 5: Because the case steady brace becomes
effective and it becomes impossible to install
the rose when this screw is tightened, tighten
this screw last. Dead locks
Cremon
Note 3: Cylinder-type emergency unlock devices are installed by locks
fitting them into the door. <Dimensions of door notch on emergency unlock device side> Glass door
The door surface material thickness must be 2 mm or less. locks
(When lock front is on the right side) (When lock front is on the left side)
2-φ7 holes 2-φ14 holes Emergency
(door notch on emergency device side) (door notch on emergency device side) locks
2-φ14 holes 2-φ7 holes
Cup handle
Backset Backset
(door notch on emergency device side)
locks
(door notch on emergency device side) Top of lock front Top of lock front
<Emergency cover removed>
64 (φ7 hole pitch)
64 (φ7 hole pitch)

60 (φ14 hole pitch)

46.5
46.5
Unlock operation direction Sliding

(60° rotation in direction of arrow)
door locks
28
28
°
60
8
25
25
27
27
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
80
80
64
80
(Note 4) 22 22 (Note 4)
27
2-φ8 through holes 2-φ8 through holes Ten-key

pads
8
* Regardless of the door direction

Knob 50 (hand), create the above notch
34 34 Key switches
only on the side where the
( )
Illustration shows an R type with cylinder with emergency unlock Interlock /
counterclockwise knob unlock direction. device will be installed. emergency
For a clockwise unlock direction, use an L type.
Note 4: For model No. 7, do not create a hole that goes all the way through. door
systems
Hotel card
■Dimensions A, B, and C for cylinders ■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension
Door
C
thickness A B Door thickness L dimension Door thicknes L dimension
Emergency device Classification Classification
(mm) (Collar height) (Cylinder height)
cylinder height (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) Electric
33~38 33~37 18L 18 locks
33~43 19.5 38.5 62.5 24L 24
43~53 14.5 38.5 67.5 38~43 37~41 20L 20
53~63 19.5 48.5 72.5 43~48 41~45 22L 22

30L 30 Electrical
63~73 14.5 48.5 77.5 48~53 45~49 24L 24 conductors,
73~83 19.5 58.5 82.5 53~58 49~53 26L 26 Control
34L 34 boxes
58~63 53~57 28L 28
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 57~61 30L 30
61~65 32L 32
The strike plate shown in the table below is set as standard according to the door thickness, however in the
case of a single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame , the strike plate may protrude
by a large amount. Dimensions
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the
table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
137
Text P. 53
ASH (A, B)
Emergency locks (with cylinder-type emergency unlock device)
Mortise locks ASH (A, B)
▼ Information Model Compatible cylinders Model No.* Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P] 31, 5, 6,
ASH(A,B) V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] W6, 7, 64, 76 mm 33~43 / 43~53 mm
Precautions GV [GV] 71, W71
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders ● Mortise lock type emergency lock V-ASH(A,B)-6Q (backset 64, 76 mm)
Keying
systems
<Illustration shows example of using a V18 cylinder, model No. 6, Q type knob, cylinder-type emergency unlock device (R type).>
* Please contact GOAL regarding off-set installation. Backset (mm) 64 76
Case depth (mm)
▼ Locks
84 96
Case depth
(Note 1)
B C Backset
A Door thickness 43.5 2-M4 countersink 50
Push-pull
25 4.5
locks
Top of front
10
22
2-M4 countersink
36
Lever
41.5
57
90
90
80
handle φ40
15.5
AS.LX 21

locks 12
Case width: 122

35
Front length: 166
8.5
Spacing: 80
20 6 25
85.5
65
80
63
80
96
Mortise 15.5 Emergency cover

locks
15.5 11
15.5
φ51
φ75
8
Integral t2 24.5
10.5
locks 2.4 L 12.25

R2
22
Cylindrical 22 (Note 2)
10
locks
2.4
44
22.8 74 74
Rim dead Door surface material thickness:
20
2 mm or less (Note 3)
locks
Note 3: Cylinder-type emergency unlock devices are
installed by fitting them into the door.
Dead locks The door surface material thickness must be
Cremon
2 mm or less. <Dimensions of door notch on emergency unlock device side>
locks (When lock front is on the right side) (When lock front is on the left side)
Glass door
2-φ7 holes
locks 2-φ14 holes
door notch on
door notch on
emergency device side
Emergency emergency device side
2-φ14 holes Backset Backset 2-φ7 holes
locks
door notch on door notch on
Cup handle emergency device side emergency device side
Top of lock front Top of lock front
locks
64 (φ7 hole pitch)
64 (φ7 hole pitch)

41.5
41.5
28
28
Sliding
door locks <Emergency cover removed>
25
25
27
27
Unlock operation direction

(60° rotation in direction of arrow) φ33 through hole φ33 through hole
▼ Electric locks
80
80
22 22
° (Note 4) (Note 4)
Security systems 60
8
(44)
(44)
Ten-key
pads
64
80

27
Key switches (2-φ12 through holes) φ30 through hole φ30 through hole (2-φ12 through holes)
8
Interlock / (Can also be above and below.) 44

* Regardless of the door direction (hand), create
44 (Can also be above and below.)
emergency Knob 50 the above notch only on the side where the
door cylinder with emergency unlock device will be
( )
systems Illustration shows an R type with installed.
counterclockwise knob unlock direction.
Note 4: For model No. 7, do not create a hole that goes all the way through.
For a clockwise unlock direction, use an L type.
Hotel card
locks
(Note 1) (Note 2)
■Dimensions A, B, and C for cylinders ■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension
Electric Dimension (mm) For single leaf door For double leaf door
Door
C
locks thickness A B
Emergency device Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension
(mm) (Collar height) (Cylinder height) Classification Classification
cylinder height (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm)
33~43 19.5 38.5 62.5 33~43 25L 25 33~37 18L 18

Electrical 43~53 14.5 38.5 67.5 43~53 30L 30 37~42 20L 20
conductors, 53~60 33L 33 43~47 23L 23
53~63 19.5 48.5 72.5
Control
boxes 63~73 14.5 48.5 77.5 * Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 47~51 25L 25
73~83 19.5 58.5 82.5 53~57 28L 28
57~61 30L 30
63~67 33L 33
The strike plate shown in the table below is set as standard according to the door thickness, however in the case of a
Dimensions single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so
that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
138
Text P. 54
HDH (A, B)
Emergency locks (with cylinder-type emergency unlock device) Note: Universal Key System (UKS2) is not supported.
Dead locks HDH (A, B) Model Compatible cylinders Model No.*
GP [GP] 6 pins [P] 31, 5, 6,
Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) ▼ Information
HDH(A,B) V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] W6, 7, 71, 51, 64, 76 mm 33~43, 43~53 mm
GV [GV] W71 Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● Dead lock type emergency locks V-HDH(A,B)-6 (backset 51, 64, 76 mm) Cylinders
<Illustration shows example of using a V18 cylinder, model No. 6, cylinder-type emergency unlock device (R type).> Keying
systems
* Please contact GOAL regarding off-set installation. Backset (mm) 51 64 76
Note 1: Dimensions A, B, C are the same as SXH (A, B). Case depth (mm) 68.5 81.5 93.5
Refer to the table on P.140. ▼ Locks
B C Case depth
A Door thickness 43.5 2-M4 countersink Backset
25 4.5 Push-pull
Top of front locks
2-M4 countersink
10
20.4
40.5
23
15.5
56
Lever
90
90
80
handle
φ40
21
Front length: 130
Case width: 84
locks
35
65
54
80
96
25
16 50
12 Emergency cover
Mortise
Door surface material thickness: locks
2 mm or less
15.5
(Note 2)
23
t2 24.6
10
2.4 Integral
22 locks
Cylindrical
Note 2: Cylinder-type emergency unlock devices
are installed by fitting them into the door. locks
20
21
The door surface material thickness must
be 2 mm or less.
Rim dead
locks
<Dimensions of door notch on HDH (A, B) emergency unlock device side>
(60° rotation in direction of arrow) (When lock front is on the right side) (When lock front is on the left side) Dead locks
° Cremon
60 2-φ14 holes
2-φ7 holes locks
8
door notch on
door notch on emergency device side Glass door
emergency device side
2-φ7 holes locks
Backset Backset
2-φ14 holes door notch on
64
80
Top of lock front Top of lock front

door notch on emergency device side Emergency
emergency device side locks
27
40.5 (for HD)
40.5 (for HD)
Cup handle
64 (φ7 hole pitch)
64 (φ7 hole pitch)

47 (for LD)
47 (for LD)
locks
8
28
28
Knob 50
25
25
27
27
( )
Illustration shows an R type with Sliding
counterclockwise knob unlock direction. door locks
For a clockwise unlock direction, use an L type. φ33 through hole φ33 through hole
(Note 3) 22 22 (Note 3)
* Regardless of the door direction (hand),

create the above notch only on the side ▼ Electric locks
where the cylinder with emergency Security systems
unlock device will be installed.
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
139
SXH (A, B)
Emergency locks (with cylinder-type emergency unlock device) Text P. 53
Sliding door locks

▼ Information Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
GP［GP］ 6 pins [P] 31, 5, 6,
(hooked deadbolt) SXH (A, B) (A, B)
SXH 33∼43, 43∼53 mm
V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] W6, 7, 71, 51 mm
Precautions (Gap: 5 mm or less)
GV［GV］ W71
Table of contents /
Product list
● Sliding door lock (hooked deadbolt) type emergency locks V-SXH(A,B)-6
Cylinders (backset 51 mm) <Illustration shows example of using a V18 cylinder, model No. 6, cylinder-type emergency unlock device (R type). >
Keying * Please contact GOAL regarding off-set installation.
systems Note 3: When the door is closed, the trigger bolt is retracted inside the lock
case and is extended when the hooked deadbolt is extended.
The hooked deadbolt is not extended if no object (strike plate) is
▼ Locks
present to prevent the trigger bolt from being extended.
(Note 1)
B C Case depth: 68
A Door thickness 43.5 2-M4 countersink Backset 51
Push-pull 25 4.5
(*Notch size)
locks Screw plate Top of front

M5 screw
( )
10
Mounted separately
24
41.5
for metal frames (For metal frames)
25
41.5
52
90
Lever
90
14
*23.5
80
7.5
79
10
24
handle
φ40

locks
6
65.5
35
Trigger
Case width: 118

Front length: 166
51.5
S X
bolt 13.5 9
(Note 3)
33
17
50
16.2
Emergency cover
Mortise
*86
105
82
135
Door surface material thickness:

locks 2 mm or less
Gap adjustment
34
plate (Note 2)
10 22.5
(Note 5)
Integral
locks
*25.5
29
Cylindrical
24
16
2-M4 countersink
10
locks t1.5 24.5
4
13.5
Rim dead
20
26.5
locks
Note 5: Two gap adjustment plates are Note 2: Cylinder-type emergency unlock devices are installed by
attached to the strike plate. 22 fitting them into the door.
Dead locks Use them according to the gap size. The door surface material thickness must be 2 mm or less.
Cremon
locks (Note 5)
Glass door ■ Using the gap adjustment plates
locks
Gap
(door and jamb) 0∼2.5 mm 2.5∼3.8 mm 3.8∼5 mm
Emergency
locks Use both Remove one Remove both
Plates used
Cup handle adjustment plates. adjustment plate. adjustment plates.
locks
Sliding
door locks <Dimensions of door notch on emergency unlock device side>
2-φ7 holes 2-φ14 holes
▼ Electric locks (door notch on emergency device side) (door notch on emergency device side)
Security systems
2-φ14 holes Backset 51 Backset 51 2-φ7 holes
(door notch on emergency device side) Top of lock front Top of lock front (door notch on emergency device side)
Ten-key <Emergency cover removed>

64 (φ7 hole pitch)
pads
64 (φ7 hole pitch)

41.5
41.5

28
28
0°
Key switches 6
8
Interlock /
25
25
27
27
emergency
door φ33 through hole φ33 through hole
systems
64
80
(Note 4) 22 22 (Note 4)
27

Hotel card create the above notch only on the side
8
where the cylinder with emergency unlock

locks device will be installed.
Knob 50
( )
Illustration shows an R type with counterclockwise knob unlock
direction.
Electric For a clockwise unlock direction, use an L type.
locks (Note 1)
■Dimensions A, B, and C for cylinders
Door Dimension (mm)
thickness A B C
Electrical (mm) (Collar height) (Cylinder height) (Emergency device cylinder height)
conductors,
Control 33∼43 19.5 38.5 62.5
boxes
43∼53 14.5 38.5 67.5
53∼63 19.5 48.5 72.5
63∼73 14.5 48.5 77.5
Dimensions 73∼83 19.5 58.5 82.5
140
HLTH (A, B) Emergency locks (with cylinder-type emergency unlock device) Text P. 53
HSTH (A, B) Lever handle locks HLTH (A, B),

Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. ) ▼ Information
mortise locks HSTH (A, B) HLTH(A,B)
HSTH(A,B)
GV［GV］
31, 5, 6, W6,
7, 71, W71
76 mm
36∼43 / 43∼53 mm
(Gap: 6 mm or less) Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● Lever handle lock-type emergency locks V-HLTH(A,B)-6NU (backset 76 mm) Cylinders

Keying
<Illustration shows example of using a V18 cylinder, model No. 6, NU lever handle, cylinder-type emergency unlock device (L type). > systems
● Mortiselock (knob) type emergency lock V-HSTH(A,B)-6Q (backset 76 mm)
<The knob is indicated in the illustration by a two-dot chain line. The notch hole is different from the lever. >
▼ Locks
(Note 1)
B C Case depth: 109.5
A Door thickness 43.5 2-M4 countersink Backset 76 Push-pull
26 6 locks
Top of front
10
25
59.5
Lever
79.5
2-M4 countersink
handle
79.5
locks
117
10
18
20
90
90
80
HLT
21
Case width: 170

Front length: 220
35
17 12
Mortise
locks
80
80
Emergency cover 50
104
100
120
140
36
25
130
φ75 (for knob)
20.5
10
20
23
φ50
Integral
locks
8
Cylindrical
20
Door surface
18
10
15.5
10
material thickness:
t2 28 2 mm or less locks
25
10
2.4 L 14 (Note 3)
9 9 21 (Door closed)
22 (Note 2)
55.5 55.5 12 (Door open) Rim dead
74 (for knob) 74 (for knob) locks
2.4
17∼45
24
26 Note 3: Cylinder-type emergency unlock devices are installed by
fitting them into the door.
The door surface material thickness must be 2 mm or less. Dead locks
Case steady brace Cremon
locks
<Emergency cover removed> Glass door
<Dimensions of door notch on HLTH (A, B) emergency unlock device side> locks
(60° rotation in direction of arrow) (When lock front is on the right side) (When lock front is on the left side)
60 Emergency
° 2-φ7 Backset 76 Backset 76 2-φ7
locks
(door notch on Top of lock front Top of lock front (door notch on
8
emergency device side) emergency device side) Cup handle

locks
(Note 4)
(Note 4) φ33 through hole
79.5
79.5
64
φ33 through hole

80
Sliding
64 (φ7 hole pitch)
64 (φ7 hole pitch)

27
door locks
28
28
8
25
25
27
27
50 Knob
▼ Electric locks
80
80
2-φ14 2-φ14 Security systems
( Illustration shows an L type with clockwise knob unlock direction.

For a counterclockwise unlock direction, use an R type. ) (door notch on
emergency device side)
22 22 (door notch on
Ten-key
pads
2-φ8 through holes φ25 through hole φ25 through hole 2-φ8 through holes
(for lever) (for lever) (for lever) (for lever)
34 34
(Note 1) Key switches
■ Dimensions A, B, and C for cylinders * Regardless of the door direction (hand), create the above notch only on the side where Interlock /
Door Dimension (mm)
the cylinder-type emergency unlock device will be installed. emergency
thickness A B C door
(mm) (Collar height) (Cylinder height) (Emergency device cylinder height) <Dimensions of notch for HSTH (A, B) knob> * The notch dimensions for systems
the knob type are different.
33∼43 19.5 38.5 62.5
Hotel card
43∼53 14.5 38.5 67.5
80
80
locks
53∼63 19.5 48.5 72.5
2-φ12 through holes φ30 through hole φ30 through hole 2-φ12 through holes
63∼73 14.5 48.5 77.5 (for knob) (for knob)
(for knob) (for knob)
44 44
Electric
73∼83 19.5 58.5 82.5 locks
Note 4: For model No. 7, do not create a hole that goes all the way through. (door notch on
(Note 2) Electrical
■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension conductors,
Control
For single leaf door For double leaf door Precautions when selecting a strike plate boxes
Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard
36∼43 25L 25 36∼37 18L 18L leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame,
43∼53 30L 30 37∼42 20L 20L
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike
53∼60 33L 33 43∼47 23L 23L plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 47∼51 25L 25L amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large. Dimensions
53∼57 28L 28L
141
Emergency locks (with cylinder-type emergency unlock device) Text P. 53
HN H (A, B)
L
B
Dead locks (automatic locking locks)

S
T Note: Universal Key System (UKS2) is not supported.
▼ Information Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
HNLH(A,B) GP［GP］ 6 pins [P]
HN H (A, B)
L
B HNBH(A,B) V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 31, 5, 6, W6, 33∼43, 43∼53 mm
S
T HNSH(A,B) 51 mm
Precautions 7, 71, W71 (Gap: 6 mm or less)
HNTH(A,B) GV［GV］
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders ● Automatic locking dead lock type emergency locks V-HNSH(A,B)-6

Keying
(backset 51 mm) (* Four types of HN automatic locking dead locks (HNL, HNB, HNS, HNT) are available, each with different functions. )
systems
<Illustration shows example of using HNS, V18 cylinder, model No. 6, cylinder-type emergency unlock device (L type). >
▼ Locks (Note 1)
B C Case depth: 68
A Door thickness 43.5 Backset 51

2-M4 countersink
Push-pull 25 4.5
locks Top of front
10
41.5
24
38
2-M4 countersink
Lever
90
90
80
80.5
φ40
handle
S
locks
10
Case width: 118

20
35
14
Front length: 166

15.5
8.5
Emergency cover 50
Coin plug
25
Mortise (HNS only) Door surface material thickness:
110
70
33
90
locks 18 2 mm or less
8 8
(Note 3)
15.5
9
Integral
20
locks
10
24
Cylindrical t1.5
locks 14 2.5 L 12.5
10
16.5 (Note 2)
2.5
Note 3: Cylinder-type emergency unlock devices
20
Rim dead are installed by fitting them into the door.
locks The door surface material thickness
24 must be 2 mm or less.
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door <Dimensions of door notch on emergency unlock device side>
locks
Emergency 2-φ7 holes 2-φ14 holes

locks (door notch on emergency device side) (door notch on emergency device side)
Cup handle 2-φ14 holes Backset 51 Backset 51 2-φ7 holes
locks (door notch on emergency device side) Top of lock front Top of lock front (door notch on emergency device side)

41.5
41.5

64 (φ7 hole pitch)
64 (φ7 hole pitch)

Sliding 60
28
28
°
door locks
8
25
25
27
27
▼ Electric locks
Security systems φ33 through hole φ33 through hole
64
80
(Note 4) 22 22 (Note 4)
27

Ten-key create the above notch only on the side
pads
8
where the cylinder with emergency unlock

device will be installed.
50 Knob
Note 4:For model No. 7, do not create a hole that goes all the way through.
Key switches
Interlock / ( Illustration shows an L type with clockwise knob unlock direction.
For a counterclockwise unlock direction, use an R type. )
emergency
door (Note 2) (Note 1)
systems
■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension ■ Dimensions A, B, and C for cylinders
Dimension (mm)
For single leaf door For double leaf door Door
Hotel card thickness A B C
(Emergency device
Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension (mm)
locks (minimum∼less than) mm
Classification
Classification
(mm)
(Collar height) (Cylinder height) cylinder height)
33∼38 33∼37 18L 18 33∼43 19.5 38.5 62.5

24L 24
38∼43 37∼41 20L 20 43∼53 14.5 38.5 67.5
Electric 43∼48 41∼45 22L 22
30L 30 53∼63 19.5 48.5 72.5
locks 48∼53 45∼49 24L 24
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 49∼53 26L 26 63∼73 14.5 48.5 77.5
Electrical 73∼83 19.5 58.5 82.5

conductors, Precautions when selecting a strike plate
Control The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door
boxes thickness, however in the case of a single leaf door and depending on the conditions of
(L) dimension from the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too
large.
Dimensions
142
AHLH Emergency locks (with emergency unlock device) Text P. 54
AHH Lever handle locks AHLH

Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) ▼ Information
Mortise locks AHH AHLH AHH
GV［GV］
5,6,7 76 mm
100 mm
35∼42.5 / 42.5∼50 mm
35∼50 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm)(Create a mounting hole for the emergency device on one side only. The model No. 5 notch is the same as No. 6 in the illustration. However for No. 7,
create a cylinder mounting hole on one side only.)
● V-AHLH-6NU(backset 76, 100 mm) Backset (mm) 76 100
Cylinders
<Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, model No. 6, NU lever handle. > Keying
Case depth (mm) 106 130 systems
Note 1: Although emergency devices can be installed on both sides,
special specifications are required. Please contact us. (Note 3)
B B Case depth
Note 2: Do not use with the deadbolt facing down.
Doing so may result in operating failure. A Door thickness A
2-M4 countersink
Backset
▼ Locks
25.5 6.6
Top of front
10
48.5
27
Push-pull
39
2-M4 countersink
locks
63.5
8.5
21
12
φ43.3
19.5

12
22.3
143.5
Case width: 150
8.5
Front length: 204

Lever
30
37
Spacing: 95
29.5
(104.5)
18 handle
locks
100
107
124
24 13
85
22 35
75
37
15
13 Mortise
23
(19.5)
19.5
locks
12
t2 28
60.5
8.5
10
2.4 L 14
22 130
(Note 4)
Integral
27
10
9 9 locks
2.4
21
locks
17∼45
(Note 4) (Note 3)
21
■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension ■ Dimensions A and B for cylinders
Rim dead
For single leaf door Door Dimension (mm) Case steady brace
thickness A B
locks
Door thickness L dimension (mm) (Collar height) (Cylinder height)
Classification
(minimum∼less than) mm (mm)
35∼42.5 25L 25 35∼50 17.5 39 Dead locks

<Dimensions of AHLH door notch> Cremon
42.5∼50 30L 30 locks
50∼63 17.5 46 Backset 76, 100 Glass door
For double leaf door locks
Door thickness L dimension Top of lock front
Classification 63∼73 22.5 56 Emergency
48.5
35∼37 18L 18
Mounting hole Cup handle
37∼42 20L 20 73∼83 17.5 56 for cylinder and thumbturn locks
43∼47 23L 23
φ9 hole (Note 5)
30
47∼50 25L 25 (emergency device side only)

Sliding
7
2-M4 tapping holes (Note 5) door locks

95
30 (emergency device side only)

The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door thickness, 34
however in the case of a single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame, 2-R4 (φ8 through hole)
the strike plate may protrude by a large amount. ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
dimension from the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large. R15 (φ30 through hole)
Ten-key
Note 5: Create the φ9 hole and 2-M4 tapping pads
holes only on the side where the
● V-AHH-6Q (backset 76, 100 mm) emergency device will be installed.
<Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, model No. 6, Q type knob. >
Backset (mm) 76 100 Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
(Note 3) door
Case depth
B B
Backset
<Dimensions of AHH door notch> systems
A Door thickness A 6.6
25.5 2-M4 countersink Backset 76, 100
Hotel card
( The
same as the AHLH above. )
strike plate is the Top of lock front
10
locks
48.5
27
φ36 through hole

48.5
63.5
Mounting hole for

φ43.3
21
12
Electric
φ9 hole (Note 6)
143.5
locks
30
Case width: 150
(emergency device side only)

Front length: 204
30
Spacing: 95
29.5
7
24 13
22 35
95
30 2-M4 tapping holes (Note 6) Electrical

75
(emergency device side only)
conductors,
15 13 Control
φ75
φ51
1 boxes
60.5
10

27
44
10
74 74 Note 6: Create the φ9 hole and 2-M4

tapping holes only on the side
where the emergency device Dimensions
(* Cup handles can also be used. ) will be installed.
143
HDH Emergency locks (with emergency unlock device) Text P. 54
Dead locks HDH

Note: With AHDH, Universal Key System (UKS2) is not supported.
▼ Information AHDH Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
Dead locks AHDH HDH GP［GP］ 6 pins [P]

V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 5,6,7
38, 51, 64, 76 mm 29∼43 / 43∼53 mm
Precautions AHDH GV［GV］ 76, 100 mm 35∼50 mm

Table of contents /
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (Create a mounting hole for the emergency device on one side only.
The model No. 5 notch is the same as model No. 6 in the illustration. However for No. 7, create a cylinder mounting hole on one side only.)
Cylinders ● V-HDH-6(backset 38, 51, 64, 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, model No. 6. >
Keying
systems Backset (mm) 38 51 64 76
Case depth (mm) 54.5 68.5 81.5 93.5
(Note 1)
▼ Locks B B
Case depth
A Door thickness A
Backset
2-M4 countersink
25 <Door notch dimensions>
Top of front
Push-pull 2-M4 countersink Backset
10
20.5
40.5
locks Top of lock front
23
φ33 through hole
15.5
56
40.5
70.5
Mounting hole for
φ40
Front length: 130
Case width: 84
H D
Lever
30
handle
locks
65
54
80
96
25
16
55
12
21 φ12 hole (Note 2)
(emergency device
75
side only)
15.5
Mortise
75
8
locks
23
(Note 2)
10 3-M4 tapping holes
24.6 30
35
(emergency device
side only)
t2
Integral 18.5 44
2.4
locks
22
Plain strike plate 4.5

Cylindrical Note 2: Create the φ12 hole and 3-M4 tapping
locks 21 Plain front holes only on the side where the
(Note 1) emergency device will be installed.
■ Dimensions A and B for cylinders
R60
20
2.8
t1.5

22.4
4.5
Rim dead Rounded strike plate
(mm) A B Rounded front
(R60 curved surface) (R80 curved surface)
locks
29∼43 19.5 38.5
21 20
43∼53 14.5 38.5 R80

Dead locks
Cremon 19.5 48.5
53∼63
locks
Note 3: Although emergency devices can be installed on both sides, special specifications are required.
Glass door 63∼73 14.5 48.5 Please contact us.
locks Note 4: An emergency device cannot be installed onto the body when the deadbolt throw is 16 mm.
73∼83 19.5 58.5
Emergency
locks Backset (mm) 76 100
Cup handle Case depth (mm) 106 130
locks ● V-AHDH-6(backset 76, 100 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, model No. 6. >
(Note 5)
B B Case depth
Sliding 2-M4 countersink
25.5 6.6
door locks
Top of front
Backset
10
Top of lock front

48.5
27
2-M4 countersink
37
▼ Electric locks
63.5
Security systems φ36 through hole

71
48.5
15.5
φ43.3
Mounting hole for

21
22.5
Ten-key
pads
Case width: 150
Front length: 204
30
φ10 hole (Note 6)

30
65
54
80
96
(emergency device
16 12 side only)
Key switches
75
75
Interlock / (Note 6)
28.5
30 3-M4 tapping holes

emergency
15.5
(emergency device
door
8
t2 side only)
systems 2.4 24.6 1
22 18.5 44
10
Note 6: Create the φ10 hole and 3-M4

Hotel card tapping holes only on the side
locks Emergency where the emergency device will
unlock device be installed.
27
21 (Note 7)
10
(Note 5)
Electric ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders
17∼45
locks
21
Door Dimension (mm)

thickness A B
Electrical 17.5 39
Case steady brace
35∼50
conductors,
Control Note 7: The AHDH emergency unlock device model is the PHDH emergency device.
boxes 50∼63 17.5 46 Note 8: Do not use AHDH with the deadbolt facing down.
Doing so may result in operating failure.
63∼73 22.5 56
73∼83 17.5 56
Dimensions
144
HLTH Emergency locks (with emergency unlock device) Text P. 54
HSTH Lever handle locks HLTH Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
▼ Information
Mortise locks HSTH HLTH GP［GP］ 6 pins [P]
V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 5,6,7 76 mm
29∼33 / 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
(Gap: 6 mm or less)
HSTH GV［GV］ Precautions
Table of contents /
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (Create a mounting hole for the emergency device on one side only.
The model No. 5 notch is the same as No. 6 in the illustration. However for No. 7, create a cylinder mounting hole on one side only.)
● V-HLTH-6NU (backset 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, model No. 6, NU lever handle. > Cylinders
Keying
<Door notch dimensions> systems
140
(Note 1) 140
▼ Locks
B B
Case depth: 109.5 53.5
A Door thickness A Backset 76
2-M4 countersink Backset 76 64
26 Top of lock front
Top of front 6
10
25
44 (Note 3) Push-pull
47
φ12 hole
59.5
locks
79.5
30
2-M4 countersink (door notch on
φ33 through hole emergency device
117
129.5
side)
7.5
10
18
20
Front length: 220
106
75
21 Lever
35
17 12
handle
170
18.5
locks
80
140
104
100
120
36
20.5 25
130 (Note 3)
3-M4 tapping holes
37
20 10
(door notch on
23
φ50

Mortise
8
15.5 2-φ8 through holes locks

20
18
10
10
t2 28 φ25 through hole
25
19.6 2.4
10
L 14 34
22 (Note 2) 9 9
55.5 55.5 Integral
2.4
17∼45
26
21 (Door closed) locks
12 (Door open) Cylindrical
Note 3: Create the φ12 hole and 3-M4 tapping holes only on the
24
side where the emergency device will be installed.
locks
(Note 1)
■ Dimensions A and B for cylinders
Door Dimension (mm) Case steady brace Rim dead
thickness A B
locks
29∼43 19.5 38.5

Dead locks
43∼53 14.5 38.5 Cremon
locks
53∼63 19.5 48.5 Glass door
locks
63∼73 14.5 48.5
Emergency
73∼83 19.5 58.5
locks
Cup handle
locks
● V-HSTH-6Q (backset 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, model No. 6, Q type knob. >
<Door notch dimensions> Sliding
door locks
(Note 1) 140 140
B B Case depth: 109.5 53.5
A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset 76 64 Backset 76
26 6 Top of lock front
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
10
44
25
47
φ12 hole (Note 3)

79.5
φ33 through 30 Ten-key

hole (door notch on pads

117

129.5
7.5
159.5
Case width: 170
106
φ40
Front length: 220

75
21 Key switches
35
12
17 Interlock /
18.5
emergency
80
(Note 3) door
20.5 25
3-M4 tapping holes

systems
37
10 (door notch on
φ51
φ75

8
Hotel card
60.5
15.5
locks
φ30 through hole
10
44
25
10
44 44
74 74
(The strike plate is the same as the HLTH shown above.) (* Cup handles can also be used.) Note 3: Create the φ12 hole and 3-M4
tapping holes only on the side Electric
(Note 2) where the emergency device will locks
■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension be installed.

Electrical
Door thickness
Classification
Classification
L dimension conductors,
Precautions when selecting a strike plate Control
29∼33 20L 20 33∼37 18L 18 The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard boxes
33∼43 25L 25 37∼42 20L 20
leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame,
43∼53 30L 30 43∼47 23L 23 the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
53∼60 33L 33 47∼51 25L 25 Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 53∼57 28L 28 plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the
57∼61 30L 30 Dimensions
63∼67 33L 33
145
LDHPA Emergency locks with one-touch
Text P. 54
▼ Information emergency unlock device Note: Universal Key System (UKS2) is not supported.
Compatible cylinders Model No.* Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information. )
Precautions Dead lock types LDHPA GP［GP］ 6 pins [P]

31, 5, 6, W6,
7, 71, W7, W71
64 mm 33∼43, 43∼53 mm
Table of contents / GV［GV］
Product list
Basic information
Door thickness: ## mm or more∼less than ## mm
Cylinders (Note 3)
Keying ● Dead lock type emergency locks V-LDHPA-6 （R） (Note 3)
systems (backset 64 mm) <Illustration shows example of using V18 cylinder, model No. 6, one-touch emergency unlock device (R type). >
▼ Locks Emergency cover (plate) 64

Door thickness 55 50
Push-pull 押す
locks ＰＵＳＨ
60
EMERGENCY
2-M4 countersink
Lever 25 4.5
handle Top of front
173
locks
10
25
21
29
47
64.5
114
8
Front length: 130

φ40
LDHP 21
Mortise
locks
88
15
45
25
65
36
80
96
(14.5)
0.8
Integral 48.5
locks
21
8
10
Cylindrical
2.4 (Note 1) Ａ
locks 2-M4 countersink Backset 64 21
22 ＢＣ(Cylinder height)
(Note 2)
Door surface material thickness: 2 mm or less
Rim dead 21
locks 12 Case depth: 85
20
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Note 2: One-touch emergency unlock devices are installed by fitting them into the door.
Glass door The door surface material thickness must be 2 mm or less.
locks Note 3: Emergency unlock devices have handing. The R type is installed onto the right side of the door
when viewed from the lock front, while the L type is installed on the left side.
Emergency Illustration shows R type.
locks
Cup handle
locks
(Note 1)
■ LDHPA: Dimensions A, B, and C for cylinders
Dimension (mm)
Door
Sliding thickness C
A B
door locks (mm) (Collar height) (Cylinder height) (Cylinder height on
33∼43 19.5 38.5 67.5

▼ Electric locks
Security systems 43∼53 14.5 38.5 72.5
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
<Dimensions of door notch on LDHPA emergency unlock device side>
Interlock /
emergency (L type: When emergency device is (R type: When emergency device is
door on left side as viewed from lock front) on right side as viewed from lock front)
systems Backset 64
Backset 64
Hotel card
Through holeφ33 Top of lock front Top of lock front
locks Through hole φ33
(Note 4) (Note 4)
60 (φ7 hole pitch)
47
47
56(φ14 hole pitch)

56(φ14 hole pitch)
60 (φ7 hole pitch)
50
50
Electric
locks
28
30
28
30
2-φ7 holes
2-φ14 holes
Electrical (door notch on (door notch on emergency
conductors, 22 22 device side)
2-φ14 holes * Regardless of the door direction (hand), create
Control the above notch only on the side where the 2-φ7 holes
(door notch on
boxes emergency device side) emergency unlock device will be installed. (door notch on emergency
device side)
Dimensions
146
Cover-type emergency device P. 55
Text
Cover-type
emergency device
(for knob, for thumbturn) ▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● Thumbturn cover-type emergency device (PS thumbturn emergency device H) Cylinders

(Note: Can be used with standard type thumbturns or BF and ES thumbturns. However cannot be used with TME, TMB, or other types of security thumbturns. ) Keying
* Relationship of compatible models with backset and door thickness systems
Compatible models Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) ● PS thumbturn emergency cover H (* Can be used for all models. )
LG 51, 64, 76 mm (polystyrene t2)
Lever handle locks LGK 64 mm 54 ▼ Locks
LX 51, 64 mm 34∼53 mm
(wooden door 38∼53 mm) 7.5
Mortise locks AXF / AS 64, 76 mm
1.7
HD 51, 64, 76 mm 2.5 4
Dead locks
LDK 64, 76 mm
Lever handle locks HL 76 mm 34∼53 mm Push-pull
Mortise locks HS 76 mm (wooden door 38∼53 mm) locks
Electric locks EU / ELM / ESM 76 mm 38∼53 mm (wooden door 42∼53 mm)
60.6
● Thumbturn cover-type emergency device (CM GH thumbturn emergency device H)
65
(Note: The installation seat is different from PS thumbturn emergency device H. ) Lever
* Relationship of compatible models with backset and door thickness handle
Compatible models Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) locks
1.5
● Cremon locks CMM 64 mm 29∼33 / 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
65 2.5 3 3
7.5 39
Mortise
● Cover installation seat for PS thumbturn emergency ● Cover installation seat for CM GH thumbturn emergency 30 locks
device cover H device cover H
(SUS304 t1.2) 5.5 (SUS304 t1.2) 5
Integral
1.5
9.2
8
locks
11 Cylindrical
3.5
φ4.5 hole 11
3.5
M5 countersink
locks
φ45.5 φ45.5
<Door notch dimensions> Rim dead

60.6
48
60.6
63
locks
56
3-M4 tapping holes

4.5
18
(for mounting escutcheon)

26
18
13
33 33
Dead locks
Cremon
3
8
2-R2.25 11 60.5 11 6.8 locks
48
50 65 Glass door
60 locks
18
4-R4 4-R4
Emergency
locks
9.2
8
50 Cup handle
40 40 locks
60.5 Notch φ33 hole for mounting thumbturn
( )
With the CMM series of cremon locks, the door
notch hole is not necessary because the thumbturn Sliding
is installed onto the handle escutcheon. door locks
● Cover-type emergency device for knob (US emergency device)
* Compatible models: ● Integral locks: UC and G series (backset 64 mm or more) (Q, Y, K, B type knobs with φ75 mm rose only)
● Cylindrical locks: US series (backset 64 mm or more) (Q, Y, K, B type knobs with φ75 mm rose only)
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
● Cover (polystyrene t2) ● Cover installation seat Ten-key

pads
(ABS plastic)
Key switches
Interlock /
this
cover
and
turn
the
knob
inside.
emergency
door
break
ency,
emerg
an
In
非常の場合はこのカバー
を叩き割り中のノブを systems
廻して下さい
Hotel card
locks
φ100
2-φ2.8 holes (depth 6)

φ70 φ80 Electric
locks
3
10
5
φ52
φ95 Electrical
conductors,
Control
85
boxes
2-φ6 holes
10
φ96
5
Dimensions
147
KT-2U Automatic locking lock for auxiliary door
Text P. 55
▼ Information KT-2U, KT-2U (No. 250)

(for steel doors) (for steel doors with auxiliary door) Model Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
Precautions KT-2U, 2U(No. 250) (for steel doors) 35∼60 mm 6 mm or less
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders ● KT-2U (for steel doors) (For installation onto a wooden door, refer to the following page. )
Keying <Illustration shows a right-hand layout. (Main door is on the right side as viewed from the opened side.) For the method of setting the handing, refer to (Note 1) on the following page. >
systems
● KT-2U (No. 250) (R, L) (* For steel door with an auxiliary door for feeding a fire hose through) (Parts marked with * for the locks below may have different dimensions. )
▼ Locks <There are lock handing. Specify R type or L type according to the door direction (hand). Illustration shows an R type for right-hand door. >
X view
Door gap 12 or less ● Trigger bolt holder (SUS304 t1.5)
Push-pull
locks
1∼8 (adjustable) 2-M4 countersink
Door thickness 35∼60

Auxiliary door
(Case width)
Lever Main door
handle 23
20
18
16
34
50
locks
(Note 4)
17 (fixed)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
2.5 18 13 Gap adjustment screw

Mortise Gap between lock body and trigger bolt holder: 6 mm or less
Y
17.5 (Note 3)
locks
22
R1 31 Holder piece
(SUS304 t1.0)
Integral
locks 35.5 X
t1.5
Cylindrical 16
19.5 (Note 2)
13.5
(when gap is 1 mm)

locks
22
Rim dead ● Strike box (SUS304 t0.8)

locks
35
22
25
Door top notch: 22.5±0.2 Door top notch: 40 or more
Dead locks
Cremon
19
24
locks
115
Glass door
115
locks
Ｒ本体
54 0.8
Emergency 右勝手上部取付用
(開く側から見て親扉が右側)
locks
Door notch: 110 or more
そのまま上部に
取付けてください。
Cup handle
150
左勝手下部取付用
10.4
22.5
locks 25
(開く側から見て親扉が左側)
このネジをはずして
100
下部に取付けて
34
ください。
70 2-φ6 holes
Sliding 20.4
door locks
A (Note 1)
● Strike plate (SUS304 t1.5)
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
54 1.5
Front thickness: 4.7
Case depth: 49
25
Ten-key
19
25
pads 50 or more
36
Key switches
70 2-M4 countersink
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
● Strike plate with anchor (SUS304 t2.0) is also available.
(Note 1) A
Door notch: 110 or more
Hotel card
locks 44.5
10.4
100
34
22
36
20.4 Ｌ本体
Electric
locks
* 250 (for KT-2U No. 250)
86
115 (for KT-2U)
Electrical
conductors,
15 or less
Control
Door bottom notch: Door bottom notch:
boxes
21.2
2
22.5±0.2 40 or more
24
48.2
Frame notch: 19
(when fastened
by welding) 8
1.5
Weld
Dimensions Frame notch 36 17.5 28.6
(Illustration shows conditions when fastened by welding. ) (when fastened by welding)
148
KT-2U
P. 55
Automatic locking lock for auxiliary door
Text
KT-2WU ▼ Information
(for wooden doors) Model Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
KT-2WU (for wooden doors) 40∼60 mm 6 mm or less Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● KT-2WU (for wooden doors) (The trigger bolt holder and strike plate may be the same as steel doors in some cases. Refer to the previous page. ) Cylinders
Keying
systems
X view
Door gap 12 or less
23 (case width)
32 (front width)
6 mm or less between lock body and trigger bolt holder ▼ Locks
61 12
Push-pull
Main Auxiliary locks
door door
Door thickness 40∼60

(Note 4)
Lever
handle
locks
17 (fixed)
(Note 4)
(Note 4)
Y
4-R6
15
Mortise
80 locks
35.5 X
16
13.5
Integral
(when gap is 1 mm)

locks
Cylindrical
19.5
locks
Rim dead
locks
24
Dead locks
115
115
Cremon
Ｒ本体 locks
右勝手上部取付用 Glass door
165
167
(開く側から見て親扉が右側)
そのまま上部に
locks
取付けてください。
196
100
左勝手下部取付用
Emergency
10.4
(開く側から見て親扉が左側)
このネジをはずして
下部に取付けて
locks
34
ください。 Cup handle

locks
20.4 (Note 1)
A
65
2.5 Sliding
door locks
Front thickness: 4.7
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
2-R6 Case depth: 49
25
51
Ten-key
pads
Note 1: Method of setting the KT-2U, KT-2WU lock handing
● Right-hand (main door on right when viewed from opened side)
Install the R lock body directly onto the door top. Key switches
Remove the screw from part A of the L lock body screw and install Interlock /
the L lock body onto the door bottom. emergency
● Left-hand (main door on left when viewed from opened side)
door
Install the L body directly onto the door top. systems
(Note 1)
Remove the screw from part A of the R lock body screw and install
A
the R lock body onto the door bottom.
2: The amount of latch projection is decided based on the gap Hotel card
10.4
between the trigger bolt holder and the lock body front. When the locks
100
gap is 6 mm, the projection is approximately 16 mm.

34
3: The trigger bolt holder includes a gap adjustment function.

20.4 Ｌ本体 When the gap with the door is large, turn the adjustment screw
and adjust the gap between the trigger bolt holder and lock body Electric
front to 6 mm or less. locks
4: The mounting position of the trigger bolt holder is the same
regardless of the door thickness.
115
When the door thickness is 60 mm or more, install the lock off-set

Electrical
and ensure that the Y dimension is 30 mm or less.
conductors,
Control
boxes
24
Frame notch: 19
(when fastened
by welding)
Weld
Frame notch 36 Dimensions
(Illustration shows conditions when fastened by welding. ) (when fastened
by welding)
149
Text P. 56
Mortise lock cup
▼ Information
AHC handle locks Compatible cylinders Model No.
GP［GP］6 pins [P]
Precautions
AHC GV
［V］ 7 pins [Z]
V18
［GV］
1,3,5,6,7 76 mm
100 mm
35∼43 / 43∼50 mm
Table of contents /
Product list
( )
The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration.
However create a thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only.
For No. 1, create a handle mounting hole only.
Cylinders
Keying ● V-AHC-5(backset 76, 100 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, cup handles on both sides. > Backset （mm） 76 100
systems Case depth（mm） 106 130
(Note 1)
20 B B Case depth
▼ Locks A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset
25.5 6.6
Top of front
Push-pull
10
locks
27
48.5
39
2-M4 countersink
63.5
8.5
21
φ43.3
12
19.5
30
Lever 12
handle

φ36 through hole
locks 8.5 (mounting hole for
Thumbturn
Case width: 150

30
Front length: 204
37
18 (104.5) (45° rotating type)
Spacing: 95
1 φ30 through hole
100
107
124
13
85

Mortise
locks
24
36
37
15
7
φ74.5
φ74.5
13
(19.5)
Integral
19.5
12
locks
Cylindrical t2
8.5
10
28
locks 2.4
22 L 14
27
R2 44
(Note 2)
10
10.5 10.5
Rim dead 35 35
2.4
locks
21 Latch
Dead locks
17∼45
21
Cremon
locks Deadbolt
Glass door Anti-friction latch bolt
locks Case steady brace
(Note 1)
Emergency ■ Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns
locks Door Dimension (mm)
Cup handle thickness A B
(Cylinder and
locks (mm) (Collar height) thumbturn height)
35∼50 17.5 39
● V-AHC-5Q (backset 76, 100 mm)
<Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, cup handle on one side, Q type knob on one side. >
Sliding
door locks
50∼63 17.5 46
Backset （mm） 76 100
Case depth（mm） 106
▼ Electric locks 63∼73 22.5 56
130
Security systems (Note 1)
20 B B Case depth
17.5 56 A Door thickness A 2-M4 countersink Backset
73∼83
Ten-key 25.5 6.6
pads
(Note 2)
10

27
48.5
Key switches
63.5
Interlock /
emergency Door thickness L dimension 21
φ43.3
Classification
30
door (minimum∼less than) mm (mm)

12
systems
35∼43 25L 25 φ36 through hole

Thumbturn (mounting hole for
43∼53 30L 30
Case width: 150
30
Front length: 204
(45° rotating type) cylinder and thumbturn)

Spacing: 95
Hotel card 1
For double leaf door φ30 through hole
locks
13

Classification
24
36
35∼37 18L 18
7
15
φ74.5
Electric
φ51
φ75
37∼42 20L 20 13
locks
43∼47 23L 23
47∼51 25L 25
10
Electrical 53 28L 28
27
conductors, 44
10
Control 5.8
boxes Precautions when selecting a strike plate
44 17.9 10.5
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as
74 35
standard according to the door thickness, however in
the case of a single leaf door and depending on the
conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate may
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and
Dimensions select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension
from the table so that the amount of strike plate
protrusion is not too large.
150
Text P. 56
AXFC, ASC Mortise lock cup handle locks Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
AXFCL, ASCL AXFC, AXFCL, AXFC Cup handle on both sides or one side:
33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
AXFCL GP［GP］6 pins [P] 1, 3, 4, 45 ▼ Information
(Note 2)
V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 64 mm
ASC, ASCL
Cup handles on both sides: 31∼33 / 33∼38 / 38∼43 /
ASC GV［GV］ 5, 6, 7 76 mm 43∼48 / 48∼53 mm
ASCL Cup handle on one side: 31∼33 / 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Basic information
( The model No. 4, 45, 6 notches is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a thumbturn mounting
hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only. For No. 1, create a handle mounting hole only. )
● V-ASC-5(backset 64, 76 mm) <Illustration shows a V18 cylinder, cup handles on both sides. > Cylinders
* A cup handle can also be installed on one side (knob on the other side). In this case, the models ar e V-ASC-5Q and others, Keying
Backset （mm） 64 76 systems
and the knob is on the inside.
* For the AXFC, AXFCL lock body, refer to the dimensions of AXF mortise locks (P.106). The dimensions of the cup handles Case depth（mm） 84 96
(AHC cup handles) are the same as ASC, ASCL.
▼ Locks
Thumbturn (90° rotation type) 19.5 B B Case depth
TM thumbturns can be Door thickness
A A 2-M4 countersink Backset
installed (option). (Note 1)
25 4.5 Push-pull
locks
φ33 through hole
10
41.5
22
2-M4 countersink (for mounting cylinder
36
(Note 2) and thumbturn)
57
（16）
Lever
φ40
15.5
28
21
Case width: 122

handle
Front length: 166

12 locks
Spacing: 80
25
8.5
φ30 through hole
80
65
80
63
96
20 6
15.5
2-φ12 through
holes Mortise
7
15.5 11
locks
φ74.5
φ74.5
15.5
t2 24.5
2.4 L 12.25
Integral
22
22 (Note 3)
10
(Note 2)（17） locks
2.4
10.5
44 Cylindrical
10.5
locks
22.8 35 35
20
Rim dead
Note 2: For ASC, ASCL-4, 45 partition locks, the deadbolt throw is 16 mm locks
and a strike box with depth 17 mm is set.
Dead locks
Backset （mm） 64 76 Cremon
(Note 1)
● V-ASCL-5(backset 64, 76 mm) Case depth（mm） 84 96 locks
Glass door
■ Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns (The strike plate is the same as the ASC shown above. )
locks
Case depth
Door Dimension (mm) 19.5 B B
B 2-M4 countersink Backset
thickness A
(Cylinder and
A Door thickness A (Note 1) Emergency
(mm) (Collar height) 4.5 locks
thumbturn height) 25
Cup handle
31∼43 19.5 38.5
10
locks
41.5
22
43∼53 14.5 38.5 (Note 2)
57
（16）
φ40
53∼63 19.5 48.5 21 Sliding
Case width: 122

φ33 through hole door locks
Front length: 166
14.5 48.5 12
63∼73 (for mounting cylinder
25
Spacing: 80
and thumbturn)
73∼83 19.5 58.5
6
φ30 through hole

▼ Electric locks
20
2-φ12 through holes Security systems

15.5 11
φ34
22
■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension (Note 3)

Ten-key
39
39
For single leaf door pads

4
22
10

Classification
(minimum∼less than) mm (mm) 11 11
44 Key switches
31∼33 20L 20 17 17
78 Interlock /
50.5 50.5
33∼43 25L 25 81 emergency
43∼53 30L 30 door
systems
53∼60 33L 33
For double leaf door ● ASC-5N (cup thumbturn) (backset 64, 76 mm) (door thickness 38∼41 mm) Hotel card
Door thickness L dimension locks
Classification
(mm) φ44 through hole
Backset (mm) 64 76 (for mounting cup thumbturn) B (Note 1)
31∼33 16L 16 Case depth Door thickness A
Case depth (mm) 84 96 Cup thumbturn
33∼37 18L 18 (90° rotation type) Cylinder
Backset 25
Electric
37∼42 20L 20
5
locks
43∼47 23L 23
22
41.5
45.5
45.5
47∼51 25L 25
φ50
φ40
53∼57 28L 28 Electrical

6
57∼61 30L 30 conductors,

12 Control
122
80
63∼67 33L 33
boxes
76
76

7
15.5
φ74.5
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to
depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate may
22
protrude by a large amount. Check the conditions of the door and frame,
10.5 Dimensions
and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table
35
151
P. 56
HSC
Text
Mortise lock cup handle locks HSC,
▼ Information HSTC HSTC (automatic locking type) Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.)
HSC, GP［GP］ 6 pins [P]
33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
HSTC V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 3,5,6,7 76 mm
Precautions (Gap: 6 mm or less)
Table of contents / (Automatic locking type) GV［GV］
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration.
However create a thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only.)
Cylinders
Keying
● V-HSC, HSTC-5 <Illustration shows model No. 5, V18 cylinder, cup handles on both sides. >
systems * The dimensions of HSC and HSTC are the same.
* A knob can also be installed on one side (door inside). When ordering, specify as, for example, V-HSC-5Q.
(Refer to illustration below.)
▼ Locks 19.5 B B
Case depth: 109.5
A Door thickness A (Note 1) 2-M4 countersink Backset 76
26 6
locks
10
25
59.5 HSTC
2-M4 countersink
79.5
Lever
handle
129.5
117
locks φ33 hole
10
18
20
(for mounting

φ40
28
cylinder and
21
Front length: 220

thumbturn)
Case width: 170

12
Mortise Thumbturn 2-φ12 through holes
Spacing: 80
17
locks (90° rotation type) φ30 through hole
25
120
104
100
140
36
Integral
37
20.5
10
7
φ74.5
locks 20
φ74.5
Cylindrical
locks
8
15.5
10
20
18
10
t2 28
25
Rim dead 44
10
2.4 L 14
locks 10.5 10.5
(Note 2)
22
35 35
22
2.4
Dead locks
(HSC)
(HSTC)
21 (Door closed)
Cremon
26 12 (Door open)
locks
Glass door
17∼45
locks
22
24
Emergency
Case steady brace
locks
Cup handle
locks
● V-HSC, HSTC-5Q <Illustration shows cup handle on one side, Q type knob on one side. >
(* Dimensions not listed, notch hole, and strike plate are the same as the illustration above. )
Sliding
door locks
(Note 1)
▼ Electric locks ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns
Security systems
Door Dimension (mm)
thickness A B
(mm) (Collar height) (Cylinder and thumbturn height)
Ten-key
pads 33∼43 19.5 38.5
43∼53 14.5 38.5

Key switches
Interlock / 53∼63 19.5 48.5
emergency
door 63∼73 14.5 48.5
7
φ74.5
φ75
φ51
systems
73∼83 19.5 58.5
Hotel card
locks
5.6
44 17.9 10.5
74 35
Electric
locks (Note 2)
Electrical Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension
conductors, (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm)
Control 33∼43 25L 25 33∼37 18L 18
boxes
43∼53 30L 30 37∼42 20L 20 Precautions when selecting a strike plate
53∼60 33L 33 43∼47 23L 23 The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard
47∼51 25L 25
leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and
53∼57 28L 28 frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount. Check
57∼61 30L 30 the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate
Dimensions with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the
63∼67 33L 33
152
Text P. 57
UCC Integral locks Note 1: * Indicates the knob design (Q, Y, K, B, etc.).
Cup handle locks UCC 1
57 mm
64 mm
Cup handle on both sides: 29∼33 (minimum 28 with 100 mm) /
33∼38 / 38∼43 / 43∼48 / 48∼53 mm
▼ Information
(Note 1) 83 mm Cup handle on one side:
1*, 3*, 7* 100 mm 29 (minimum 28 for 100 mm)∼33 / 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The notch is the same for model No. 1, 3, 7.)
● UCC-1 (cup handle on both sides) (backset 57, 64, 83 mm) Cylinders
Backset (mm) 57 64 83 Keying
Case depth (mm) 77.5 84.5 103.5 systems
Case depth
2-M4 countersink
Door thickness
Backset ▼ Locks
25 3.5
Top of front
2-M4 countersink
10
φ30 through hole
18
Push-pull
29
locks
15.5

73.5
（47）
Front length: 130
65
15.5
Case width: 72
7.7
7
φ74.5
14
Lever
63
80
96
65
80
18.5
8.5 handle
（49）
20
locks
65
11
15.5
8
8
44
29
t2
24.5
10
2.4 Mortise
L 12.25 locks
17 (Note 2) 10.5 10.5
R2 35 35
19
2.4
Integral
23
( When
orientation of the lock body is reversed. )
the handing is changed, the
locks
Cylindrical
locks
● UCC-1(cup handle on both sides) (backset 100 mm) Case depth: 122
Door thickness Backset 100

2-M4 countersink 22 Rim dead
2-M4 countersink 25 4 φ30 through hole
locks
Top of front
2

15.5
26
50
Dead locks
Front length: 100
48
Cremon
52
15.5
14 locks
7
φ74.5
45
Glass door
48
63
80
96
65
80
locks
18
8.5 7
48
11
Emergency
30
26
50
15.5
locks
8
8
44 Cup handle
t2
2.4 24.5 locks
L 12.25
17 10.5 10.5
(Note 2)
R2
35 35
Sliding
17
2.4
door locks
23 ( When
orientation of the lock body is reversed. )
the handing is changed, the
▼ Electric locks
● UCC-1Q (cup handle on one side) ● UCC-3Q (cup handle on one side) ● UCC-7Q (cup handle on one side) Security systems
Door thickness Door thickness Door thickness

2-M4 countersink 2-M4 countersink 2-M4 countersink
25 25 25
Ten-key
Thumbturn Cylinder pads
11 11
Key switches
14 Interlock /
7
7
φ74.5
φ74.5
φ74.5
φ75
φ51
φ75
φ51
φ51
φ75
emergency
7
14 14 door
systems
5.6 5.6
Hotel card
44 17.9 10.5 44 17.9 10.5 10.5 44
locks
74 35 4.5 74 35 35 74
(Note 2)
■ Strike plate lip (L) dimension Electric
locks
Electrical
29∼33 20L 20 29∼33 16L 16
conductors,
33∼38 33∼37 18L 18 Control
25L 25
boxes
38∼43 37∼41 20L 20 Precautions when selecting a strike plate
43∼48 41∼47 23L 23 The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard
30L 30
48∼53 47∼51 25L 25 according to the door thickness, however in the case of a
single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door
53∼58 51∼57 28L 28 and frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount.
33L 33
58∼63 57∼61 30L 30 Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike
61∼67 33L 33 plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that Dimensions
the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
153
Text P. 57
▼ Information
GC Integral locks
Cup handle locks GC
Note 1:* Indicates the knob design (Q, Y, K, B, etc.).
Cup handle on both sides:
1
64 mm 28∼33 / 33∼38 / 38∼43 / 43∼48 / 48∼53 mm (Note 2)
Precautions (Note 1) 100 mm Cup handle on one side: 28∼33 / 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
Table of contents / 1*, 3*, 7* (Note 2)
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (The notch is the same for model No. 1, 3, 7.)
Cylinders
Keying
● GC-1(backset 64 mm) (cup handle on both sides)
Case depth: 89
systems ●Standard strike plate, No. 12 strike plate (Note 2)
2-M4 countersink Backset 64
Note 2: The standard strike plate is used for door thickness 28∼43 mm, and
the No. 12 type strike plate is used for door thickness 43∼53 mm. 25 4
▼ Locks Dimensions in ( ) are No. 12 type strike plate dimensions. 2-φ12 through holes
2-M4 countersink φ30 through hole
10
33.25
36.5
15.5
8
16
Push-pull
50
Front length: 100
locks
7.5
7
φ74.5
33.5
27
37
38
54
70
39
15.5
Lever 10
handle
15.5
16
50
33.25
locks
8
t1.5
44
10
1.9 29
15 24 (30) 14.5 10.5 10.5

38.5 (44.5)
Mortise 35 35
t1.5
locks
7
17.5
14
5.5
19
Integral
locks 14.5
Cylindrical
L
locks
t1.5

Rim dead
locks
L=18, 20.5
Dead locks
Cremon
● GC-1 (backset 100 mm) (cup handle on both sides)
locks ●Standard strike plate, No. 12 strike plate (Note 2) Case depth: 125
Glass door Note 2: The standard strike plate is used for door thickness 28∼43 mm, and
locks 25 2-M4 countersink Backset 100
the No. 12 type strike plate is used for door thickness 43∼53 mm.
Dimensions in ( ) are No. 12 type strike plate dimensions.
Emergency 2-M4 countersink φ30 through hole
10
locks
31
Cup handle
15.5
8
16
locks
50
Front length: 100
7.5
7
φ74.5
38
27
37
38
54
70
39
Sliding 15.5
door locks
10
15.5
16
50
8
31
t1.5
▼ Electric locks 29
10
Security systems 1.9

15 24 (30) 14.5 10.5 10.5 44
4
38.5 (44.5) 35 35 2-φ12 through holes
t1.5
Ten-key
pads Strike plate for single leaf door
5.5
19
17.5
Key switches
7
14
14.5
Interlock /
emergency L
door
t1.5
systems
Hotel card
locks L=18, 20.5
Electric
● GC-1Q (cup handle on one side) ● GC-3Q (cup handle on one side) ● GC-7Q (cup handle on one side)
locks Door thickness Door thickness Door thickness
2-M4 countersink 2-M4 countersink 2-M4 countersink
25 25 25
Thumbturn Cylinder
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
7
7
φ74.5
φ74.5
φ74.5
φ75
φ51
φ75
φ51
φ51
φ75
7
5.6 5.6
44 17.9 10.5 44 17.9 10.5 10.5 44
Dimensions
74 35 4.5 74 35 35 74
154
P. 58
SX, SXS
Text
SX (* See next page for dimensions of SX, SXS-45 locks with indicators. )
SXS hook bolt sliding door locks Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness Gap (door and jamb)
▼ Information
［GP］ 6 pins [P]
（）
GP SX … 51 mm
3,33 Varies depending on the cylinder and thumbturn model.
(muffled type) ［V］ 7 pins [Z]
V18
5,6,7
5 mm or less
SXS … 51 / 76 mm See P. 58 for details.
GV［GV］ Precautions
Table of contents /
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (Notch dimensions will vary depending on the model and thumbturn model.) Model SX SXS (Muffled type) (Note 1)
● V-SX, SXS-5 (with V18 cylinder and cup (PSS) thumbturn) Case depth (mm) 68 68 93 4-M3 tapping holes
Cylinders
Note 1: The backset for muffled-type SXS models is 76 mm. (for thumbturn) Keying
(Note 3)
Case depth systems
Dimensions marked with an asterisk (*) are B 2-M4 countersink
A Door thickness Backset (Note 1)
necessary dimensions for vertical adjustment of the strike plate mounting position.
25 4.5
Top of front ▼ Locks

(*Notch size)
Screw plate
M5 screw
10
Mounted separately
24
(For metal frames)
25
for metal frames Unlock position
41.5
Push-pull
52
Trigger bolt
locks
64
(Note 2)
14
*23.5
79
24
7.5
φ40
10
6.1
6
65.5
Front length: 166

70
50
51.5
S X 13.5 9 Loc
Lever
k po handle
φ33 hole S sitio
33
17 33 n
(Cylinder side only) locks
16.2
°
61
*86
105
82
135
Case width: 118

30
Gap adjustment
34
3
plate Mortise
(Note 4) 22.5
10 locks
*25.5
29
“S” is engraved on 50
24
16
2-M4 countersink the front for muffled types. Integral
10
locks
t1.5 φ42 hole Cylindrical
24.5
4 (Thumbturn side only)
locks
13.5
20
26.5
Note 2: When the door closed the trigger bolt is retracted inside the lock
case and is extended when the hooked deadbolt is extended. Rim dead
Note 4: Two gap adjustment plates are The hooked deadbolt is not extended if no object (strike plate) is locks
attached to the strike plate. present to prevent the trigger bolt from being extended.
22
See “Using the gap adjustment
plates” below for how to use the
plates according to the gap amount. Dead locks
Cremon
● V-SX, SXS-5 (with LX thumbturn) ● V-SX, SXS-5FL (with FL thumbturn) locks
Note 1: The backset for muffled-type SXS models is 76 mm. Note 1: The backset for muffled-type SXS models is 76 mm. Glass door
locks
(The strike plate is the same as the V-SX-5 shown above.)
B B 19.5 Case depth B Case depth
Emergency
(Note 3) (Note 3) 2-M4 tapping holes locks
A Door thickness A Backset (Note 1) A Door thickness Backset (Note 1)
25 4.5
φ25 hole Cup handle
25 4.5 (Thumbturn side only) locks
74
41.5
39
24
24
41.5
41.5
10 27
Sliding
64
n
φ40
φ40
positio
φ40
10 10 90 door locks
Lock 3
25
Case width: 118

17
Case width: 118
62
46
S X S X
φ33 through hole
▼ Electric locks
29
61°
37
Security systems
Un
loc
kp
osi
50
tion
10 10 45° Ten-key
pads
55
24
24
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
(Note 3)
● V-SX, SXS-5FL (No. 2) (with FL No. 2 thumbturn) systems
■ Dimensions A, B, C, and D for cylinders, thumbturns,
Note 1: The backset for muffled-type SXS models is 76 mm.
and emergency cylinders
A: Cylinder, C: Emergency
Hotel card
Door
thumbturn, B: Cylinder, cylinder D: Emergency
(Note 3)
B B
Case depth
locks
thickness thumbturn, cylinder
(mm) collar height collar height A Door thickness A 18
height height Backset (Note 1)
(Collar name) (Collar name)
25 4.5 45°
19.5 14.5
29∼43 (LX collar) 38.5 (LX 14 mm collar) 33
tion
Electric
41.5
osi
24
14.5 14.5
kp
43∼53 38.5 38
41.5
loc
(LX 14 mm collar) (LX 14 mm collar) locks

Un
19.5 19.5
53∼63 48.5 43
φ40
(LX collar) (LX collar) 10

φ40
14.5 14.5
90°
63∼73 48.5 48 Lo Electrical

Case width: 118
(LX 14 mm collar) (LX 14 mm collar) ck

po
19.5 19.5
SX
siti
on conductors,
73∼83 58.5 58 Control
97
(LX collar) (LX collar)

φ33 through hole boxes
(Note 4) 10
■ Using the gap adjustment plates
3
Gap (door and jamb) 0∼2.5 mm 2.5∼3.8 mm 3.8∼5 mm
Use both Remove one Remove both 56.5

Plates used
24
adjustment plates. adjustment plate. adjustment plates.

Dimensions
155
Text P. 58
SX Sliding door locks (hooked deadbolt) (locks with indicators and emergency cylinders)
▼ Information SXS SX-45, Compatible emergency cylinders Model No. Type of thumbturn used
Cup (PSS) thumbturn
Backset Door thickness Gap (door and jamb)
PSS-45 emergency cylinder SX ... 51 mm 5 mm
Precautions SXS-45 (muffled type) LX-45 emergency cylinder

LX-45VF emergency cylinder
45 LX thumbturn
FL thumbturn
FL (No. 2) thumbturn
(
Varies depending on the type of emergency cylinder
SXS ... 51 / 76 mm and thumbturn used. See P.58 for details.
) or
less
Table of contents /
Basic information
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (Be aware that the notch is different depending on the type of emergency unlock device (emergency cylinder) and type of thumbturn used. )
Model SX SXS (muffled type) (Note 1)
Cylinders ● SX, SXS-45(with PSS-45 emergency cylinder and cup thumbturn) Backset (mm) 51 51 76 4-M3 tapping holes
Keying Note 1: The backset for muffled-type SXS models is 76 mm. (for thumbturn)
systems Case depth (mm) 68 68 93 Case depth
Dimensions marked with an asterisk (*) are necessary dimensions 2-M4 countersink
Door thickness Backset (Note 1)
for vertical adjustment of the strike plate mounting position.
25 4.5
▼ Locks Top of front
(*Notch size)
Screw plate
M5 screw Emergency unlock device
10
Mounted separately 4-M3 tapping holes (PSS-45 emergency cylinder)
24
(For metal frames)
25
for metal frames Unlock position
(for emergency 6.5
Push-pull cylinder mounting)
52
Trigger bolt
locks
64
64
14
(Note 2)
*23.5
79
24
10 7.5
27.5

22
6.1
6
65.5
50
Front length: 166

70
50
51.5
Lever S X 13.5 9 Loc
22.5
k po
17
handle S sitio
33
17 33 n
locks
16.2
°
61
*86
105
82
135
Case width: 118

34
30
Gap adjustment 45
34
3
Mortise plate
(Note 4) 22.5
locks 10
φ18 hole
(emergency cylinder
“S” is engraved on
*25.5
side only)
29
the front for muffled types. 50
24
16
Integral 2-M4 countersink
10
locks
Cylindrical
t1.5 φ42 hole
24.5
4 (Thumbturn side only)
locks
13.5
Note 2: When the door is closed, the trigger bolt is retracted inside the lock
20
26.5 case and is extended when the hooked deadbolt is extended.
The hooked deadbolt is not extended if no object (strike plate) is
Rim dead present to prevent the trigger bolt from being extended.
Note 4: Two gap adjustment plates are attached
locks to the strike plate.
See “Using the gap adjustment plates” 22
below for how to use the plates ● SX, SXS-45 (with LX-45 emergency cylinder and LX thumbturn)
Dead locks according to the gap amount.
Note 1: The backset for muffled-type SXS models is 76 mm.
Cremon
locks
● SX, SXS-45FL (with PSS-45 emergency cylinder and FL thumbturn)
Glass door Note 1: The backset for muffled-type SXS models is 76 mm.
Case depth D B 19.5 Case depth
locks 2-M4 tapping holes
Door thickness Backset(Note 1) C Door thickness A Backset (Note 1)
φ25 hole
25 4.5 25 4.5
Emergency (thumbturn side only)
4-M3 countersink
locks 74
(for emergency
41.5
Cup handle 39
24
24
cylinder mounting)
41.5
locks 34 6.5 10 27
64
64
n
10 positio
φ40
90 10
φ40
3
Lock
25
22
17
Case width: 118

Case width: 118
Sliding
62
46
S X S X
17
φ33 through hole

29
door locks
61°
37
Un
loc
kp
osi
tion
φ18 hole 50
▼ Electric locks (emergency cylinder
side only) 10 45° 10
Security systems
55
24
24
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
● SX, SXS-45FL (No.2) (with PSS-45 emergency cylinder and FL No. 2 thumbturn) ● SX, SXS-45VF (with LX-45VF emergency cylinder and LX thumbturn)
Interlock / Note 1: The backset for muffled-type SXS models is 76 mm. Note 1: The backset for muffled-type SXS models is 76 mm.
emergency
door B (Note 3)
D B 19.5 Case depth
(Note 3) Case depth
systems Door thickness A 18 14.3 Door thickness A Backset (Note 1)
Backset (Note 1)
25 4.5 45° 25 4.5
4-M3 countersink
tio k
Hotel card
si oc
n
(for emergency
41.5
poUnl
24
locks cylinder mounting)

41.5
41.5
34 6.5
64
10
φ40
φ40
10
φ45
22
90°
Lo
ck
Case width: 118
po
Electric siti S X
17
on φ33 through hole

locks
97
φ33 hole
10 (thumbturn side only)
φ18 hole
3
(emergency cylinder
Electrical side only) 10
conductors,
Control 56.5
24
boxes
(Note 4)
■Using the gap adjustment plates
Gap
(door and jamb) 0∼2.5 mm 2.5∼3.8 mm 3.8∼5 mm Note 3: For dimensions A, B, C, D in each illustration, refer to P.155.
Use both Remove one Remove both

Plates used
Dimensions adjustment plates. adjustment plate. adjustment plates.
Two gap adjustment plates are attached to the strike plate.

Use them according to the gap size.
156
Text P. 58
Sliding door locks

PSS
Note 1: Be aware that although mounting is possible when the door thickness at the cylinder or thumbturn mounting part is
25 mm or more, the door thickness at the lock body front mounting part must be 28 mm or more.
(hooked deadbolt)
Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness Gap (door and jamb)
GP［GP］6 pins [P] 5 mm ▼ Information
PSS V18［V］ 7 pins [Z]

GV［GV］
3, 45
5, 6, 7
38 mm ( Varies depending on the type of cylinder and thumbturn used.
See P.58 for details. ) or
less Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) (Notch dimensions will vary depending on the model and thumbturn model.)
● V-PSS-5 (backset 38 mm) <with V18 cylinder and cup (PSS) thumbturn> Cylinders
Keying
systems
Collar height 36.5 Case depth: 55
(*Notch size)
Screw plate 19.5 for door thickness 33∼38 / 48∼58 Door thickness 2-M4 countersink Backset 38
M5 screw
Mounted separately 14.5 for door thickness 38∼48 φ42 hole
▼ Locks
(For metal frames) 25.5 4
for metal frames Top of front (thumbturn side only)
8
30
19
14
*23.5
24
38
9 Push-pull
locks
59
63
12
4
φ40
65.5
51.5
Front length: 136
Case width: 98
15 9
50
33
17 Lever
70
15
handle
*86
82
105
φ33 hole
135
Loc
k po
38
(Cylinder side only) sitio
n locks
34
Gap adjustment
plate
(Note 2)
3 24 4-M3 tapping holes
67°
Mortise
locks
*25.5
Unlock position
19
29
8
16
2-M4 countersink
t1.5
Integral
4 24.5
locks
13.5 Cylindrical
16.5
12
20
26.5
locks
Dimensions marked with an asterisk (*) are

necessary dimensions for vertical adjustment of Rim dead
the strike plate mounting position. 22 ● V-PSS-5 (with PSD thumbturn) locks
B B
A Door thickness A Case depth: 55
2-M4 countersink Dead locks
Backset 38
25.5
4
Cremon
(Note 1)
locks
■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns Glass door
8
Door thickness Dimension (mm) 16.5 locks
19
38
(mm) A B
25∼38 19.5 36 9 Emergency

59
12 locks
4
φ40
Cup handle
φ40
27
38∼48 14.5 36
15 9
locks
Front length: 136
Case width: 98
48∼58 19.5 46
15
58∼68 14.5 46 PSD thumbturn

φ33 through hole Sliding
38
68∼78 19.5 56 door locks
(Note 2) 24 ▼ Electric locks

Security systems
■Using the gap adjustment plates Note 1:
For dimensions A
and B, refer to the
19
Gap
(door and jamb) 0∼2.5 mm 2.5∼3.8 mm 3.8∼5 mm
table on the left.
Ten-key
8
Plates used
Use both Remove one Remove both pads
adjustment plates. adjustment plate. adjustment plates.
Two gap adjustment plates are attached to the strike plate.

Use them according to the gap size. Key switches
16.5
12
20
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
● PSS-45FL (with PSS-45 emergency cylinder and FL thumbturn) ● V-PSS-5FL (with FL thumbturn)
25.5 36.5 Case depth: 55 2-M4 tapping holes Hotel card
4-M3 tapping holes
25.5 Backset 38 locks
4 φ25 hole
φ18 hole (thumbturn side only)
39
8
19
34 6.5 10 39
38
10 Electric
63
12
locks
63
12
27.5
osition
3
25
12
22
Case width: 98
Front length: 136
Lock p
50
25
12
17
39
90 Electrical
62
62
46
conductors,
37
37
Control
61°
U
34 boxes
nl
oc
k
45
po
50
( * areThetheFL same )
si
thumbturn notch dimensions

tio
n
as 5FL.
45°
19
8
55
Door thickness Door thickness
74
Dimensions
157
P. 59
Automatic locking hooked deadbolt locks for sliding doors SAK
Text
SAK
▼ Information SN Hooked deadbolt locks Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
SAK GP［GP］6 pins [P] 3,5,6,7
for sliding doors SN

51 mm 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm 2.5 mm or less
V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 3,5,6,7
29∼43 / 43∼53 mm
Precautions SN GV［GV］ 45 25 mm 29∼43 mm 2 mm or less
Table of contents /
Product list
■Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) Precautions:
1. 15 N or more of force is required to retract the trigger bolt and extend the hooked deadbolt.
Cylinders ● V-SAK-5 (backset 51 mm) 2. If door deflection (deviation in the door thickness direction) occurs when closing
Keying the door, it will not be possible to lock the door. Be sure to install a guide onto
<Illustration shows V18 cylinder, model No. 5. > the door or take other steps to prevent deflection.
systems
3. When there is no guide, use the No. 1 type strike plate.
● Standard strike plate (* Large No. 1 type strike plate is also available. )
▼ Locks * Dimensions in ( ) are No. 1 type strike plate dimensions. Gap: 2.5 or less
(Note 1) 23.5 Case depth: 72
23.5 2-M5 countersink 19.5 B B Backset 51
19.5 (Collar height) A 25 A (Collar height) 4.5
6.5
Push-pull 3.5 30 Top of front
（40）
locks
6.5
10
20.5
11
21.5
(adjustment range)
46.5
64.2
Lever
handle
0∼6
(Note 2)
φ40
φ40
locks

Adjustment 6
12
screw
Case width: 129

Front length: 170
102
124
81
24.8
31
37
Mortise
locks Hooked φ33 through hole
10.5
(Note 2) deadbolt
16.4
Adjustment
10
（27.4）
plate
Integral
21.5
15.5
locks
11
Trigger bolt
Cylindrical (Note 1)
locks 22.6 ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns
Dimension (mm)
Door
20.5
thickness A B
(mm) (Collar height) (Cylinder and 2-M4 countersink
10
thumbturn height)
Rim dead
locks 33∼43 19.5 38.5
Door thickness
17
29 43∼53 14.5 38.5 (Amount of deadbolt projection) (door closed, locked)
12
（39） (Amount of trigger bolt projection) (door open, unlocked)
Dead locks 53∼63 19.5 48.5
Cremon Note 2: When installing the strike plate,
install it so that the adjustment 63∼73 14.5 48.5
20
locks screw and adjustment plate
Glass door do not contact the mounting hole. 73∼83 19.5 58.5
locks
Emergency ● V-SN-5 (backset 25 mm) <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, model SN-5. >
locks 19.5 38.5 38.5 Case depth: 41
Cup handle 19 Door thickness 19 (door thickness 29∼43) Backset 25
2-M4 countersink
locks Unlock position 14 23 14 (door thickness 43∼53) 4.1
Top of front
10
ion
16
°
55
22
sit
Sliding
po
40
40
ck
door locks
14
Lo
24
φ37.5
φ37.5
73.5
▼ Electric locks
65.5
15.5
Case width: 104
Front length: 148
Security systems 5.5

10
17
12
Ten-key
82
105
135
pads φ33 through hole

34

and thumbturn)
Gap: 2 or less
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
22
29
door
10
16
systems
t1.5
3.5
Hotel card 4
● SN-45 <Example of using emergency unlock device (emergency cylinder) with indicator>
locks 13.5 * Door thickness is 29∼43 mm.
Case depth: 41
19.5 38.3 33 Backset 25
20
26.4
19 Door thickness 14 4.1
22
10
Electric
22
Indicator
40
locks
φ37.5
φ36.5

73.5
Electrical 15.5
Case width: 104
Front length: 148
conductors, 5.5
Control Emergency φ33 through
12
boxes hole
unlock device
22
10
Dimensions
158
Battery powered rolling numeric keypad system P. 60
BTK LX
Text
BTKLX (when using electric thumbturns with mechanical locks) ▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● BTKLX (* Used when using electric thumbturns with mechanical locks. The available mechanical locks include LGK, LG, and LX lever handle locks, LDK and HD dead locks, and others. ) Cylinders
Keying
<Illustration shows example of using an electric thumbturn on a V-LGK-5NU lever handle lock with V18 cylinder. > systems
● Door switch DRS <door side> ● Door switch DRS <frame side> 2-M4 countersink 17
21 2-M4 countersink
● Door open/close detection ● Door open/close detection ▼ Locks

Front length: 70
switch unit magnet unit
Front length: 70
Mounting screw pitch
28
34
54
Push-pull
Approx. 100 locks
25 t1.5
4 25
(Cover open)
Lever
Cover handle
locks
200 or less
Out-swinging door: 64 Numeric keypad Out-swinging door: 64

In-swinging door: 70 operation panel
Controller In-swinging door: 70
(mounting holes) 61.5 Door thickness 36 (mounting holes)
Mortise
locks
7.5
Integral
66
119.5
φ25 through hole
80
locks
139
(for wiring)
Cylindrical
locks
93
34 Rim dead
φ25 through hole (for wiring)
Cable length: Approx. 110 locks
Note 1: Electric thumbturns have handing. Specify R type or L type
32
ON according to the door hand. (Illustration shows an R type for

right-hinged out-swinging doors. )
Automatic locking ON/OFF Note 2: The notch diagram in the illustration shows a case when a Dead locks
switch lock body which is compatible with an LX cylinder Cremon
(illustration: LGK lock body) is used. For the lock body locks
notch, refer to the notch diagram of the lock body that is
58
(Note 1)
used.
Glass door
Electric thumbturn 49 38.5
locks
φ20 hole (for wiring) (door thickness
)
250∼450
27 Door thickness 19.5 35∼43

(Door inside only) Backset 64 Case depth: 85
25 14.5 (43∼45 mm )
door thickness
2-M4 countersink Backset 64 Emergency
4.5 locks
Top of front Cup handle
locks
10
20.5
55
103
Lock body mounting screw pitch: 150
21
46.5
64
13
φ40
31
6 Sliding
Case width: 129
φ33 through hole (Note 2)
Front length: 170
15
door locks
29
20 9 25
(Note 2) φ25 through hole φ25 through hole (Note 2)

80
φ33 through hole 10.5 34

(Note 2) 2-φ8 through holes (Note 2) 2-φ8 through holes (Note 2)
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
23
15.5 12
Ten-key
20.5
130
pads
10
Lever mounting screw 9

9
(Must be on door inside.) Case steady brace (internal)
55.5 55.5 φ50
Key switches
Interlock /
● Strike plate emergency
20
2-M4 countersink Top of front door

R2.5 systems
21
(Note 3)
10
R3.6 R1
20
The strike plate shown in the table at left is set as standard according
For single leaf door to the door thickness, however in the case of a single leaf door and Hotel card
depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate locks
Door thickness L dimension may protrude by a large amount.
Classification
(minimum∼less than) mm (mm) Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate
16
35∼38 with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the amount of
100
120
140
62
24L 24 strike plate protrusion is not too large.

9 38∼43
● Special wire harness Electric
43∼48
30L 30 locks
48∼53 ● MTH*1(electric thumbturn) special wiring harness
20
10
Approx. 390
t1.5 For double leaf door
3.1 L 12.5 Electrical
Door thickness L dimension conductors,
22 (Note 3) Classification
R2.5
Control
35∼37 18L 18 boxes
2.5
37∼41 20L 20
Strike plate when
L=18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 41∼45 22L 22
28, 30
12.3 9.6 ● MTH*1 (electric thumbturn) special wiring harness for two locks
21.9 45∼49 24L 24
14 11.3
25.3 49∼53 26L 26 Approx. 1000
R1 * Indicate the door thickness when ordering.
Dimensions
Strike plate when L=16
159
KS
P. 61
Key switches KS-3K, 3R, 3F series
Text
▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
Cylinders ● Key switches with reverse master system KS-3R (for DC power supply)
Keying <Panel notch hole> Note: For KS-3K and 3R, the key can only be removed when
● Key switches KS-3K, 3F (for DC power supply) (Note)
systems in the OFF position. For 3R, the key automatically
KS-3K, 3R: GP, V18, GV, 6-pin, 7-pin cylinders can be used. returns to the OFF position after it was turned to the ON
( KS-3F: Only 6-pin, 7-pin cylinders can be used. ) 2-R2.5 position. For 3F, the key can be removed in either the
ON or OFF position.
▼ Locks
Circuit diagram (when OFF)
36
ON position
Purple
Push-pull COM
locks White
φ31 hole
OFF position Orange 46
Required panel thicknesses for installation: 1∼6
Lead wire length: Approx. 200
Lever ion 60° ON
sit po
handle F po sit
ion
OF
locks
F ON
OF
□35
φ40
Mortise
locks
(Illustration shows P-KS-3K with 6-pin cylinder.)

8.5 7
Integral 2 1.2
locks
Cylindrical
locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
160
P. 62, 65
Text
JCLM JCLM NS type

Escutcheon specifications Compatible cylinders
GP［GP］6 pins [P]
Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
6 mm
▼ Information
(automatic locking type) (escutcheon on one side) R 33∼43 / 43∼53 mm
V18［V］ 7 pins [Z] 70 mm or
NW type L (31.5∼41.5 / 41.5∼51.5 mm for splash-proof type) Precautions
(escutcheon on both sides) GV［GV］ less
Table of contents /
Product list
● V-JCLM-ZU(R) (NW) (* If “NW” is indicated, there is an escutcheon on both sides. ) (* Splash-proof specifications are also available. ) Cylinders
Keying
<Illustration shows escutcheon on both sides, V18 cylinder, ZU lever handle, R type (for left-hinged in-swinging door), backset 70 mm. > systems
Case depth: 105
Note 1: When there is an escutcheon on both sides, Backset 70
the No. 2 type thumbturn is also available. 80 23 23 23 5 80 LED lamp
▼ Locks
7
2-M4 countersink
Standard type thumbturn (for main unit
55.5
(with luminescent material) (Note 1) mounting screw)
6
Lip Push-pull
104
Top of front 26 Top of front
locks
100
2-M4 countersink (Note 2) L
9.5
26.5
30.1
52.5
67.5
9.4
18.9
12 21
Card detector

23
40
Lever
30
Front length: 203
37
9.25 handle
148.5
Case width: 150
282
282
46 locks
123.8
85.6
105
86
11
100 15.5 12
7
24
37
20.5
16.4 130
19
Mortise
18.9
φ23
9.4
26
t2 31.7
9 locks
2.4
2.4
45
21.5
23.5 26.5
9.5
24 Emergency Integral
cylinder
locks
70 14.4 27 70 Cylindrical
Escutcheon mounting screw Door thickness locks
25.8
20
● V-JCLM-ZU(R) (NS) (* If “NS” is indicated, there is an escutcheon on one side. ) (* Splash-proof specifications are also available. ) Rim dead
<Illustration shows escutcheon on one side, V18 cylinder, ZU lever handle, R type (for left-hinged in-swinging door), backset 70 mm. > locks
Case depth: 105
84 Backset 70
78 22 23 5 80 LED lamp
Thumbturn cover Dead locks
7
2-M4 countersink Cremon

(for main unit locks
55.5
mounting screw) Glass door
6
Lip 26 locks
100
2-M4 countersink (Note 2) L Cover mounting screw

9.5
131
26.5
30.1
(countersunk screw Emergency

52.5
with hexagonal locks

67.5
9.4
18.9
hole) 12 21
Card detector Cup handle
35
10
locks
27
30
37
Case width: 150
9.25
Front length: 203
148.5
282
123.8
85.6
105
86
11
100
12
7
27 15.5
Sliding
24
37
20.5
16.4 130 door locks
19
18.9
φ50
φ23
9.4
26
t2 9
▼ Electric locks
31.7
2.4
2.4
45
21.5 Security systems

23.5 26.5
9.5
24 Emergency
cylinder
27
9 Ten-key
56 14.4 70
pads
<Door notch dimensions> (Same for escutcheon on both sides or one side. ) Door thickness
25.8
20
(Be aware that the notch dimensions are different between the door inside and outside. )
Key switches
<Inside> <Outside> Interlock /
(Note 2) emergency
Case depth: 105
Backset 70 ■Relationship between strike plate lip (L) dimension and door thickness door
72 For single leaf door systems
R5 10 Door thickness (minimum∼less than) mm Classification L dimension (mm)
5.5
33∼38 23L 23 Hotel card

（48.5）
38∼43 25L 25 locks

Top of front
64
43∼48 28L 28
48∼53 30L 30
Electric
21
For double leaf door

locks
2-φ10 through holes Door thickness (minimum∼less than) mm Classification L dimension (mm)
148.5
50
φ20 through hole 33∼37 18L 18
100
φ25 through hole 37∼42 20L 20 Electrical

34 2-φ8 through holes 42∼47 23L 23 conductors,
Control
47∼51 25L 25
boxes
45
Precautions when selecting a strike plate:

The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to
6 φ45 hole, case depth: 16
(Note: Outside only) depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate may
protrude by a large amount. Check the conditions of the door and frame, Dimensions
Note: For NW (escutcheon on both sides), the door outside notch may be cut all the way through.
and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table
161
Text P. 63, 66
▼ Information
JCLM2 JCLM2 (automatic locking type) Compatible cylinders Hand Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P] R
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] L 70 mm 36~43 / 43~53 mm 6 mm or less
Precautions GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders
Keying
● V-JCLM2-ORIU(R) (* Only escutcheon on both sides for JCLM2.) (* Splash-proof specifications are not available.)
systems <Illustration shows V18 cylinder, ORIU lever handle, R type (for left-hinged in-swinging door), backset 70 mm.>
▼ Locks Door thickness Case depth: 105 LED lamp

Battery compartment 26 2-M4 countersink Backset 70 Card detector
9.5
36.5
21.5
36.5
26.5
Push-pull
52.5
locks
67.5
27
12 21
40
15
30
Front length: 203
20
24
Lever 12
127
100
7
15.5
Case width: 150

handle
23
locks 130
24
200
200
20
16.4
19
φ23
30
Mortise 9
45
locks
26.5
9.5
6
Integral
locks 160 47 15 15 47 160
Cylindrical
locks
25.8
20
Rim dead
locks Top of front
(Note)
30.1
2-M4 countersink L
Dead locks <Inside> <Outside>
9.4
18.9
Cremon
locks Backset 70 Backset 70 80
Glass door
37
9.25 Top of front

locks 2-φ20 holes
123.8
R5 10 R5 10
85.6
105
86
11
30
30
3
3
Emergency
20.5
18.5
37
locks
Cup handle
18.9
locks
9.4
Through hole
80
t2 31.7
2.4
100
2.4
21.5
Sliding
34
177
183
183
door locks 66 68
24
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
2-φ10 holes φ10 through hole
Ten-key 6
pads 2-φ10 holes
Case depth: 105 Wooden door
Depth: 26
(Note)
Key switches ■Relationship between strike plate lip (L) dimension
Interlock / and door thickness
emergency
door For single leaf door
systems Door thickness
36~38 23L 23
Hotel card
38~43 25L 25
locks
43~48 28L 28
48~53 30L 30
Electric For double leaf door

locks Door thickness
36~37 18L 18
Electrical 37~42 20L 20
conductors, 42~47 23L 23
Control
47~51 25L 25
boxes
The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard
leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and
frame, the strike plate may protrude by a large amount. Check
Dimensions the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate
with the optimal lip (L) dimension from the table so that the
162
Text P. 64
JCLM Optional devices for card locks JCLM, JCLM2 (1/2)
JCLM2 Card encoders, data input devices, card switches ▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
Card encoder Card encoder Cylinders

Keying
● RW-M-101 (for JCLM, JCLM2) ● RW-M-111 (for JCLM, JCLM2) systems
(Leuco rewritable MIFARE card reader-writer) (Leuco rewritable MIFARE card reader-writer with dispenser)
320
557 ▼ Locks
Push-pull
120
locks
329.5
235
Lever
handle
164
locks
182
140 450
Mortise
7.5
locks
Interface unit Data input device Integral

● CE-IFU-202 (for JCLM, JCLM2) ● DAT-602 (for JCLM, JCLM2) locks
Cylindrical
(card encoder) locks
91.5 32.8
Numeric keypad
70 244 35
Rim dead
locks
CARD
SYSTEM
CE-IFU-101
Dead locks
163
Cremon
146
POWER locks
Glass door
locks
Connector and cable space 80
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
Card switch locks
● CSW-502 (for JCLM, JCLM2) (* PRL-710 power relay box is required.)
CSW-502 circuit diagram
(Illustration shows the conditions when the card is removed.)
Sliding
18.25
door locks
Card insertion 10 Red
32.5
slot Card Lamp

(24 V DC) Blue ▼ Electric locks
5
Security systems
Card removed Lead wire
83.5
120
Lead wire (length 150) Brown

Resistor
56
Card inserted
Ten-key
Can be used for Yellow pads
single lock switch box Microswitch
Indicator lamp (with raised device cover).
Key switches
18.25
When occupied: Brown-yellow short circuit Interlock /

70 34.5 38
31.5
When not occupied: Brown-blue short circuit emergency

door
Card switch systems
● CSW-503 (for JCLM, JCLM2) (* Power relay box is not required.)
CSW-503 circuit diagram
(* A non-voltage C-contact wiring connector (option) is also available.) Hotel card
(Illustration shows the conditions when the card is removed.) locks
For occupancy signal:
LED illuminating part Main unit mounting screw (4-M4 screws)
Non-voltage A-contact output
±5
24 V DC, max. 1 A
150
Output power supply:
100 V AC, max. 20 A OUT Electric
Input power supply: locks
100 V AC, max. 20 A IN
83.5
Non-voltage C-contact output

120
70
Minimum applied load

5 V DC, 10 mA
Electrical
conductors,
50 Yellowish
Blue White red Yellow Yellow White Red Black White Control
1 2 3 4 5 boxes
116 14
Dimensions
163
Text P. 64
JCLM Optional devices for card locks JCLM, JCLM2 (2/2)
▼ Information JCLM2 Power relay boxes, reverse master card readers, controllers, others
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
Cylinders Power relay box Controller

Keying
systems ● PRL-710 ● RCB-730 (* For electric lock control)
(* Used with a CSW-502 card switch. Not required for CSW-503.)
▼ Locks 140 60
Rubber bushing
2-φ22 wiring holes
116
(Mounting hole pitch)
40
65
Push-pull
locks
173 (mounting hole pitch)
4-φ4.5 mounting holes
φ33 wiring hole

10
195
Lever φ36 wiring hole

handle
locks
4-φ4.5 holes
(mounting hole)
250
272
Mortise Membrane grommet
locks
φ33 wiring hole
88
Integral
33
locks
65
130
Cylindrical
32
154
locks
Rim dead
locks
Reverse master card reader (* For control of automatic door or electric lock)
Dead locks
Cremon
● CLS-JCLM-301-CR (for JCLM, JCLM2)
locks Indicator lamp
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
122
71
locks
Sliding
door locks 118
10
▼ Electric locks
35
Security systems
82
External wiring connector
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card Operation panel (* For electric lock operation) Operation panel (* For electric lock operation)
locks ● RSP-410UH(with unlock hold function) (for CLS-JCLM-301-CR) ● RSP-410U (for CLS-JCLM-301-CR)
(* A wiring connector is provided with the product.) (* A wiring connector is provided with the product.)
116 7 20
Electric Door open indicator 5.4 70 7
locks Unlocked indicator
Door open indicator B6B-XH
B6B-XH (J.S.T. Mfg.)
Unlock switch (J.S.T. Mfg.) Unlocked indicator
Unlock switch
Locked indicator
68.5
Electrical Locked indicator

120
120
Lock switch Lock switch

conductors,
Control
boxes
5.4
8.6 8.6
Unlock hold switch
Dimensions
164
Text P. 67, 68
Function-switching electric locks EU series (for both levers and knobs)
EU EUT, EUTP( EUTP
an anti-panic function. )
is equipped with Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]

Lever handle (NK rose): 29~33 (spacer required) / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43~48 / 48~53 mm ▼ Information
EUR, EURP( EURP

an anti-panic function. )
is equipped with 6 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3,5,6,7 76 mm Lever handle (EU rose): 29~33 / 33~38 / 38~43 / 43∼48 / 48~53 mm
or less
GV [GV]
(Knob) 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm Precautions
Table of contents /
Basic information
● Lever handle type V-EUT, EUR-5NU (NK) <Illustration shows model No. 5, V18 cylinder, NU lever handle, NK rose.> (backset 76 mm) Cylinders
Keying
Note 1: A: For the relationship between the door thickness Note 2: Illustration shows NK rose. An EU rose is
and the cylinder, thumbturn, and collar height also available. (Refer to illustration below.) systems
dimensions A and B, refer to P.167.
(Note 1)
20 B B
A Door thickness A
Case depth: 109.5 Approx. 200
▼ Locks
Function 2-M4 countersink Backset 76
26
selector switch 6
Top of front
Note 3: Be sure to install so the actuator (magnet) is
10
on the upper side. Push-pull
25
locks
59.5
Actuator (Note 3)
10
2-M4 countersink
79.5
79.5
(magnet)
Note
117
129.5
10
9P connector
Lever
18
20

φ40
handle
30
Front length: 220
Case width: 170

21
12
Spacing: 80
17
80
100
104
100
120
140
25
130
36
Mortise
locks
37
20.5
10
20
φ62
23
10
40
8
2-R 5.5 (φ11 through hole)
15.5 Integral
20
18
10
t2 28
(Note 2)
44
(Note 2) locks
25
NK rose φ38 through hole
2.4 Cylindrical
10
L 14
22 (Note 4) 13 13 locks
58 58 21 (Door closed)
17∼45
R2
12 (Door open)
15×15
24
Rim dead
2.4
26 Note The notch in the case depth direction should be around 30 mm locks
including an extra margin for the wiring and bushing.
19.1
Note 4: For the relationship between strike plate lip (L) Case steady brace
dimension according to the strike plate and Dead locks
door thickness, refer to P.167. Cremon
locks
● When a lever handle is used, EU rose is also available. (* The notch hole is the same as that for the NK rose.) Glass door
locks
19 19
7 7 EU rose
Emergency
130 locks
Cup handle
locks
φ62
23 Sliding
2-R5.5
(φ11 through hole) door locks
44
φ38 through hole
64 64
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
● A front with guard plate
(L type front) is also available.
Ten-key
Note 5: The electric lock body includes left- and ● Knob type V-EUT, EUR-5Q pads
right-hand types according to the front
shape.
<Illustration shows example of using model No. 5, V18 cylinder, Q type knob.> (backset 76 mm)
Illustration shows a right-hand (R) type.
Case depth: 109.5 Approx. 200 Key switches
Backset 76 Interlock /
10
6 emergency
Function selector switch door
Dimensions and strike plates not listed systems
are the same as the illustration above.
10
129.5
Hotel card
79.5
Note locks
Front length: 220
9P connector
17
25
φ33 through hole Electric

80
locks
37
8
15.5 Electrical
φ51
φ75
conductors,
Control
10
17 boxes
14 41
44
5.8
26 t2
17.9
2
14
74 74
26 Dimensions
165
Text P. 69
ELSF, ELS Electric locks EL, ES series (2/4)
▼ Information ESSF, ESS ELSF (lever), ESSF (knob) (no indicator lamp) ELSF, ESSF Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
GP [GP] 6 pins [P] 3,5,6,7 29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
Precautions ELS (lever), ESS (knob) (with indicator lamp) ELS, ESS V18 [V] 7 pins [Z]
GV [GV] 3,5,6
76 mm 33~35 / 35~37 / 37~39 /
39~41 / 41~43 mm
6 mm or less
Table of contents /
Basic information
■ Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a
thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only.
Cylinders ● V-ELSF-5NU (no indicator lamp) <Illustration shows a V-ELSF-5NU with V18 cylinder, NU lever handle.>
Keying
systems
(ELS with indicator lamp is also available.)
B B
(Note 1) Case depth: 109.5 Approx. 200
Note 1: For dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns, refer to the table on P.167. A Door thickness A
26
6
▼ Locks Note 2: Be sure to install so the actuator Top of front
(magnet) is on the upper side.
10
25
(Note 2)
59.5
Actuator
10
79.5
79.5
Push-pull (magnet) 2-M4 countersink
locks
117
Note
129.5
10

18
20
φ40
30
S Connector
Case width: 170

Front length: 220
21
Lever 17 φ33 through hole
Spacing: 80
Stamp indicating 12
100
80
handle the model Illustration
shows “S” for ELSF. 130
locks
104
100
120
140
36
20.5 25
37
10
20
φ50
23
10
Mortise 2-φ8 through holes
40
8
locks 15.5
20
18
10
t2
25
2.4 28
10
22 L 14
R2 (Note 3)
17∼45
Integral 21 (Door closed)
15×11.2
locks 12 (Door open)
2.4
25
Cylindrical
locks 26
Note 3: For the lip (L) dimension, refer to the table on P.167. 19.1
Case steady brace

Rim dead Note The notch in the case depth direction
locks should be around 30 mm including an
extra margin for the wiring and bushing.
● V-ESSF-5Q (no indicator lamp) <Illustration shows a V-ESSF-5Q with V18 cylinder, Q type knob.>
Dead locks (The strike plate is the same as that in the above illustration.)
Cremon
B B
locks (Note 1) Case depth: 109.5 Approx. 200
Glass door A Door thickness A
26
locks 6
10
Emergency
25
locks
10
Cup handle
79.5
79.5
locks
117
129.5
Note
φ40
φ40
S
30
Connector
Front length: 220
Case width: 170

Sliding 21
Spacing: 80
17 12 φ33 through hole

door locks Stamp indicating
80
the model Illustration

shows “S” for ESSF.
20.5 25
▼ Electric locks
37
10
φ51
φ75
Security systems

8
15.5
Ten-key
φ30 through hole
25
pads 44 44
44
10
74 74
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency ● V-ELS-5NU (with indicator lamp) <Illustration shows a V-ELS-5NU with V18 cylinder, NU lever handle.>
door * ESS knob type is also available. B B
(Note 1)
systems A Door thickness A
Locked/unlocked φ27 Door inside only 2-M4 countersink Backset 76
26
indicator lamp (Note 4) 7.5 6
5
Hotel card
10
25
locks
φ20
10
79.5
79.5
79.5
46.5
91.5
117
Note
129.5
Electric
φ40
30
S Connector
Front length: 220
Case width: 170
locks 21
Spacing: 80
Stamp indicating
17 12 φ33 through hole
45 the model Illustration
80
80
shows “S” for ELS. 130

20.5 25
Electrical
conductors,
37
10
Control
φ50
23
boxes
2-φ8 through holes
8
15.5

25
10
Note 4: Create the φ27 notch hole for installing the

Dimensions indicator lamp on the door inside only.
For ESSF and ELSF without indicator lamps,
do not create the φ27 notch hole.
166
Text P. 69
ELM Electric locks
ESM ELM (lever handle), ESM (knob) Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) ▼ Information
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
29~33 / 33~43 / 43~53 mm
V18 [V] 7 pins [Z] 3, 5, 6, 7 76 mm
(gap 6 mm or less) Precautions
GV [GV]
Table of contents /
Basic information
■ Dimensions/Notch (Unit: mm) The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a thumbturn
● V-ELM <Illustration shows a V-ELM-5NU with V18 cylinder, NU lever handle.> (The external dimensions and notch dimensions are all the same.) Cylinders
Keying
(Note 3) systems
20 B B
A Door thickness A
26
Note 1: Be sure to install so the actuator 6
▼ Locks
(magnet) is on the upper side.
10
25
Connector
59.5
Actuator Push-pull
10
79.5
79.5
(magnet) (Note 1) 2-M4 countersink
locks
Note
117
129.5
10
18
20

φ40
30 M
Front length: 220
Case width: 170

21
Lever
12
φ33 through hole handle
Spacing: 80
17
100
80
Stamp indicating the model locks
Illustration shows “M” for ELM.
100
104
120
140
25
36
130
37
20.5
10
20
φ50
Mortise
23
locks
40
8
2-φ8 through holes
15.5
20
18
10
10
t2
25
2.4 28
Integral
10
22 L 14
R2
(Note 2)
9 9 locks
17∼45
21 (Door closed) Case steady brace
15×11.2
12 (Door open)
locks
24
2.4
26 Note The notch in the case depth direction

should be around 30 mm including an
extra margin for the wiring and bushing. 19.1
Rim dead
locks
(Note 2) (Note 3)
Dimension (mm) Dead locks
For single leaf door For double leaf door Door thickness B Cremon
A
Door thickness L dimension Door thickness L dimension (mm)
(Collar height)
Cylinder and locks
(minimum∼less than) mm (mm) (minimum∼less than) mm (mm) thumbturn height Glass door
29~33 20L 20 29~33 16L 16 29~43 19.5 38.5 locks
33~43 25L 25 33~37 18L 18 43~53 14.5 38.5
Emergency
43~53 30L 30 37~42 20L 20 53~63 19.5 48.5 locks
* Indicate the door thickness when ordering. 43~47 23L 23 63~73 14.5 48.5 Cup handle
47~51 25L 25 73~83 19.5 58.5 locks

The strike plate shown in the table above is set as standard according to the door thickness, however in Sliding
the case of a single leaf door and depending on the conditions of the door and frame, the strike plate may door locks
Check the conditions of the door and frame, and select a strike plate with the optimal lip (L) dimension
from the table so that the amount of strike plate protrusion is not too large.
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
● V-ESM<Illustration shows a V-ESM-5Q with V18 cylinder, Q type knob.> (The external dimensions and notch dimensions are all the same.)
(The strike plate is the same as ELM.)
(Dimensions are the same as the above illustration except for the lever handle and notch hole.) Ten-key
(Note 3) pads
20 B B
A Door thickness A
26 6 Key switches
Interlock /
10
emergency
25
Connector
door
systems
10
79.5
79.5
Note
117
129.5
Hotel card
φ40
locks
30
M
Front length: 220
Case width: 170
21
12
φ33 through hole
Spacing: 80
17
80
Stamp indicating the model

Illustration shows “M” for ESM.
25
Electric
locks
37
20.5
φ75
φ51
(Note 4)
10 2-φ12 through holes
8
15.5 Electrical
(Note 4) conductors,
φ30 through hole Control
25
44 (Note 4)
10
boxes
44 44
17∼45
21 (Door closed) Case steady brace

15×11.2
74 74 12 (Door open)
24
19.1
(Cup handles can also be used. The notch hole is the same as that for the knob type.)
Dimensions
Note 4: Be aware that the notch hole for installing
a knob is different from a lever handle.
167
Text P. 70
▼ Information
EMV Electric dead locks (motor locks)
EMV series Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
GP［GP］
6 pins [P] 3, 5, 38, 51
EMV V18［V］ 29~43 / 43~53 mm 6 mm or less
Precautions 7 pins [Z] 6, 7 64, 76 mm
GV［GV］
Table of contents /
Product list
The model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create a
thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only.
Cylinders
Keying
systems
● V-EMV-5 <Illustration shows a V-EMV-5 with V18 cylinder.>
Backset (mm) 38 51 64 76
Precautions: Use under conditions where the side pressure
▼ Locks acting on the deadbolt is 49 N or less.
Case depth (mm) 58 71 84 96
(Note 1)
19.5 B B Case depth
Push-pull
locks 5
2-M4 countersink 25
Top of front
Magnet
10
30
(actuator)
22
42.5
25
(Note 2)
8.5
Lever
19.5
handle
79
φ40
28
locks Note 2: Be sure to install so
the actuator (magnet) φ33
12 21 through hole
is on the upper side.
Thumbturn (90° rotation) (for mounting
( )
107
124
85
In addition to standard type, cylinder and

Mortise security thumbturns and thumbturn)

41
30
16
others are also available.
locks
Front length: 255
Case width: 205

31.5
19.5
Integral
8.5
locks
Cylindrical
t1.5
R80
locks
22.5
21.5
Rounded Plain strike

1.9
3
strike plate plate

21 21
Rim dead Lead wire length:
2-M4 countersink
locks Approx. 230
Note
Dead locks
10
15×14.9
(Note 1) 19.1
25
Cremon 5
locks ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns
Glass door Dimension (mm) Plain front
22
Door thickness
locks (mm) A B
(Collar height) (Cylinder and thumbturn height) 5
Emergency 29~43 19.5 38.5 R80
locks 43~53 14.5 38.5 RFront
22
Cup handle
53~63 19.5 48.5
locks Gap 6 mm or less
63~73 14.5 48.5
73~83 19.5 58.5
Note The electric lock notch should be around 30 mm including an extra
Sliding margin for the wiring and bushing.
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
168
P. 70
EMVSX
Text
Splash-proof electric dead locks (motor locks)
EMVSX series Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset
GP [GP] 6 pins [P]
Door thickness
Varies depending on the model and type of
Gap (door and jamb)
▼ Information
V18 [V] 5, 6, 7 51 mm cylinder used. For details, refer to the table 6 mm or less
7 pins [Z]
GV [GV] in the dimensions diagram. Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
● V (GP, GV)-EMVSX (splash-proof type) <Illustration shows model No. 5 with V18 cylinder.> (The notch is the same for model No. 5, 6, 7.) Cylinders
Keying
Precautions: Use under conditions where the side pressure acting
● P(Z)-EMVSX on the deadbolt is 49 N or less.
systems
Because this type is splash-proof, be sure to install it
in the orientation shown in the illustration.
Note: For the splash-proof EMVSX, install with the
2-M4 countersink
▼ Locks
15×14.9
cylinder on the lower side. Approx. 230
Also, install with the strike plate magnet on the
lower side.
10
25
Push-pull
locks
19.1
Note
2-M4 countersink
Note The notch in the case
Lever

21.5 depth direction should be
around 30 mm including an handle
1.9
30 extra margin for the wiring locks
Front length: 255

t1.5
Case width: 205

8.5
and bushing.
19.5
21 Mortise
φ36 locks
16 Cylinder (Note) through hole
30
41
107
124
85
Integral
12
locks
Cylindrical
φ45.2
51.5
φ45.2
φ34
locks
79
19.5
46.5
17 13.5
8.5
25
22
Rim dead
10
Magnet
(actuator) Bottom of front locks
4
(Note) 25
Backset 51
Door thickness 30 (GP, V, GV cylinder)
21 26 (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder) Case depth: 71
Dead locks
Cremon
● EMVSX series door thickness according to cylinder type and model locks
Cylinder type (symbol) Model Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Glass door
22
12
locks
GP cylinder [GP] GP, V, GV-EMVSX-5, 7 30~43 / 43~53 mm
Gap 6 mm or less
V18 cylinder [V] Emergency
GV cylinder [GV] GP, V, GV-EMVSX-6 30~40 / 40~50 mm locks
Cup handle
P, Z-EMVSX-5 30~45 / 45~55 mm
6-pin cylinder [P] locks
P, Z-EMVSX-6 37~47 / 47~57 mm
7-pin cylinder [Z]
P, Z-EMVSX-7 30~55 mm
Sliding
door locks
● V(GP,GV)-EMVSX-6 (Door thickness 30~40 mm) ● V(GP,GV)-EMVSX-6 (Door thickness 40~50 mm)
* A collar is required on both sides. * A collar is required on the inside.
* Dimensions and strike plates not listed are the same as the * Dimensions and strike plates not listed are the same as the ▼ Electric locks
Security systems
illustration above. illustration above.
Outside 7 mm collar φ36 Inside 6.5 mm collar Ten-key

through hole
Inside 11.5 mm collar pads
Outside cylinder Inside cylinder Outside cylinder
Key switches
φ45.2
Interlock /
φ50
φ60
φ50
6
emergency
door
46.5
systems
7
11.5 6.5
39.5 Door thickness 35 Backset 51 34.5 Door thickness 30
Hotel card
locks
● P(Z)-EMVSX-6 (Door thickness 37~47 / 47~57 mm) ● V(GP,GV)-EMVSX-7 (Door thickness 30~43 / 43~53 mm)
* A collar is not required. ● P(Z)-EMVSX-7 (Door thickness 30~55 mm)
<Illustration shows an example of using model No. 6 <Illustration shows example of using model No. 7 with V18 cylinder.> Electric
with a 6-pin cylinder.> locks
φ36
Cylinder (Note) through hole
φ36
through hole Inside dummy plate Electrical
conductors,
Inside cylinder Outside cylinder
12
Control
boxes
φ45.2
φ45.2
φ34
φ45.2
φ45.2
46.5
46.5
23
23
Dimensions
Backset 51
13.5 Door thickness 30 (GP, V, GV cylinder)
26 Door thickness 26 Backset 51
26 (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder)
169
SXEV Electric locks for sliding doors (motor locks) SXEV
Text P. 71
▼ Information SXESV Splash-proof type SXESV Model Compatible cylinders Model No. Backset Door thickness (Contact GOAL for more information.) Gap (door and jamb)
SXEV GP [GP] 6 pins [P] 3, 5, 6, 7 29~43 / 43~53 mm
V18 [V] 51 mm 5 mm or less
Precautions SXESV GV [GV] 7 pins [Z] 5, 6, 7 Refer to the table in the illustration.
(Note 3)
Table of contents /
Product list
Cylinders ● V-SXEV-5 <Illustration shows V-SXEV-5 with V18 pin cylinder.> Precautions:
Keying Precautions: Use under conditions
(For SXEV, the model No. 6 notch is the same as No. 5 in the illustration. However create
systems a thumbturn mounting hole (No. 3) or cylinder mounting hole (No. 7) on one side only.) where the side pressure acting on
the deadbolt is 49 N or less.
(Note 2)
▼ Locks 19.5 B B Case depth: 80
Screw plate A 25 A Backset 51

Mounted separately
for metal frames 6
M5 screw
Top of front
Push-pull 4 (for metal frames)
10
locks t1.5 15
22.5
40
14
24
84.5
φ40
23
Lever
65.5
51.5
handle 10 8.5
127.5
locks
33
φ33 through hole
15.5
105
82
135
Case width: 210

24.7
34
17
Front length: 255

Mortise
locks
5
29
10 7.5
16
Integral
13.5 24.5
Cylindrical
locks 26.5
Gap adjustment plate (Note 1)
Rim dead
14.9×15
(Note 1)
locks ■Gap adjustment plate (Use them according to the gap size.)
Gap (door and jamb) 0~2.5 mm 2.5~3.8 mm 3.8~5 mm
22.5
Note
10
Dead locks Plates used Use both Remove one Remove both
Cremon adjustment plates. adjustment plate. adjustment plates. 19.1
locks (Note 2) 2-M5 countersink Approx. 250
Glass door ■Dimensions A and B for cylinders and thumbturns
locks Dimension (mm)
Door thickness
22
A B
(mm)
Emergency (Collar height) (Cylinder and thumbturn height)
locks 29~43 19.5 38.5
Cup handle
43~53 14.5 38.5 Note The electric lock notch should be around 30 mm
locks
including an extra margin for the wiring and
53~63 19.5 48.5
bushing.
63~73 14.5 48.5
Sliding 73~83 19.5 58.5
door locks
▼ Electric locks ● Splash-proof type V-SXESV-5 Precautions: Use under conditions where the side pressure acting on the
Security systems
deadbolt is 49 N or less. Because this type is splash-proof, be sure
<Illustration shows V-SXESV-5 with V18 pin cylinder.> to install it in the orientation shown in the illustration.
(For SXESV, the notch is the same for model No. 5, 6, 7.)
Ten-key
(Note 3)
22
pads
● SXESV series door thickness according to cylinder type and model
Approx. 250
Cylinder type Door thickness
(symbol) Model (Contact GOAL for more information.) 2-M5 countersink 19.1
Key switches
GP [GP] GP, V, GV-SXESV-5, 7 30~43 / 43~53 mm
Interlock / V18 [V]
10
emergency GP, V, GV-SXESV-6 30~40 / 40~50 mm

22.5
GV [GV] Note
door P, Z-SXESV-5 30~45 / 45~55 mm
14.9×15
systems 6 pins [P]

P, Z-SXESV-6 37~47 / 47~57 mm
7 pins [Z]
P, Z-SXESV-7 30~55 mm
Hotel card
locks Gap adjustment plate (Note 1)
26.5
13.5 24.5 2-M4 countersink
7.5
Front length: 255
Case width: 210
10
16
Electric
29
locks
17
34
24.7
Electrical
135
105
conductors, φ36 through hole

82
23
15.5
Control
127.5
33
10
boxes
51.5
65.5
8.5
φ45.2
φ45.2
φ34
84.5
23
24
44
14
22.5
M5 screw 17 13.5
4
15
10
(for metal frames)

Screw plate Bottom of front
Dimensions 6
Mounted separately 25 30 (GP, V, GV cylinder)
for metal frames Backset 51
Door thickness (26) (6-pin, 7-pin cylinder)
Case depth: 80
170
P. 72
RCL
Text
Concealed type electrical conductors RCL series
RCL-21, 27, 21U ▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
● Concealed type electrical conductor RCL-21 (6 lead wires, 6P connector), 27 (7 lead wires, 9P connector) Cylinders
(The shape and other dimensions are the same except for the number of lead wires and connector dimensions.) Keying
systems
20
20
▼ Locks
<Installation example>
3.5
3.5
To electric lock
control box
6
Door-side lock body front Push-pull
(SUS304) locks
Frame-side lock
11 Protective spring
14 .2×1 body front
.9× 5 ( (SUS304) (SUS304)
15 6P
11
(9P con
φ
co nec Connector
nn Lever
.1
ec tor)
8.8×12.6 (6P connector)
12.4×12.5 (9P connector)
19
tor handle
19.8 )
Door-side lead
Usable range locks
50
wire length: 2,000 25~100
h: 1
4-M4 RCL-21
countersink
ngt
25 25
e le
wir
ad
10
10
Mortise
e le
Connector
21
-sid
Connector locks
me
GOAL GOAL
Fra
RCL-2 RCL-2
(Notch dimension: 120)

Electric lock
Integral
Front length: 160
Front length: 160

locks
118
Cylindrical
locks
Door-side case Frame-side case

(steel plate) (steel plate) Rim dead
(Illustration shows RCL-21 installation locks
example.)
21
10
10
Dead locks
47 20
Gap: 2~6 mm
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
(Note 2) (Note 2) Emergency

● Concealed type electrical conductors RCL-21U ● Extension cord ● Wiring connector locks
Note 1: Because the door-side cable length is 100 mm, use an extension cord when necessary. Cup handle
locks
Extension cord (0.3 mm 6-core, 8-core) (Note 1)

Door-side lead wire length: 100 Frame-side lead wire length: 150
Sliding
door locks
19.1
21
▼ Electric locks
( m extension cord) ( m wiring connector) Security systems
12.4×12.5
11.2×15
14
Note 2: Various lengths are available.
Connector
( The dimensions are the same
as the door-side connector. ) Ten-key
118
pads
Refer to the table below.
■ RCL-21 series wiring connectors and extension cords

Product Length Connector (number of lead wires) Key switches
Door-side case Frame-side case
(ABS plastic)
Interlock /
(ABS plastic) RCL-21(27) m 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5m RCL-21: 6P connector on one end (6 wires)
emergency
Connector (Note 2) 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m RCL-27: 9P connector on one end (7 wires)
door
21
RCL-21(27) m 1 m, 2 m, 3 m RCL-21: 6P connector on both ends (6 wires) systems

3 3 Extension cord (Note 2) 4 m, 5 m, 10 m RCL-27: 9P connector on both ends (7 wires)
42 20
Note 2: Both the RCL-21 and 27 connectors and extension cords can be provided in units of 0.5 m for 5 m
Gap: 2~6 mm or less, or units of 1 m for 5~10 m. Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
171
Text P. 73
▼ Information
RCB Electric lock control boxes RCB-500 series
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
Cylinders ● Control boxes RCB-501~505 (Note) ● Control boxes RCB-506~510

Keying (The external dimensions are the same for 1~5 lines.) (The external dimensions are the same for 6~10 lines.)
systems
50 50 3-φ33 knock-out holes 50 50 3-φ33 knock-out holes
▼ Locks
42
42
78
78
Push-pull
locks 15 40 80
120 15 40 80 120
110
40
40
Lever 220 (mounting hole pitch)
handle φ30 hole
150
φ30 hole
150
locks
300
30
30
235
Mortise

locks 4-φ10
mounting holes 110
Wiring hole
550
Wiring hole
40
Integral
locks 35 330 (mounting hole pitch) 35
400
Cylindrical
locks
235
Note: Depending on the control box special functions, for example the RCB-503
(3 lines) may have the same dimensions as the RCB-506 (6 lines).
Rim dead 6-φ10
mounting holes
locks
40
Dead locks
35 330 (mounting hole pitch) 35
Cremon
400
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
● Control boxes RCB-511~515
locks (The external dimensions are the same for 11~15 lines.)
Cup handle
locks 50 50 3-φ33 knock-out holes
42
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
15 40 80 120
Security systems
40
Ten-key φ30 hole

150
pads
30
235
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door Wiring hole
systems
Hotel card
locks
250
800
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
235
boxes
8-φ10
mounting holes
40
Dimensions 35 330 (mounting hole pitch) 35

400
172
RCB
Text P. 73
Electric lock controllers
RSP RCB-730 ▼ Information
Precautions
Table of contents /
Product list
Basic information
● Controller RCB-730 Cylinders

Keying
60 2-rubber bushings (wiring hole) systems
40
▼ Locks
65
130
Push-pull
locks
4-φ4.5 mounting holes
Lever
handle
locks
φ36
wiring hole
272
250
Mortise
locks
電気錠制御器
型式:RCB730
定格電圧 AC 100V 回路電圧 DC 24V
88
株式会社
Integral
locks
Cylindrical
154 locks
Rim dead
locks
Dead locks
Cremon
locks
Glass door
locks
Emergency
locks
Cup handle
locks
Sliding
door locks
▼ Electric locks
Security systems
Ten-key
pads
Key switches
Interlock /
emergency
door
systems
Hotel card
locks
Electric
locks
Electrical
conductors,
Control
boxes
Dimensions
173
174
SINCE 1914
https://www.goal-lock.com
Yokoso Rainbow Tower 10F, 3-20-20 Kaigan, Minato-ku, Tokyo
GC-11
GC-11
(Printed on Nov. 2020, in Japan)

2020 GC-11

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2020 GC-11

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SINCE 1914

Yokoso Rainbow Tower 10F, 3-20-20 Kaigan, Minato-ku, Tokyo

(Printed on Nov. 2020, in Japan)

boxes 4 Connect the connector parts and result in

If there is resistance when inserting and removing the key or Cylinders

* After wiping with a damp Electrical

* After using a neutral detergent, be sure

(KMC includes a cover.)

1502, 1503 CGT LXD, AHD AD HN CMM TSA KM, KMC

9. Cup handle locks P.56, 57 10. Sliding door locks P.58, 59

5. Electric locks (various types) P.67~71 6. Electrical conductors, control boxes,

* Be sure to inquire before ordering.

<Cylinders and thumbturns>

List of GOAL lock cylinders

Grand master key system ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Reverse master key system ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

(See Construction key system ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Key switches

Universal Key System × × ○ × ×

List of GOAL lock security thumbturns Electric

●  his simple type features normal

GA-20 P027 (LG plan drawing)

<Left-hinged, out-swinging> <Right-hinged, in-swinging>

6 inside/outside with a key.

Integral (* Security thumbturn available as a special specification.) lock etc.

locks Can be locked/unlocked from inside.

BU lever, dull alumite silver BU (R4U rose)

(Ex. 5) GP-EURP 7 CC L 76 36 Double-leaf door Steel door

Dimensions L type (for out-swinging left-hand door or in-swinging right-hand door)

Upper pin, anti-picking pin Push-pull

18 high-precision pins enable 12 billion key differences.

6-pin, 7-pin 6-pin cylinders [Symbol: P] Key switches

cylinders 7-pin cylinders [Symbol: Z] Interlock /

■ The maximum number of key differences with a 6-pin

● V18 cylinder front ● GV cylinder front

(Awarded the BL Design Award in April 2001.)

Great grand master key (GGMK)

Lock A Lock B Lock C Lock D

Lock group for

Change key A Change key B Change key C Change key D

7. Cross master key system <CMK>

Emergency Grand master key (GMK)

Cup handle MK.A MK.B

Master key A group Master key B group Master key C group

Change key B Push-pull

Change key C Change key D Lever

Construction key Construction key

Change key A Sliding

Change key C ▼ Electric locks

Lock A Lock B Lock C Lock D Lock A Lock B Lock C

Period before resident moves Change keys cannot be used.

Lock A Lock B Lock C Lock D

Construction key A Cylindrical locks ULW-49, 49BL

Lock A Lock B Lock C Lock D

Ten-key Change key (CK) (Note 2)

Note 1: The number of GMK and MK is decided based on consultation.

Note 2: With standard specifications, the number

All cylinders can be operated with this key during construction.

<Optional specifications (reset tool specifications)> (Note 2)

1. Push-pull locks, passage latches ���������������������������������������������������������������17-24

<Electric locks and security systems: Devices>

1. Numeric keypad systems ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 60

Applications Home entrances, etc. Precautions

GON 369 GON-C 377 GON-B 8800

* After wiping with a damp Electrical

* After using a neutral detergent, be sure

● his simple type features normal

Note 2: With standard specifications, the number

1. Push-pull locks, passage latches ��17-24

1. Numeric keypad systems �� 60

* Aluminum, umber coating and aluminum, black coating finishes

• V-PXK SK-5 GON-C369(R) Integral

• Push-pull passage latch PXY-GOT 369

• Push-pull passage latch PY-GOM 364

• R4U rose • K1U escutcheon • N1U escutcheon Cylinders

Lever handle ● The latch cannot be lowered until

Hotel card Y type Y11 ーーーーーー YW51 YW

Control S type S11 S12 ーーーーー SW51 SW

Note: 85 uses a turn-button, while 82 and

● AXF-45 ● AXF-45VF ● ND cylinder ● AS-45 ● AS-45VF ● ND cylinder